Quantcast
Channel: DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO Ph.D – All About Drugs
Viewing all 823 articles
Browse latest View live

Iloprost (ciloprost) used to treat a serious heart and lung disorder called pulmonary arterial hypertension

$
0
0

http://chem.sis.nlm.nih.gov/chemidplus/RenderImage?maxscale=30&width=300&height=300&superlistid=0078919138

Iloprost (ciloprost)

MF C22H32O4
Formula Wgt 360.5

6,9ALPHA-METHYLENE-11ALPHA,15S-DIHYDROXY-16-METHYL-PROSTA-5E,13E-DIEN-18-YN-1-OIC ACID

6,​9α-​methylene-​11α,​15S-​dihydroxy-​16-​methyl-​prosta-​5E,​13E-​dien-​18-​yn-​1-​oic acid

 

Iloprost Molecule

ILOPROST (Ventavis®) is used to treat a serious heart and lung disorder called pulmonary arterial hypertension. While iloprost inhalation solution will not cure this disorder, it is designed to improve symptoms and the quality of life. Generic iloprost inhalation solution is not yet available.

Iloprost is a second generation structural analog of prostacyclin (PGI) with about ten-fold greater potency than the first generation stable analogs, typified by carbaprostacyclin.1 Iloprost binds with equal affinity to the human recombinant IP and EP1 receptors with a Ki of 11 nM.2Iloprost constricts the isolated guinea pig ilium and fundus circular smooth muscle (an EP1 receptor preparation) as strongly as prostaglandin E2 (PGE2) itself.3 Iloprost inhibits the ADP, thrombin, and collagen-induced aggregation of human platelets with an ED50 of about 13 nM.1 In whole animals, iloprost acts as a vasodilator, hypotensive, antidiuretic, and prolongs bleeding time.4 It has been evaluated in several human clinical studies as a treatment for idiopathic pulmonary hypertension.5,6 In these studies, an aerosolized dose of 30 µg/day was effective, and doses as high as 150 µg/day for up to a year were well tolerated.

73873-87-7 CAS NO

78919-13-8 PHENACYL ESTER

Launched – 1992 bayer

Ilomedin®, Ventavis™

Iloprost.pngiloprost

An eicosanoid, derived from the cyclooxygenase pathway of arachidonic acid metabolism. It is a stable and synthetic analog of EPOPROSTENOL, but with a longer half-life than the parent compound. Its actions are similar to prostacyclin. Iloprost produces vasodilation and inhibits platelet aggregation.

BAY-q-6256 E-1030 SH-401 ZK-36374

  • BAY Q6256
  • Ciloprost
  • Iloprost
  • Iloprostum
  • Iloprostum [Latin]
  • UNII-AHG2128QW6
  • UNII-JED5K35YGL
  • Ventavis
  • ZK 00036374
  • ZK 36374

Endoprost Ilomedin Ilomédine Ventavis Iloprost is a synthetic prostacyclin analog discovered and developed by Schering AG and Berlex which has been available for more than ten years as therapy for peripheral arterial occlusive disease (PAOD), including Raynaud’s phenomenon and Buerger’s disease.

Iloprost improves blood flow, relieves the pain associated with circulatory disturbances and improves the healing of ulcers, which can develop as a result of poor arterial blood flow. Iloprost also produces vasodilatation of the pulmonary arterial bed, with subsequent significant improvement in pulmonary artery pressure, pulmonary vascular resistance and cardiac output, as well as mixed venous oxygen saturation. In 2003, Schering AG received approval in the E.U. for an inhaled formulation of iloprost (Ventavis[R]) for the treatment of primary pulmonary hypertension and the following year, the product was launched in Germany and the U.K.

Introduction on the U.S. market took place in March 2005 by CoTherix for the same indication in patients with NYHA Class III or IV symptoms. Iloprost is also available for the treatment of pulmonary hypertension and peripheral vascular disease. CoTherix had been developing a dry powder for potential use in the treatment of pulmonary hypertension; however, no recent development has been reported for this research. In Japan, phase III clinical trials are ongoing for the treatment of pulmonary arterial hypertension. In 2003, CoTherix licensed exclusive rights from Schering AG to market iloprost in the U.S. for primary pulmonary hypertension while Schering AG retained rights to the product outside the U.S. In April 2005, CoTherix established a collaborative research and development agreement with Quadrant to develop an extended-release formulation of iloprost inhalation solution. Iloprost was designated as an orphan medicinal product for the treatment of pulmonary hypertension in December 2000 by the EMEA and will fall under orphan drug protection until 2013.

The FDA has assigned to iloprost several orphan drug designations. In 1989, iloprost solution for infusion was granted orphan drug designation for the treatment of Raynaud’s phenomenon secondary to systemic sclerosis followed by another orphan drug designation in 1990 for iloprost solution for injection for the treatment of heparin-associated thrombocytopenia. In 2004, an additional orphan drug designation for iloprost inhalation solution for the treatment of pulmonary arterial hypertension was assigned.

The status has also been assigned in the E.U. for this indication. In 2012, orphan drug designation was assigned in the U.S. for the treatment of purpura fulminans in combination with eptifibatide and for the treatment of pulmonary arterial hypertension. In 2007, Cotherix was acquired by Actelion.

ILOPROST

 

 

iloprost phenacyl ester

Ventavis (TN), Iloprost phenacyl ester, Iloprost-PE, Iloprost (INN), CHEMBL138694, CHEMBL236025, AC1O6009, DAP000273, CID5311181

Molecular Formula: C30H38O5   Molecular Weight: 478.61972

2-oxo-2-phenylethyl 5-[(2Z)-5-hydroxy-4-[(1E)-3-hydroxy-4-methyloct-1-en-6-yn-1-yl]-octahydropentalen-2-ylidene]pentanoate

IMPORTANT PUBLICATIONS

Ciloprost Drugs Fut 1981, 6(11): 676

A carbohydrate approach for the formal total synthesis of the prostacyclin analogue (16S)-iloprost Tetrahedron Asymmetry 2012, 23(5): 388

Angewandte Chemie, 1981 ,  vol. 93,   12  pg. 1080 – 1081

Tetrahedron Letters, 1992 ,  vol. 33,   52  pg. 8055 – 8056

Helvetica Chimica Acta, 1986 ,  vol. 69,  7  pg. 1718 – 1727

Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 1986 ,  vol. 29,  3  pg. 313 – 315

US5286494 A1

US 4474802

 US 2013253049

uS 2013184295

WO 1992014438

WO 1993007876

WO 1993015739

WO 1994008584

WO 2013040068

WO 2012174407

WO 2011047048

EP0011591A1 * Oct 18, 1979 May 28, 1980 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Prostane derivatives, their production and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP0084856A1 * Jan 19, 1983 Aug 3, 1983 Toray Industries, Inc. 5,6,7-Trinor-4, 8-inter-m-phenylene prostaglandin I2 derivatives
EP0099538A1 * Jul 11, 1983 Feb 1, 1984 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Carbacyclines, process for their preparation and their use as medicines

……………………………………

  •  5,6,7-trinor-4,8-inter-m-phenylene prostaglandin 12derivatives.
  • Prostaglandin I2, hereinafter referred to as PGI2, of
    Figure imgb0001

    was first found by J.R. Vane et.al. in 1976 and is biosynthe- sized from arachidonic acid via endoperoxide(PGH2 or PGG2) in the vascular wall. PGI2 is well known to show potent activity to inhibit platelet aggregation and to dilate peripheral blood vessels(C & EN, Dec. 20, 1976, page 17 and S. Moncade et al., Nature, 263,633(1976)).

  • [0003]
    Because of the unstable exo-enolether structure thereof, PGI2 is extremely unstable even in a neutral aqueous solution and is readily converted to 6-oxo-PGF which is almost physiologically inactive. Such instability of PGI2 is a big obstacle to its use as a drug. Furthermore, PGI2 is unstable in vivo as well and shows only short duration of action.
  • The compounds of the present invention are novel PGI2 derivatives in which the exo-enolether moiety characteristic of PGI2 is transformed into “inter-m-phenylene” moiety. In this sense the compounds may be regarded as analogs of PGI2.
  • The compounds of the present invention feature much improved stability in vitro as well as in vivo in comparison with PGI2. The compounds are highly stable even in an aqueous solution and show long duration of action in vivo. Further, the compounds have advantages over PGI2 for pharmaceutical application because they exhibit more selective physiological actions than PGI2, which has multifarious, inseperable biological activities.
  • Some prostaglandin I2 derivatives which have 5,6,7-tri- nor-4,8-inter-m-phenylene structure have already been described in publication by some of the present authors. (Kiyotaka Ohno, Hisao Nishiyama and Shintaro Nishio, U.S.P. 4,301,164 (1981)). But, the compounds of the present invention, which feature the presence of alkynyl side chain, have more potent physiological activities as well as decreased side effects than the already disclosed compounds analogous to those of the present invention.
  • It is an object of this invention to provide novel prostaglandin I2derivatives which are stable and possess platelet aggregation-inhibiting, hypotensive, anti-ulcer and other activities.

 

  • Figure imgb0004

    is named as 16-methyl-18,19-tetradehydro-5,6,7-trinor-4,8-inter-m-phenylene PGI2.

  • Alternatively, the compound of the formula (II) may be named as a derivative of butyric acid by the more formal nomenclature. In such a case, the condensed ring moiety is named after the basical structure of 1H-cyclopenta[b]benzofuran of the following formula:
    Figure imgb0005

    The term “synthetic prostacyclins” as used herein can refer to any prostacyclin that can be prepared via synthetic organic chemistry, including those prostacyclins that are also naturally occurring, such as Prostacyclin (PGI2):

     

    Figure imgf000025_0001

    which is also known as Epopreostenol.

    Thus, examples of synthetic prostacyclins include, but are not limited to: Prosta

     

    Figure imgf000025_0002

    lloprost, which has the structure:

     

    Figure imgf000025_0003

    Trepro inil (also known as Rumodolin), which has the structure:

     

    Figure imgf000025_0004

    Beraprost, which has the structure:

     

    Figure imgf000026_0001

    as well as the esters, stereoisomers, and salts thereof, or other analogues or derivatives of the recited synthetic prostacyclins, such as compounds comprising other aliphatic linker groups linking the carboxylic acid group to the cyclic components of the synthetic prostacyclins, compounds containing additional alkene and/or alkyne bonds, and/or compounds containing additional substituents on the cyclic components of the synthetic prostacyclins.

    Figure imgf000031_0001

     iloprost, in contrast to PGI.sub.2 a stable prostacyclin derivative, has been known since 1980 by European patent application EP 11591, no other prostacyclin derivative has previously been tested in this indication. It is therefore reasonable to assume that a spontaneous healing is involved in the published case.

    It has now been found, surprisingly, that iloprost is effective in the case of cerebral malaria.

    For salt formation of iloprost, inorganic and organic bases are suitable, as they are known to one skilled in the art for the formation of physiologically compatible salts. For example, there can be mentioned: alkali hydroxides, such as sodium and potassium hydroxide, alkaline-earth hydroxides, such as calcium hydroxide, ammonia, amines, such as ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, N-methylglucamine, morpholine, tris-(hydroxymethyl)-methylamine, etc.

    The β-cyclodextrin clathrate formation takes place according to EP 259468.

    The production of iloprost is described in detail in EP 11591.

    • Nileprost iloprost, and a process for preparing these compositions.
    • From EP 11 591 already carbacyclin derivatives of the cytoprotective effect on the gastric and intestinal mucosa, and the myocardial cytoprotection using carbacyclin derivatives is known.
    • It has now been found that iloprost (I) and Nileprost (II)
      Figure imgb0001

      and their salts with physiologically acceptable bases and cytoprotective effect in the kidney.

    • Forming salts of iloprost and Nileprost inorganic and organic bases are suitable, as are known to those skilled in the formation of physiologically compatible salts known. Examples which may be mentioned are: alkali metal hydroxides, such as sodium and potassium hydroxide, alkaline earth metal hydroxides such as calcium hydroxide, ammonia, amines, such as ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, N-methylglucamine, morpholine, tris (hydroxymethyl) methylamine, etc.
    • The production of iloprost and is described in detail in EP Nileprost 2234 and EP 11591.
    ………………..
    J. Med. Chem., 1986, 29 (3), pp 313–315
    DOI: 10.1021/jm00153a001

see paper

………………………………..
The formal total synthesis of the synthetic and stable analogue of prostacyclin, (16S)- iloprost is described via a convergent synthesis starting from readily available d-glucose. Julia olefination and the aldol reaction are the key steps involved in the synthesis.
Full-size image (18 K)
……………………………………
  • Used as the starting material for the method described above ketone of general formula II can be prepared by reacting an alcohol of the formula IV
    Figure imgb0006

    (EJCorey et al., J. Amer. Chem. 93, 1490 (1971)) transformed with dihydropyran in the presence of catalytic amounts of p-toluenesulfonic acid in the tetrahydropyranyl ether V.

    Figure imgb0007
  • [0026]
    Lactone V with Diisobatylauminiumnydrid reduced at -70 ° C to the lactol VI, which is converted by Wittiereaktion Triphenylphosphoniummethylen with the olefin VII. After conversion to the tosylate with p-toluenesulfonyl chloride in the presence of pyridine is obtained by reaction with potassium nitrite in the dimethylsulfoxide 9SS-configured alcohol IX, which is converted with p-toluenesulfonyl chloride in the presence of pyridine in the tosylate X. Reaction with Malonsäurediäthylester in presence of potassium tert-butoxide gives the diester XI, which is converted by decarbalkoxylation with sodium cyanide in dimethyl sulfoxide in the ester XII.
    Figure imgb0008
  • [0027]
    Oxidative cleavage of the double bond in the compound XII with Hatrium p j o dat it out in the presence of catalytic amounts of osmium tetroxide to give the aldehyde XIII, which is oxidized with Jones reagent to the acid XIV which is then esterified with diazomethane to the compound XV. By Dieckmann condensation of XV with potassium tert-butoxide in tetrahydrofuran is obtained a mixture of isomers of the ketocarboxylic acid ester XVI and XVII, which by means of a decarbalkoxylation with 1,4-diazabicyclo [2,2,2] octane in xylene converted into ketone XVIII as the only reaction product is.
    Figure imgb0009
  • [0028]
    The removal of the Tetrahydropyranylätherschutzgruppe delivers the alcohol XIX, which is esterified with benzoyl chloride in the presence of pyridine to give the ester XX.
    Figure imgb0010
  • [0029]
    Benzyläthers hydrogenolytic cleavage of a catalytic amount of acid gives the alcohol XXI, which is according to ketalization compound XXII oxidized with Collins reagent to aldehyde XXIII.
  • [0030]
    This aldehyde XXIV with a phosphonate of the general formula
    Figure imgb0011

    wherein D, E and R 2 have the meanings given above is reacted in a Olefinicrungsreaktion to a ketone of the formula XXV.

    Figure imgb0012
  • [0031]
    After reduction of the 15-keto group with zinc borohydride or sodium borohydride or reaction with alkylmagnesium bromide or alkyllithium and. Epimerentrennung obtain the 15α-alcohols XXVI (PG numbering).
    Figure imgb0013
  • [0032]
    After hydrolysis of the ester group, for example with potassium carbonate in methanol and ketal cleavage with aqueous acetic acid yields the ketone of the formula XXVII,
    Figure imgb0014
……………………………………
ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO

THANKS AND REGARD’S

DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO Ph.D GLENMARK SCIENTIST , NAVIMUMBAI, INDIA

did you feel happy, a head to toe paralysed man’s soul in action for you round the clock need help, email or call me

MOBILE-+91 9323115463
web link

I was  paralysed in dec2007, Posts dedicated to my family, my organisation Glenmark, Your readership keeps me going and brings smiles to my family

Share


Cicaprost ZK-96480

$
0
0

http://chem.sis.nlm.nih.gov/chemidplus/RenderImage?maxscale=30&width=300&height=300&superlistid=0094079808

Cicaprost

94079-80-8 , as in entry 4 ,  J. Org. Chem. 1988,53,1227-1231

ZK-96480

phase 2

Bayer Schering Pharma (Originator)

2-​[2-​[(2E,​3aS,​4S,​5R,​6aS)-​hexahydro-​5-​hydroxy-​4-​[(3S,​4S)-​3-​hydroxy-​4-​methyl-​1,​6-​nonadiyn-​1-​yl]-​2(1H)-​pentalenylidene]ethoxy]-​acetic acid

13,14-Didehydro-16,20-dimethyl-3-oxa-18,18,19,19-tetradehydro-6-carbaprostaglandin I2;

5-(7-Hydroxy-6-(3-hydroxy-4-methylnona-1,6-diynyl)-bicyclo(3.3.0)octan-3-yliden)-3-oxapentanoic acid;

2-[(2E,3aβ,6aβ)-4β-[(3S,4S)-3-Hydroxy-4-methyl-1,6-nonadiynyl]-5α-hydroxyoctahydropentalene-2-ylidene]ethoxyacetic acid;

[2-[(2E,3aβ,4S,6aβ)-4β-[(3S,4S)-3-Hydroxy-4-methyl-1,6-nonadiynyl]-5α-hydroxyoctahydropentalene-2-ylidene]ethoxy]acetic acid;

[2-[[(2E,3aS,3aβ,6aβ)-5α-Hydroxy-4β-[(3S,4S)-3-hydroxy-4-methyl-1,6-nonanediynyl]octahydropentalen]-2-ylidene]ethoxy]acetic acid;

Acetic acid, ((2E)-2-((3as,4S,5R,6as)-hexahydro-5-hydroxy-4-((3S,4S)-3-hydroxy-4-methyl-1,6-nonadiynyl)-2(1H)-pentalenylidene)ethoxy)-;

2-[2-[(2E,3aS,4S,5R,6aS)-Hexahydro-5-hydroxy-4-[(3S,4S)-3-hydroxy-4-Methyl-1,6-nonadiyn-1-yl]-2(1H)-pentalenylidene]ethoxy]acetic Acid;

Acetic acid, (2-(hexahydro-5-hydroxy-4-(3-hydroxy-4-methyl-1,6-nonadiynyl)-2(1H)-pentalenylidene)ethoxy)-, (3as-(2E,3aalpha,4alpha(3R*,4R*),5beta,6aalpha))-

Molecular Formula C22H30O5
Formula Weight 374.5

Prostaglandin I2 (PGI2, prostacyclin) is the most potent endogenous vasodilator that affects both the systemic and pulmonary circulation.Cicaprost is a PGI2 analog that is orally active with prolonged availabilityin vivo, having a terminal half life in plasma of one hour. In addition to their effects on smooth muscle, PGI2 analogs, including cicaprost, have been shown to inhibit the pro-inflammatory actions of certain leukocytes, suppress cardiac fibrosis, and block mitogenesis of certain cell types.Importantly, cicaprost has been shown to strongly reduce lung and lymph node metastasis in rats, suggesting that it might be useful in cancer therapy.

cicaprost

references

1. Drugs Fut 1986, 11(11): 913

2. Synthesis of a new chemically and metabolically stable prostacyclin analogue with high and long-lasting oral activity
J Med Chem 1986, 29(3): 313

 

3. Journal of Organic Chemistry, 1988 ,  vol. 53,  6  p. 1227 – 1231 entry4

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/pdf/10.1021/jo00241a020

 

4. Journal of the American Chemical Society, 2003 ,  vol. 125,  32  p. 9653 – 9667, nmr

5. WO 2009068190

6. US 5013758

7. WO 2005009446

8. WO 1992014438

9. US2007/196510 A1

10. US2007/293552 A1

11. US2009/221549 A1

12. US2009/54473 A1

 

EP0041661A2 * May 29, 1981 Dec 16, 1981 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Preparation of intermediates of carbaprostacyclines
EP0057660A2 * Feb 1, 1982 Aug 11, 1982 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Prostacycline derivatives, their preparation and applications as medicines
EP0086404A1 * Feb 3, 1983 Aug 24, 1983 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Carbacyclines, process for their preparation and their use as medicines
EP0086612A1 * Feb 7, 1983 Aug 24, 1983 The Upjohn Company 9-Substituted carbacyclin analogues
EP0087237A1 * Feb 7, 1983 Aug 31, 1983 The Upjohn Company Carbacyclin analogues
EP0098793A1 * Jul 1, 1983 Jan 18, 1984 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Carbacycline amides, process for their preparation and their use as medicines
EP0155901A1 * Mar 6, 1985 Sep 25, 1985 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Carbacyclines, process for their preparation and their use as medicines
EP0195379A2 * Mar 14, 1986 Sep 24, 1986 G.D. Searle & Co. Allenic prostacyclins
EP0195668A2 * Mar 19, 1986 Sep 24, 1986 Sankyo Company Limited Carbacyclin derivatives
EP0721783A1 * Jun 6, 1995 Jul 17, 1996 Toray Industries, Inc. Preventive and remedy for diseases caused by fibrinoid or thrombus formation in the lung and model animal for said diseases
EP2065054A1 Nov 29, 2007 Jun 3, 2009 Bayer Schering Pharma Aktiengesellschaft Combinations comprising a prostaglandin and uses thereof
DE3427797A1 * Jul 25, 1984 Feb 6, 1986 Schering Ag Zytoprotektive wirkung von prostacyclin-derivaten an leber, bauchspeicheldruese und niere
DE3448256C2 * Jul 25, 1984 Aug 18, 1988 Schering Ag, 1000 Berlin Und 4709 Bergkamen, De Cytoprotective action of prostacyclin derivatives on the pancreas
DE3448257C2 * Jul 25, 1984 Aug 18, 1988 Schering Ag, 1000 Berlin Und 4709 Bergkamen, De Cytoprotective action of prostacyclin derivatives on the kidney
DE4135193C1 * Oct 22, 1991 Mar 11, 1993 Schering Ag Berlin Und Bergkamen, 1000 Berlin, De Title not available
US5405870 * Nov 4, 1993 Apr 11, 1995 Sankyo Company, Limited Carbacyclin compounds; pharmaceutical compositions and method of use
US5489613 * Jan 21, 1992 Feb 6, 1996 Sankyo Company, Limited Carbacyclin derivatives, process for their preparation and compositions containing them
US5716989 * Nov 27, 1991 Feb 10, 1998 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Bicyclo 3.3.0!octane derivatives, process for their production and their pharmaceutical use
US5891910 * Jun 6, 1995 Apr 6, 1999 Schering Aktiengesellschaft 9-halogen-(Z) prostaglandin derivatives, process for their production and their use as pharmaceutical agents
US6040336 * Aug 6, 1996 Mar 21, 2000 Schering Aktiengesellschaft Prostane derivatives and the combination thereof with antibiotics in the treatment of bacterial infections
US6225347 Sep 27, 1994 May 1, 2001 Schering Aktiengesellschaft 9-halogen-(Z)-prostaglandin derivatives, process for their production and their use as pharmaceutical agents
WO1986000808A1 * Jul 18, 1985 Feb 13, 1986 Schering Ag Prostacycline derivatives with a cytoprotective action on the liver, the pancreas and the kidney
WO1987005294A1 * Mar 9, 1987 Sep 11, 1987 Schering Ag Cyclodextrinclathrates of carbacycline derivatives and their use as medicinal drugs
WO1988001867A1 * Sep 1, 1987 Mar 24, 1988 Schering Ag Topical agent containing prostacycline derivatives
WO1991014675A1 * Mar 27, 1991 Sep 29, 1991 Schering Ag Bicyclo[3.3.)]octane derivatives, process for producing them and their pharmaceutical use
WO1992014438A2 * Feb 11, 1992 Aug 13, 1992 Schering Ag Prostacycline and carbacycline derivatives as agents for treating feverish complaints
WO1994003175A1 * Aug 9, 1993 Feb 17, 1994 Schering Ag Use of prostane derivatives of formulae i and ii for the production of a medicament for the treatment of chronic polyarthritis
WO1997006806A1 * Aug 6, 1996 Feb 27, 1997 Schering Ag Use of prostane derivatives and the combination thereof with antibiotics in the treatment of bacterial infections

 

cicaprost

 

…………………………

Journal of Organic Chemistry, 1988 ,  vol. 53,  6  p. 1227 – 1231 entry4

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/pdf/10.1021/jo00241a020

ZK 96 480 (4). A solution of 19 (68 mg, 0.13 mmol) in eth-
er-toluene (3 mL, 2:l) was added to tetrabutylammonium hydrogen sulfate containing HzO (2 drops). After adding 50% aqueous NaOH (0.8 mL), the whole reaction mixture was stirred at 55 “C for 48 h. The reaction was quenched with HzO, acidified with 5% aqueous HC1, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed withH20 and brine, and concentrated to give ZK 96 480 (4) (42 mg, 86%) as a colorless viscous oil:

[alZzD +138.25O (c 1.025, CHCI,). see pdf file for correct cut paste

Other spectral data were identical with those of an authentic
sample.'

(1) Skuballa, W.; Schillinger, E.; Stiinebecher, C.-St.; Vorbriiggen, H.
J. Med. Chem. 1986,29, 313.

.....................................

Skuballa, W.; Schillinger, E.; Stiinebecher, C.-St.; Vorbriiggen, H.
J. Med. Chem. 1986,29, 313.

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/pdf/10.1021/jm00153a001

see original pdf file for structures

we replaced the methylene group in the
3-position of 1, iloprost by an oxygen atom to prevent the 6-oxi-
dation of the upper side chain. The resulting decrease in
intrinsic activity was compensated for by modification of
the lower side chain. We converted the 13,14-double bond
into a triple bond, introduced a further methyl group at
(2-20, and synthesized selectively the pure 16(S)-methyl
diastereomer. These modifications resulted in the struc-
ture of 2 cicaprost (ZK 96 480), a carbacyclin analogue with a bio-
logical activity at least as high as that of prostacyclin and
iloprost.
The synthesis of 2 started with the preparation of the
lower side chain by resolving racemic 2-methyl-4-heptynoic
acid (3).7 By application of the method of Helmchen et
al.," 3 was converted with phosphorus trichloride into the
acid chloride 4, which gave with D-(-)-a-phenylglycinol a
pair of diastereomeric amides. After chromatographic
separation on SOz, the more polar amide 5 (mp 124 'C)
was hydrolyzed with 3 N H2S04 in dioxane to furnish the
optically pure 2s-configurated acid 6 ([a]D -1.2′ (c 1,
EtOH), bp 128 ‘C (12 mm)). The 2s configuration of 6
was determined by hydrogenation of 6 to 2(S)-methyl-
heptanoic acid (["ID +17.7' (c 1, EtOH)), which was com-
pared with 2-methyl-alkanoic acids of known absolute
config~ration.~ Esterification of 6 with diazomethane
followed by reaction of the methyl ester 7 ([a]D +12.2′ (c
1, EtOH), bp 70 ‘C (12 mm)) with the lithium salt of ethyl
methylphosphonate afforded the optically pure phospho-
nate 8 (['Y]D +35.3′ (c 1, EtOH), bp 123 “C (0.3 mm)).

Condensation of the phosphonate 8 with the readily
available optically pure bicyclic aldehyde 93,4 (NaH, DME,

-20 “C) in the presence of N-bromosuccinimide furnished
the a,P-unsaturated bromo ketone 10 in 60% yield: oil;
(3 H, d, J = 7 Hz, CHCH,), 3.91 (4 H, m, OCH2CH20), 5.21
(1 H, m, H-llp), 7.09 (1 H, d, J = 10 Hz, H-13), 7.42-7.92
(5 H, m, COPh); IR (neat) 1720 (COPh), 1690 (COC=C)
cm-’. Reduction of 10 (NaBH,, CH,OH, -40 “C) gave a
ca. 1:l mixture of the allylic alcohols lla and llb, which
was separated chromatographically.’O Dehydrobromina-
tion (50% aqueous NaOH, toluene, catalytic NBu4/HS04,
25 “C) of the less polar alcohol lla with concomitant sa-
ponification of the benzoate group followed by acidic
(HOAc, H20) cleavage of the ketal moiety afforded the
ketone 12 (73% from lla): oil; ‘H NMR (CD2C12) 6 1.06
(3 H, d, J = 6.8 Hz, CHCH,), 1.10 (3 H, t, J = 7.5 Hz,
CH,CH,), 4.22 (1 H, m, H-llb), 4.38 (1 H, m, H-158); IR
(neat) 1730 (C=O) cm-’. After silylation of the hydroxyl
groups in 12 (C1SiMe2-t-Bu, DMF, imidazole), the ketone
13 was subjected to a Horner-Wittig reaction with triethyl
phosphonoacetate (KO-t-Bu, THF, 0 “C). Reduction of
the 1:l mixture of the isomeric a,p-unsaturated esters 14
with diisobutylaluminum hydride (toluene, 0 “C) gave after
chromatographic separation the E isomer 15a (32% from
12) and the less polar 2 isomer 15b.11

Etherification of 15a under phase-transfer conditions
with tert-butyl bromoacetate (50% aqueous NaOH, tolu-
ene, catalytic Bu4NHS04, 25 “C) was accompanied by
simultaneous cleavage of the tert-butyl ester to give 16
(87%). Finally, removal of the silyl ether groups (tetra-
n-butylammonium fluoride, THF, 25 “C) afforded 2 cicaprost,  in
86% yield: oil;

‘H NMR (CD,Cl,) 6= delta    1.07 (3 H, d, J = 6.8
Hz), 16@-CH3), 1.11 (3 H, t, J = 7.5 Hz, CH2CH3), 3.97 (1
H, m, H-llP), 4.06 (2 H, m, OCH,CO), 4.12 (2 H, m, =
H, m, H-5); IR (neat) 1730 (COOH) cm-’.

 

………………

J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2003, 125 (32), pp 9653–9667
DOI: 10.1021/ja030200l

Abstract Image

 

An asymmetric synthesis of the anti-metastatic prostacyclin analogue cicaprost and a formal one of its isomer isocicaprost by a new route are described. A key step of these syntheses is the coupling of a chiral bicyclic C6−C14 ethynyl building block with a chiral C15−C21 ω-side chain amide building block with formation of the C14−C15 bond of the target molecules.

A highly stereoselective reduction of the thereby obtained C6−C21 intermediate carrying a carbonyl group at C15 of the side chain was accomplished by the chiral oxazaborolidine method. The chiral phosphono acetate method was used for the highly stereoselective attachment of the α-side chain to the bicyclic C6−C21 intermediate carrying a carbonyl group at C6.

Asymmetric syntheses of the bicyclic C6−C14 ethynyl building blocks were carried out starting from achiral bicyclic C6−C12 ketones by using the chiral lithium amide method. In the course of these syntheses, a new method for the introduction of an ethynyl group at the α-position of the carbonyl group of a ketone with formation of the corresponding homopropargylic alcohol was devised.

Its key steps are an aldol reaction of the corresponding silyl enol ether with chloral and the elimination of a trichlorocarbinol derivative with formation of the ethynyl group. In addition, a new aldehyde to terminal alkyne transformation has been realized. Its key steps are the conversion of an aldehyde to the corresponding 1-alkenyl dimethylaminosulfoxonium salt and the elimination of the latter with a strong base.

Two basically different routes have been followed for the synthesis of the enantiomerically pure C15−C21 ω-side chain amide building block. The first is based on the chiral oxazolidinone method and features a highly stereoselective alkylation of (4R)-N-acetyl-4-benzyloxazolidin-2-one, and the second encompasses a malonate synthesis of the racemic amide and its efficient preparative scale resolution by HPLC on a chiral stationary phase containing column

 

…….

https://www.google.co.in/patents/EP0119949A1

(5E) -13,14,18,13,19,19-Hecadehydro-3-oxa-6a-carba-prostaglandin I 2derivatives of the general formula I

Figure imgb0016

(5E) – (16S) -13,14-didehydro-16 ,20-dimezhyl-3-oxa-18 ,18,19,19-tetradehydro-6a-carbaprostaglandin 1 2

      Example 1(5E) – (16S) -13,14-didehydro-16 ,20-dimezhyl-3-oxa-18 ,18,19,19-tetradehydro-6a-carbaprostaglandin 1

2

    • [0028]
      To a solution of 0.4 g in 12 ml of tetrahydrofuran was added to 80 mg of 55% sodium hydride (in mineral oil) and cook for 1 hour reflux. Is added to a solution of 127 mg of bromoacetic in 4 ml of tetrahydrofuran, boiled under reflux for 18 hours, diluted with ether and extracted four times with 30 ml of 5% sodium hydroxide. This extract is adjusted with 10% sulfuric acid at 0 ° C to pH 3 and extracted with methylene chloride. The organic extract is shaken with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated under vacuum. Obtained 220 mg hydropyranyläther), which are for the elimination of the protective groups is stirred for 18 hours with 15 ml of acetic acid / water / tetrahydrofuran (65/35/10) at 25 ° C. It is evaporated to the addition of toluene, and the residue is chromatographed on silica gel with ethyl acetate / 0.1 – 1% acetic acid. This gives 145 mg of the title compound as a colorless Ö1.
    • [0029]
      IR (CHC1 3): 3600, 3400 (broad), 2 93 0 222 3, 1730, 1600, 1425, 1380/cm.
    • [0030]
      The starting material for the above title compound is prepared as follows:

1 a)

    • [0031]
      To a suspension of 3.57 g of sodium hydride (55% in mineral oil) in 360 ml of dimethoxyethane was added dropwise at O ​​° C, a solution of 21.9 g of 3-methyl-2-oxo-oct-5-in-phosphonsäuredimethyl esters in 140 ml of dimethoxyethane was stirred for 1 hour at 0 ° C and then add 14.56 g of finely powdered N-bromosuccinimide. It is stirred for 1 hour at O ° C, treated with a solution of 22.5 g of (lR, 5S, 6R, 7R) -3,3 - ethylenedioxy-7-benzoyloxy-6-formyl-bicyclo [3.3.0] octane in 180 ml of dimethoxyethane and 4 hours the mixture is stirred at 0 ° C. The reaction mixture is diluted with 3 1 ether, washed neutral with brine, dried with sodium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue is chromatographed with hexane / ether as eluent on silica gel. Following three chromatography of the respective diastereomeric mixed fractions obtained as polar compound 8.1 g and a polar compound 7.4 g of the title compound as colorless oils.
    • [0032]
      IR: 2935, 2878, 17 15, 1690, 1601, 1595, 1450, 1270, 948/cm.

1 b)

    • [0033]
      To a solution of 7.4. G of produced according to Example 1 a) ketone in 140 ml of methanol is added at -20 ° C. 3 g of sodium borohydride in portions and stirred for 30 minutes at -20 ° C. Then diluted with ether, washed neutral with water, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated under vacuum.
    • [0034]
      The crude product (15-epimer) is dissolved in 300 ml of methanol, added to 2.95 g of potassium carbonate and stirred for 21 hours at 23 ° C under argon. Then concentrated in vacuo, diluted with ether and washed neutral with brine. It is dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated under vacuum. By column chromatography on silica gel with ether / methylene chloride (7 +3) first obtained 2.6 g of the 15SS-configured alcohol as well as 2.1 g of the more polar component 15a-configured alcohol (PG nomenclature) as colorless oils.
    • [0035]
      A solution of 2.1 g of the above prepared alcohol 15a, 20 mg of p-toluenesulfonic acid and 1.4 g of dihydropyran in 50 ml of methylene chloride is stirred for 30 minutes at 0 ° C. Then it is poured into dilute sodium bicarbonate solution, extracted with ether, washed neutral with water, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated under vacuum. Chromatography of the residue on silica gel, using hexane / ether (6 +4), 2.6 g of the title compound as a colorless oil.
    • [0036]
      IR: 2939, 2877, 1450, 969, 948 / cm.

1 c) bicyclo [3.3.0] octane-3-one

    • [0037]
      A solution of 290 mg of the of Example 1 b) the compound prepared in 2.5 ml of dimethyl sulfoxide and 1 ml of tetrahydrofuran is mixed with 112 mg of potassium tert-butoxide and stirred for 2 hours at 23 ° C. It is diluted with 10 ml of water and extracted three times with 10 ml of ether / hexane (7 +3), wash the extract with water until neutral, dried over brine and evaporated under vacuum.
    • [0038]
      It is stirred for 22 hours with the residue 15 ml of acetic acid / water / tetrahydrofuran (65/35/10) evaporated in a vacuum with the addition of toluene, and the residue is purified by chromatography on silica gel. With ether eluted 150 mg oily substance, which is reacted in 5 ml of dichloromethane with 140 mg of dihydropyran and 1 mg of p-toluenesulfonic acid at 0 ° C.. After 30 minutes, diluted with ether, extracted with 5% sodium bicarbonate solution and brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated under vacuum. Chromatography of the residue on silica gel with hexane / ether (1 +1), 185 mg of the title compound as a colorless oil.
    • [0039]
      IR: 2940, 2876, 2216, 1738, 1020, 970 / cm.

1 d)

  • [0040]
    To a solution of 529 mg Phosphonoessigsäuretri acid ethyl ester in 10 ml of tetrahydrofuran is added at 0 C 225 mg of potassium tert-butoxide, stirred for 10 minutes, treated with a solution of 0.6 g of the product of Example 1 c) ketone in 6 ml of toluene and stirred for 22 hours at 23 ° C. It is diluted with 150 mL of ether, shake once with water, once with 20% sodium hydroxide, washed neutral with water, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated under vacuum. The residue is filtered using hexane / ether (6 +4) over silica gel. Thereby obtain 0.58 g of the unsaturated ester as a colorless oil.
  • [0041]
    IR: 2940, 2870, 2212, 1704, 1655, 970 / cm.
  • [0042]
    It adds 150 mg of lithium aluminum hydride in portions at 0 ° C to a stirred solution of 570 mg of the ester prepared in 25 ml of ether and stirred for 30 minutes at 0 ° C. Destroying the excess reagent by dropwise addition of ethyl acetate, added to 1 ml of water, stirred for 3 hours at 20 ° C, filtered and evaporated under vacuum. The residue is chromatographed with ether / hexane (3 +2) on silica gel. Thereby obtained as a non-polar compound 140 mg of 2 – {(Z) – (1S, 5S, 6S, 7R) -7 – (tetrahydropyran-2-yloxy) -6 – / R3S, 4S)-4-methyl-3-( tetrahydropyran-2-yloxy)-nona-1 ,6-diinyl]-bicyclo [3.3.0] octane-3-ylidene} – ethane-1-ol and 180 mg of the title compound as a colorless oil.
  • [0043]
    IR: 3620, 3450 (broad), 2940, 2860, 2212, 970/cm.

 

 

 

 

…………….

ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO

THANKS AND REGARD’S
DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO Ph.D

GLENMARK SCIENTIST , NAVIMUMBAI, INDIA

did you feel happy, a head to toe paralysed man’s soul in action for you round the clock

need help, email or call me

MOBILE-+91 9323115463
web link

I was  paralysed in dec2007, Posts dedicated to my family, my organisation Glenmark, Your readership keeps me going and brings smiles to my family

Share

MIDOSTAURIN …with potential antiangiogenic and antineoplastic activities …

$
0
0

MIDOSTAURIN

(9S,10R,11R,13R)-2,3,10,11,12,13-Hexahydro-10-methoxy-9-methyl-11-(methylamino)-9,13-epoxy-1H,9H-diindolo[1,2,3-gh:3',2',1'-lm]pyrrolo[3,4-j][1,7]benzodiamzonine-1-one

N-[(9S,10R,11R,13R)-2,3,10,11,12,13-Hexahydro-10-methoxy-9-methyl-1-oxo-9,13-epoxy-1H,9H-diindolo[1,2,3-gh:3′,2′,1′-lm]pyrrolo[3,4-j][1,7]benzodiazonin-11-yl]-N-methylbenzamide

N-((9S,10R,11R,13R)-2,3,9,10,11,12-hexahydro-10-methoxy-9-methyl-1-oxo-9,13-epoxy-1H,9H-diindolo(1,2,3-gh:3′,2′,1′-lm)pyrrolo(3,4-j)(1,7)benzodiazonin-11-yl)-N-methyl-,

N-[(2R,4R,5R,6S)-5-methoxy-6-methyl-18-oxo-29-oxa-1,7,17-triazaoctacyclo[12.12.2.12,6.07,28.08,13.015,19.020,27.021,26]nonacosa-8,10,12,14(28),15(19),20(27),21(26),22,24-nonaen-4-yl]-N-methylbenzamide hydrate

N-benzoyl staurosporine

NOVARTIS ONCOLOGY ORIGINATOR

Chemical Formula: C35H30N4O4

Exact Mass: 570.22671

Molecular Weight: 570.63710

Elemental Analysis: C, 73.67; H, 5.30; N, 9.82; O, 11.22

Tyrosine kinase inhibitors

PKC 412。PKC412A。CGP 41251。Benzoylstaurosporine;4′-N-Benzoylstaurosporine;Cgp 41251;Cgp 41 251.

120685-11-2 CAS

PHASE 3

  • 4′-N-Benzoylstaurosporine
  • Benzoylstaurosporine
  • Cgp 41 251
  • CGP 41251
  • CGP-41251
  • Midostaurin
  • PKC 412
  • PKC412
  • UNII-ID912S5VON

Midostaurin is an inhibitor of tyrosine kinase, protein kinase C, and VEGF. Midostaurin inhibits cell growth and phosphorylation of FLT3, STAT5, and ERK. It is a potent inhibitor of a spectrum of FLT3 activation loop mutations.

it  is prepared by acylation of the alkaloid staurosporine (I) with benzoyl chloride (II) in the presence of diisopropylethylamine in chloroform.Production Route of Midostaurin

Midostaurin is a synthetic indolocarbazole multikinase inhibitor with potential antiangiogenic and antineoplastic activities. Midostaurin inhibits protein kinase C alpha (PKCalpha), vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 2 (VEGFR2), c-kit, platelet-derived growth factor receptor (PDGFR) and FMS-like tyrosine kinase 3 (FLT3) tyrosine kinases, which may result in disruption of the cell cycle, inhibition of proliferation, apoptosis, and inhibition of angiogenesis in susceptible tumors.

MIDOSTAURIN

Derivative of staurosporin, orally active, potent inhibitor of FLT3 tyrosine kinase (fetal liver tyrosine kinase 3). In addition Midostaurin inhibits further molecular targets such as VEGFR-1 (Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor Receptor 1), c-kit (stem cell factor receptor), H-and K-RAS (Rat Sarcoma Viral homologue) and MDR (multidrug resistance protein).

Midostaurin inhibits both wild-type FLT3 and FLT3 mutant, wherein the internal tandem duplication mutations (FLT3-ITD), and the point mutation to be inhibited in the tyrosine kinase domain of the molecule at positions 835 and 836.Midostaurin is tested in patients with AML.

Midostaurin, a protein kinase C (PKC) and Flt3 (FLK2/STK1) inhibitor, is in phase III clinical development at originator Novartis for the oral treatment of acute myeloid leukemia (AML).

Novartis is conducting phase III clinical trials for the treatment of aggressive systemic mastocytosis or mast cell leukemia. The National Cancer Institute (NCI) is conducting phase I/II trials with the drug for the treatment of chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML) and myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS).

Massachusetts General Hospital is conducting phase I clinical trials for the treatment of adenocarcinoma of the rectum in combination with radiation and standard chemotherapy.

MIDOSTAURIN

Midostaurin (PKC412) is a multi-target protein kinase inhibitor being investigated for the treatment of acute myeloid leukemia (AML) and myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS). It is a semi-synthetic derivative of staurosporine, an alkaloid from the bacterium Streptomyces staurosporeus, and is active in patients with mutations of CD135 (FMS-like tyrosine kinase 3 receptor).[1]

After successful Phase II clinical trials, a Phase III trial for AML has started in 2008. It is testing midostaurin in combination with daunorubicin and cytarabine.[2] In another trial, the substance has proven ineffective in metastatic melanoma.[3]

Midostaurin has also been studied at Johns Hopkins University for the treatment of age-related macular degeneration (AMD), but no recent progress reports for this indication have been made available. Trials in macular edema of diabetic origin were discontinued at Novartis.

In 2004, orphan drug designation was received in the E.U. for the treatment of AML. In 2009 and 2010, orphan drug designation was assigned for the treatment of acute myeloid leukemia and for the treatment of mastocytosis, respectively, in the U.S. In 2010, orphan drug designation was assigned in the E.U. for the latter indication.

MIDOSTAURIN

References

  1.  Fischer, T.; Stone, R. M.; Deangelo, D. J.; Galinsky, I.; Estey, E.; Lanza, C.; Fox, E.; Ehninger, G.; Feldman, E. J.; Schiller, G. J.; Klimek, V. M.; Nimer, S. D.; Gilliland, D. G.; Dutreix, C.; Huntsman-Labed, A.; Virkus, J.; Giles, F. J. (2010). “Phase IIB Trial of Oral Midostaurin (PKC412), the FMS-Like Tyrosine Kinase 3 Receptor (FLT3) and Multi-Targeted Kinase Inhibitor, in Patients with Acute Myeloid Leukemia and High-Risk Myelodysplastic Syndrome with Either Wild-Type or Mutated FLT3″. Journal of Clinical Oncology 28 (28): 4339–4345. doi:10.1200/JCO.2010.28.9678PMID 20733134edit
  2.  ClinicalTrials.gov NCT00651261 Daunorubicin, Cytarabine, and Midostaurin in Treating Patients With Newly Diagnosed Acute Myeloid Leukemia
  3.  Millward, M. J.; House, C.; Bowtell, D.; Webster, L.; Olver, I. N.; Gore, M.; Copeman, M.; Lynch, K.; Yap, A.; Wang, Y.; Cohen, P. S.; Zalcberg, J. (2006). “The multikinase inhibitor midostaurin (PKC412A) lacks activity in metastatic melanoma: a phase IIA clinical and biologic study”British Journal of Cancer 95 (7): 829–834. doi:10.1038/sj.bjc.6603331PMC 2360547PMID 16969355.
    1. Midostaurin product page, Fermentek
    2.  Wang, Y; Yin, OQ; Graf, P; Kisicki, JC; Schran, H (2008). “Dose- and Time-Dependent Pharmacokinetics of Midostaurin in Patients With Diabetes Mellitus”. J Clin Pharmacol 48 (6): 763–775. doi:10.1177/0091270008318006PMID 18508951.
    3.  Ryan KS (2008). “Structural studies of rebeccamycin, staurosporine, and violacein biosynthetic enzymes”Ph.D. Thesis. Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Bioorg Med Chem Lett 1994, 4(3): 399

US 5093330

EP 0657164

EP 0711556

EP 0733358

WO 1998007415

WO 2002076432

WO 2003024420

WO 2003037347

WO 2004112794

WO 2005027910

WO 2005040415

WO 2006024494

WO 2006048296

WO 2006061199

WO 2007017497

WO 2013086133

WO 2012016050

WO 2011000811

 

8-1-2013
Identification of potent Yes1 kinase inhibitors using a library screening approach.
Bioorganic & medicinal chemistry letters
 
3-1-2013
Evaluation of potential Myt1 kinase inhibitors by TR-FRET based binding assay.
European journal of medicinal chemistry
2-23-2012
Testing the promiscuity of commercial kinase inhibitors against the AGC kinase group using a split-luciferase screen.
Journal of medicinal chemistry
 
1-26-2012
VX-322: a novel dual receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitor for the treatment of acute myelogenous leukemia.
Journal of medicinal chemistry
1-1-2012
H2O2 production downstream of FLT3 is mediated by p22phox in the endoplasmic reticulum and is required for STAT5 signalling.
PloS one
10-27-2011
Discovery of 3-(2,6-dichloro-3,5-dimethoxy-phenyl)-1-{6-[4-(4-ethyl-piperazin-1-yl)-phenylamino]-pyrimidin-4-yl}-1-methyl-urea (NVP-BGJ398), a potent and selective inhibitor of the fibroblast growth factor receptor family of receptor tyrosine kinase.
Journal of medicinal chemistry
 
6-1-2011
Discovery, synthesis, and investigation of the antitumor activity of novel piperazinylpyrimidine derivatives.
European journal of medicinal chemistry
3-1-2010
Colony stimulating factor-1 receptor as a target for small molecule inhibitors.
Bioorganic & medicinal chemistry

 

7-18-2012
Staurosporine Derivatives as Inhibitors of FLT3 Receptor Tyrosine Kinase Activity
6-13-2012
Crystal form of N-benzoyl-staurosporine
12-14-2011
COMPOSITIONS FOR TREATMENT OF SYSTEMIC MASTOCYTOSIS
7-6-2011
Staurosporine derivatives as inhibitors of flt3 receptor tyrosine kinase activity
7-6-2011
Staurosporine Derivatives for Use in Alveolar Rhabdomyosarcoma
12-10-2010
Pharmaceutical Compositions for treating wouds and related methods
11-5-2010
COMBINATIONS OF JAK INHIBITORS
7-23-2010
COMBINATIONS COMPRISING STAUROSPORINES
3-5-2010
COMBINATION OF IAP INHIBITORS AND FLT3 INHIBITORS
1-29-2010
ANTI-CANCER PHOSPHONATE ANALOGS
1-13-2010
Therapeutic phosphonate compounds
11-20-2009
Use of Staurosporine Derivatives for the Treatment of Multiple Myeloma
7-17-2009
KINASE INHIBITORY PHOSPHONATE ANALOGS
6-19-2009
Organic Compounds
3-20-2009
Use of Midostaurin for Treating Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumors
11-21-2008
PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING A POORLY WATER-SOLUBLE ACTIVE INGREDIENT, A SURFACTANT AND A WATER-SOLUBLE POLYMER
11-19-2008
Anti-cancer phosphonate analogs
9-12-2008
Multi-Functional Small Molecules as Anti-Proliferative Agents
9-5-2008
Sensitization of Drug-Resistant Lung Caners to Protein Kinase Inhibitors
8-29-2008
Organic Compounds

 

8-27-2008
Kinase inhibitory phosphonate analogs
4-25-2008
Treatment Of Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumors With Imatinib And Midostaurin
12-28-2007
Pharmaceutical Uses of Staurosporine Derivatives
12-7-2007
Kinase Inhibitor Phosphonate Conjugates
8-17-2007
Combinations comprising staurosporines
10-13-2006
Staurosporine derivatives for hypereosinophilic syndrome
7-15-2005
Phosphonate substituted kinase inhibitors
10-20-2004
Staurosporin derivatives

MIDOSTAURIN HYDRATE

 

 

Midostaurin according to the invention is N-[(9S,10R,11R,13R)-2,3,10,11,12,13-hexahydro-10-methoxy-9-methyl-1-oxo-9,13-epoxy-1H,9H-diindolo[1,2,3-gh:3′,2′,1′-lm]pyrrolo[3,4-j][1,7]benzodiazonin-11-yl]-N-methylbenzamide of the formula (II):

 

 

or a salt thereof, hereinafter: “Compound of formula II or midostaurin”.

Compound of formula II or midostaurin [International Nonproprietary Name] is also known as PKC412.

Midostaurin is a derivative of the naturally occurring alkaloid staurosporine, and has been specifically described in the European patent No. 0 296 110 published on Dec. 21, 1988, as well as in U.S. Pat. No.  5093330 published on Mar. 3, 1992, and Japanese Patent No. 2 708 047.

 

………………….

https://www.google.co.in/patents/EP0296110B1

The nomenclature of the products is, on the complete structure of staurosporine ([storage]-NH-CH ₃derived, and which is designated by N-substituent on the nitrogen of the methylamino group

Figure imgb0028

 

Example 18:

     N-Benzoyl-staurospor
  • A solution of 116.5 mg (0.25 mmol) of staurosporine and 0.065 ml (0.38 mmol) of N, N-diisopropylethylamine in 2 ml of chloroform is added at room temperature with 0.035 ml (0.3 mmol) of benzoyl chloride and 10 stirred minutes.The reaction mixture is diluted with chloroform, washed with sodium bicarbonate, dried over magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The crude product is chromatographed on silica gel (eluent methylene chloride / ethanol 30:1), mp 235-247 ° with brown coloration.
  • cut paste may not be ok below

Staurosporine the formula [storage]-NH-CH ₃ (II) (for the meaning of the rest of [storage] see above) as the basic material of the novel compounds was already in 1977, from the cultures of Streptomyces staurosporeus AWAYA, and TAKAHASHI

O ¯
Figure imgb0003

MURA, sp. nov. AM 2282, see Omura, S., Iwai, Y., Hirano, A., Nakagawa, A.; awayâ, J., Tsuchiya, H., Takahashi, Y., and Masuma, R. J. Antibiot. 30, 275-281 (1977) isolated and tested for antimicrobial activity. It was also found here that the compound against yeast-like fungi and microorganisms is effective (MIC of about 3-25 mcg / ml), taking as the hydrochloride = having a LD ₅ ₀ 6.6 mg / kg (mouse, intraperitoneal). Stagnated recently it has been shown in extensive screening, see Tamaoki, T., Nomoto, H., Takahashi, I., Kato, Y, Morimoto, M. and Tomita, F.: Biochem. and Biophys. Research Commun. 135 (No. 2), 397-402 (1986) that the compound exerts a potent inhibitory effect on protein kinase C (rat brain)

 

…………………

 

https://www.google.co.in/patents/US5093330

EXAMPLE 18 N-benzoyl-staurosporine

0.035 ml (0.3 mmol) of benzoyl chloride is added at room temperature to a solution of 116.5 mg (0.25 mmol) of staurosporine and 0.065 ml (0.38 mmol) of N,N-diisopropylethylamine in 2 ml of chloroform and the whole is stirred for 10 minutes. The reaction mixture is diluted with chloroform, washed with sodium bicarbonate solution, dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated by evaporation. The crude product is chromatographed on silica gel (eluant:methylene chloride/ethanol 30:1); m.p. 235

…………………….

Bioorg Med Chem Lett 1994, 4(3): 399

http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/0960894X94800049

Full-size image (2 K)

……………………

http://www.google.com/patents/WO1998007415A2

A variety of PKC inhibitors are available in the art for use in the invention. These include bryostatin (U.S. Patent 4,560,774), safinogel (WO 9617603), fasudil (EP 187371), 7- hydoxystaurosporin (EP 137632B), various diones described in EP 657458, EP 657411 and WO9535294, phenylmethyl hexanamides as described in WO9517888, various indane containing benzamides as described in WO9530640, various pyrrolo [3,4-c]carbazoles as described in EP 695755, LY 333531 (IMSworld R & D Focus 960722, July 22, 1996 and Pharmaprojects Accession No. 24174), SPC-104065 (Pharmaprojects Accession No. 22568), P-10050 (Pharmaprojects Accession No. 22643), No. 4432 (Pharmaprojects Accession No. 23031), No. 4503 (Pharmaprojects Accession No. 23252), No. 4721 (Pharmaprojects Accession No. 23890), No. 4755 (Pharmaprojects Accession No. 24035), balanol (Pharmaprojects Accession No. 20376), K-7259 (Pharmaprojects Accession No. 16649), Protein kinase C inhib, Lilly (Pharmaprojects Accession No. 18006), and UCN-01 (Pharmaprojects Accession No. 11915). Also see, for example, Tamaoki and Nakano (1990) Biotechnology 8:732-735; Posada et al. (1989) Cancer Commun. 1:285-292; Sato et al. (1990) Biochem Biophys. Res. Commun. 173:1252-1257; Utz et al. (1994) Int. J. Cancer 57:104-110; Schwartz et al. (1993) J. Na . Cancer lnst. 85:402-407; Meyer et al. (1989) Int. J. Cancer 43:851-856; Akinaga et al. (1991) Cancer Res. 51:4888-4892, which disclosures are herein incorporated by reference. Additionally, antisense molecules can be used as PKC inhibitors. Although such antisense molecules inhibit mRNA translation into the PKC protein, such antisense molecules are considered PKC inhibitors for purposes of this invention. Such antisense molecules against PKC inhibitors include those described in published PCT patent applications WO 93/19203, WO 95/03833 and WO 95/02069, herein incorporated by reference. Such inhibitors can be used in formulations for local delivery to prevent cellular proliferation. Such inhibitors find particular use in local delivery for preventing rumor growth and restenosis.

N-benzoyl staurosporine is a benzoyl derivative of the naturally occurring alkaloid staurosporine. It is chiral compound ([a]D=+148.0+-2.0°) with the formula C35H30R1O4 (molecular weight 570.65). It is a pale yellow amorphous powder which remains unchanged up to 220°C. The compound is very lipophilic (log P>5.48) and almost insoluble in water (0.068 mg/1) but dissolves readily in DMSO.

……………………….

staurosporine

Staurosporine (antibiotic AM-2282 or STS) is a natural product originally isolated in 1977 from the bacterium Streptomyces staurosporeus. It was the first of over 50 alkaloids to be isolated with this type of bis-indole chemical structure. The chemical structure of staurosporine was elucidated by X-ray analysis of a single crystal and the absolute stereochemical configuration by the same method in 1994.

Staurosporine was discovered to have biological activities ranging from anti-fungal to anti-hypertensive. The interest in these activities resulted in a large investigative effort in chemistry and biology and the discovery of the potential for anti-cancer treatment

Synthesis of Staurosporine

Staurosporine is the precursor of the novel protein kinase inhibitor midostaurin(PKC412). Besides midostaurin, staurosporine is also used as a starting material in the commercial synthesis of K252c (also called staurosporine aglycone). In the natural biosynthetic pathway, K252c is a precursor of staurosporine.

Indolocarbazoles belong to the alkaloid sub-class of bisindoles. Of these carbazoles the Indolo(2,3-a)carbazoles are the most frequently isolated; the most common subgroup of the Indolo(2,3-a)carbazoles are the Indolo(2,3-a)pyrrole(3,4-c)carbazoles which can be divided into two major classes – halogenated (chlorinated) with a fully oxidized C-7 carbon with only one indole nitrogen containing a β-glycosidic bond and the second class consists of both indole nitrogen glycosilated, non-halogenated, and a fully reduced C-7 carbon. Staurosporine is part of the second non-halogenated class.

The biosynthesis of staurosporine starts with the amino acid L-tryptophan in its zwitterionic form. Tryptophan is converted to an imineby enzyme StaO which is an L-amino acid oxidase (that may be FAD dependent). The imine is acted upon by StaD to form an uncharacterized intermediate proposed to be the dimerization product between 2 imine molecules. Chromopyrrolic acid is the molecule formed from this intermediate after the loss of VioE (used in the biosynthesis of violacein – a natural product formed from a branch point in this pathway that also diverges to form rebeccamycin. An aryl aryl coupling thought to be catalyzed by a cytochrome P450enzyme to form an aromatic ring system occurs

Staurosporine 2

This is followed by a nucleophilic attack between the indole nitrogens resulting in cyclization and then decarboxylation assisted by StaC exclusively forming staurosporine aglycone or K252c. Glucose is transformed to NTP-L-ristoamine by StaA/B/E/J/I/K which is then added on to the staurosporine aglycone at 1 indole N by StaG. The StaN enzyme reorients the sugar by attaching it to the 2nd indole nitrogen into an unfavored conformation to form intermediated O-demethyl-N-demethyl-staurosporine. Lastly, O-methylation of the 4′amine by StaMA and N-methylation of the 3′-hydroxy by StaMB leads to the formation of staurosporine

 

US4107297 * 28 Nov 1977 15 Aug 1978 The Kitasato Institute Antibiotic compound
US4735939 * 27 Feb 1987 5 Apr 1988 The Dow Chemical Company Insecticidal activity of staurosporine
ZA884238A * Title not available

 

Share

Rapamycin (Sirolimus) For the prophylaxis of organ rejection in patients receiving renal transplants.

$
0
0

File:Sirolimus.svg

Rapamycin (Sirolimus)

(3S,6R,7E,9R,10R,12R,14S,15E,17E,19​E,21S,23S,26R,27R,34aS)-9,10,12,13,14,21,22,23,24,​25, 26,27,32,33,34,34a-Hexadecahydro-9,27-dihydroxy-3-​[(1R)-2-[(1S,3R,4R)-4-hydroxy-3-methoxycyclohexyl]​-1-methylethyl]-10,21-dimethoxy-6,8,12,14,20,26-he​xamethyl-23,27-epoxy-3H-pyrido[2,1-c][1,4]oxaazacy​clohentriacontine-1,5,11,28,29(4H,6H,31H)-pentone

Wyeth Pharmaceuticals (Originator)

M.Wt:914.18

Formula:C51H79NO13

53123-88-9 cas no

Antifungal and immunosuppressant. Specific inhibitor of mTOR (mammalian target of Rapamycin). Complexes with FKBP-12 and binds mTOR inhibiting its activity. Inhibits interleukin-2-induced phosphorylation and activation of p70 S6 kinase. Induces autophagy in yeast and mammalian cell lines.

Rapamycin is a triene macrolide antibiotic, which demonstrates anti-fungal, anti-inflammatory, anti-tumor and immunosuppressive properties. Rapamycin has been shown to block T-cell activation and proliferation, as well as, the activation of p70 S6 kinase and exhibits strong binding to FK-506 binding proteins. Rapamycin also inhibits the activity of the protein, mTOR, (mammalian target of rapamycin) which functions in a signaling pathway to promote tumor growth. Rapamycin binds to a receptor protein (FKBP12) and the rapamycin/FKB12 complex then binds to mTOR and prevents interaction of mTOR with target proteins in this signaling pathway. Rapamycin name is derived from the native word for Easter Island, Rapi Nui.

  • (-)-Rapamycin
  • Antibiotic AY 22989
  • AY 22989
  • AY-22989
  • CCRIS 9024
  • HSDB 7284
  • NSC 226080
  • Rapammune
  • Rapamune
  • Rapamycin
  • SILA 9268A
  • Sirolimus
  • UNII-W36ZG6FT64
  • WY-090217
  • A 8167

A macrolide compound obtained from Streptomyces hygroscopicus that acts by selectively blocking the transcriptional activation of cytokines thereby inhibiting cytokine production. It is bioactive only when bound to IMMUNOPHILINS. Sirolimus is a potent immunosuppressant and possesses both antifungal and antineoplastic properties.

 

Sirolimus (INN/USAN), also known as rapamycin, is an immunosuppressant drug used to prevent rejection in organ transplantation; it is especially useful in kidney transplants. It prevents activation of T cells and B cells by inhibiting their response to interleukin-2 (IL-2). Sirolimus is also used as a coronary stent coating. Sirolimus works, in part, by eliminating old and abnormal white blood cells.[citation needed] Sirolimus is effective in mice with autoimmunity and in children with a rare condition called autoimmune lymphoproliferative syndrome (ALPS).

sirolimus

macrolide, sirolimus was discovered by Brazilian researchers as a product of the bacterium Streptomyces hygroscopicus in a soil sample fromEaster Island[1] — an island also known as Rapa Nui.[2] It was approved by the FDA in September 1999 and is marketed under the trade nameRapamune by Pfizer (formerly by Wyeth).

Sirolimus was originally developed as an antifungal agent. However, this use was abandoned when it was discovered to have potent immunosuppressive and antiproliferative properties. It has since been shown to prolong the life of mice and might also be useful in the treatment of certain cancers.

Unlike the similarly named tacrolimus, sirolimus is not a calcineurin inhibitor, but it has a similar suppressive effect on the immune system. Sirolimus inhibits the response tointerleukin-2 (IL-2), and thereby blocks activation of T and B cells. In contrast, tacrolimus inhibits the secretion of IL-2.

The mode of action of sirolimus is to bind the cytosolic protein FK-binding protein 12(FKBP12) in a manner similar to tacrolimus. Unlike the tacrolimus-FKBP12 complex which inhibits calcineurin (PP2B), the sirolimus-FKBP12 complex inhibits themammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR, rapamycin being an older name for sirolimus) pathway by directly binding the mTOR Complex1 (mTORC1).

mTOR has also been called FRAP (FKBP-rapamycin associated protein), RAFT (rapamycin and FKBP target), RAPT1, or SEP. The earlier names FRAP and RAFT were coined to reflect the fact that sirolimus must bind FKBP12 first, and only the FKBP12-sirolimus complex can bind mTOR. However, mTOR is now the widely accepted name, since Tor was first discovered via genetic and molecular studies of sirolimus-resistant mutants of Saccharomyces cerevisiae that identified FKBP12, Tor1, and Tor2 as the targets of sirolimus and provided robust support that the FKBP12-sirolimus complex binds to and inhibits Tor1 and Tor2.

rapamycin

Unlike the similarly named tacrolimus, sirolimus is not a calcineurin inhibitor, but it has a similar suppressive effect on the immune system. Sirolimus inhibits the response to interleukin-2 (IL-2), and thereby blocks activation of T and B cells. In contrast, tacrolimus inhibits the secretion of IL-2.

The mode of action of sirolimus is to bind the cytosolic protein FK-binding protein 12 (FKBP12) in a manner similar to tacrolimus. Unlike the tacrolimus-FKBP12 complex which inhibits calcineurin (PP2B), the sirolimus-FKBP12 complex inhibits the mammalian target of rapamycin(mTOR, rapamycin being an older name for sirolimus) pathway by directly binding the mTOR Complex1 (mTORC1).

mTOR has also been called FRAP (FKBP-rapamycin associated protein), RAFT (rapamycin and FKBP target), RAPT1, or SEP. The earlier names FRAP and RAFT were coined to reflect the fact that sirolimus must bind FKBP12 first, and only the FKBP12-sirolimus complex can bind mTOR. However, mTOR is now the widely accepted name, since Tor was first discovered via genetic and molecular studies of sirolimus-resistant mutants of Saccharomyces cerevisiae that identified FKBP12, Tor1, and Tor2 as the targets of sirolimus and provided robust support that the FKBP12-sirolimus complex binds to and inhibits Tor1 and Tor2.

SIROLIMUS

 

 

 

 

Rapamycin and its preparation are described in US Patent No. 3,929,992, issued December 30, 1975. Alternatively, rapamycin may be purchased commercially [Rapamune®, Wyeth].

 

Rapamycin (Sirolimus) is a 31-member natural macrocyclic lactone [C51H79N1O13; MWt=914.2] produced by Streptomyces hygroscopicus and found in the 1970s (U.S. Pat. No. 3,929,992; 3,993,749). Rapamycin (structure shown below) was approved by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for the prophylaxis of renal transplant rejection in 1999.

 

Figure US08088789-20120103-C00001

 

Rapamycin resembles tacrolimus (binds to the same intracellular binding protein or immunophilin known as FKBP-12) but differs in its mechanism of action. Whereas tacrolimus and cyclosporine inhibit T-cell activation by blocking lymphokine (e.g., IL2) gene transcription, sirolimus inhibits T-cell activation and T lymphocyte proliferation by binding to mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR). Rapamycin can act in synergy with cyclosporine or tacrolimus in suppressing the immune system.

Rapamycin is also useful in preventing or treating systemic lupus erythematosus [U.S. Pat. No. 5,078,999], pulmonary inflammation [U.S. Pat. No. 5,080,899], insulin dependent diabetes mellitus [U.S. Pat. No. 5,321,009], skin disorders, such as psoriasis [U.S. Pat. No. 5,286,730], bowel disorders [U.S. Pat. No. 5,286,731], smooth muscle cell proliferation and intimal thickening following vascular injury [U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,288,711 and 5,516,781], adult T-cell leukemia/lymphoma [European Patent Application 525,960 A1], ocular inflammation [U.S. Pat. No. 5,387,589], malignant carcinomas [U.S. Pat. No. 5,206,018], cardiac inflammatory disease [U.S. Pat. No. 5,496,832], anemia [U.S. Pat. No. 5,561,138] and increase neurite outgrowth [Parker, E. M. et al, Neuropharmacology 39, 1913-1919, 2000].

Although rapamycin can be used to treat various disease conditions, the utility of the compound as a pharmaceutical drug has been limited by its very low and variable bioavailability and its high immunosuppressive potency and potential high toxicity. Also, rapamycin is only very slightly soluble in water. To overcome these problems, prodrugs and analogues of the compound have been synthesized. Water soluble prodrugs prepared by derivatizing rapamycin positions 31 and 42 (formerly positions 28 and 40) of the rapamycin structure to form glycinate, propionate, and pyrrolidino butyrate prodrugs have been described (U.S. Pat. No. 4,650,803). Some of the analogues of rapamycin described in the art include monoacyl and diacyl analogues (U.S. Pat. No. 4,316,885), acetal analogues (U.S. Pat. No. 5,151,413), silyl ethers (U.S. Pat. No. 5,120,842), hydroxyesters (U.S. Pat. No. 5,362,718), as well as alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, and alkynyl analogues (U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,665,772; 5,258,389; 6,384,046; WO 97/35575).

 

 

………………………………………….

Synthesis

http://www.google.co.in/patents/US3929992

PREPARATION

CUT PASTE FROM TEXT

In one embodiment of this invention rapamycin is prepared in the followingmanner: 4

A suitable fermenter is charged with production meis reached in the fermentation mixture after 2-8 days,

usually after about 5 days, as determined by the cup plate method and Candida albicans as the test organism. The mycelium is harvested by filtration with diatomaceous earth. Rapamycin is then extracted from the mycelium with a water-miscible solvent, for example a lower alkanol, preferably methanol or ethanol. The latter extract is then concentrated, preferably under reduced pressure, and the resulting aqueous phase is extracted with a water-immiscible solvent. A preferred water-immiscible solvent for this purpose is methylene dichloride although chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, n-butanol and the like may also be used. The latter extract is concentrated, preferably under reduced pressure, to afford the crude product as an oil.

The product may be purified further by a variety of methods. Among the preferred methods of purification is to dissolve the crude product in a substantially nonpolar, first solvent, for example petroleum ether or hexane, and to treat the resulting solution with a suit able absorbent, for example charcoal or silica gel, so that the antibiotic becomes absorbed on the absorbant. The absorbant is then separated and washed or eluted with a second solvent more polar than the first solvent, for example ethyl acetate, methylene dichloride, or a mixture of methylene dichloride and ether (preferred). Thereafter, concentration of the wash solution or eluate affords substantially pure rapamycin. Further purification is obtained by partial precipitation with a nonpolar solvent, for example, petroleum ether, hexane, pentane and the like, from a solution of the rapamycin in a more polar solvent, for example, ether, ethyl acetate, benzene and the like. Still-further purification is obtained by column chromatography, preferably employing silica gel, and by crystallization of the rapamycin from ether.

In another preferred embodiment of this invention a first stage inoculum of S treptomyces hygroscopicus NRRL 5491 is prepared in small batches in a medium containing soybean flour, glucose, ammonium sulfate, and calcium carbonate incubated at about 25C at pH 7.l-7.3 for 24 hrs. with agitation, preferably on a gyrotary shaker. The growth thus obtained is used to inoculate a number of somewhat larger batches of the same medium as described above which are incubated at about 25C and pH 7.1-7.3 for 18 hrs. with agitation, preferably on a reciprocating’shaker, to obtain a sec- “ond stagc inoculum which is used to inoculate the production stage fermenters.

6 5.86′.2.-The fermenters are inoculated with the second stage inoculum described above and incubated at about 25C with’ agitationand aeration while controlling and ‘mai’ntaining the mixture at approximately pH 6.0 by

addition offa base, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or preferably ammonium hydroxide, as required from time to time. Addition of a source -of assimilable carbon, preferably glucose, is started when theconcentrationof the latter in the broth has dropped to about 0.5% wt/vol, normally about 48 hrs after. the start of fermentation, and is maintained until the end ofthe particular run. In this manner a fermentation broth containing about 60 ug/ml of rapamycin as determined by the assay method described above is obtained in 45 days, when fermentation is stopped.

‘ Filtration of the’mycelium, mixing the latter with a watef-miscible ‘lower’ alkanol, preferably methanol, followed by extraction with a halogenated aliphatic hydrocarbon, preferably trichloroethane, and evaporation of the solvents yields a first oily residue. This first oily residue is dissolved in a lower aliphatic ketone, preferably acetone, filtered from insoluble impurities, the filtrate evaporated to yield a second oily residue which is extractedjwith a water-miscible lower alkanol,

preferably methanol, and the latter extract is evaporated to yield crude rapamycin as a third oily residue. This third oily residue is dissolved in a mixture of a lower aliphatic ketone and a lower aliphatic hydrocarbon, preferably acetone-hexane, an absorbent such as charcoal or preferably silica gel is added to adsorb the rapamycin, the latter is eluted from the adsorbate with a similar but more polar solvent mixture, for example a mixture as above but containing a higher proportion of the aliphatic ketone, the eluates are evaporated and the residue is crystallized from diethyl ether, to yield pure crystalline rapamycin. In this manner a total of 45-5 8% of the rapamycin initially present in the fermentation mixture is recovered as pure crystalline rapamycin.

CHARACTERIZATION solvent systems; for example, ether-hexane 40:60 (Rf 0.42), ‘isopropyl alcoholvbenzene 15:85 (Rf= 0.5) and ethanol-benzene 20:80 (Rf f 0.43);

d. rapamycin obtained from four successive fermentation batchesgave the following values on repeated The production stage fermenters are equipped with 7 devices for controlling and maintaining pH at a predetermined level and for continuous metered addition of elemental analyses:

AVER- e. rapamycin exhibits the following characteristic absorption maxima in its ultraviolet absorption spectrum ethanol):

f. the infrared absorption spectrum of rapamycin in chloroform is reproduced in FIG. 1 and shows characteristic absorption bands at 3560, 3430, 1730, 1705 and 1630-1610 cm;

Further infrared absorption bands are characterized by the following data given in reciprocal centimeters with (s) denoting a strong, (m) denoting a medium, and (w) denoting a weak intensity band. This classification is arbitrarily selected in such a manner that a band is denoted as strong (s) if its peak absorption is more than two-thirds of the background in the same region; medium (m) if its peak is between one-third and twothirds of the background in the same region; and weak (w) if its peak is less than one-third of the background in the same region.

2990 cm (m) 1158 cm” (m) 2955 cm (s) 1129 cm (s) 2919 cm (s) 1080 cm (s) 2858 cm (s) 1060 cm (s) 2815 cm (m) 1040 cm (m) 1440 cm (s) 1020 crn’ (m) 1365 cm (m) 978 cm” (s) 1316 cm (in) 905 cm (m) 1272 cm (m) 888 cm” (w) 1178 cm (s) 866 cm- (w) g. the nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum of rapamycinin deuterochloroform is reproduced in FIG. 2; SEE PATENT

CLAIMS

l. Rapamycin, an antibiotic which a. is a colourless, crystalline compound with a melting point of 183 to l8SC, after recrystallization from ether;

b. is soluble in ether, chloroform, acetone, methanol and dimethylformamide, very sparingly soluble in hexane and petroleum ether and substantially insoluble in water;

c. shows a uniform spot on thin layer plates of silica gel”,

d. has a characteristic elemental analysis of about C,

e. exhibits the following characteristic absorption maxima in its ultraviolet absorption spectrum (95% ff has ‘a characteristic infrared absorption spectrum shown in accompanying FIG. 1; SEE PATENT

……………………………………………..

 

Rapamycin synthetic studies. 1. Construction of the C(27)-C(42) subunit. Tetrahedron Lett 1994, 35, 28, 4907

 

 

A partial synthesis of rapamycin has been reported: The condensation of sulfone (I) with epoxide (II) by means of butyllithium followed by desulfonation with Na/Hg gives the partially protected diol (III), which is treated with methanesulfonyl chloride and NaH to afford the epoxide (IV). Ring opening of epoxide (IV) with LiI and BF3.Et2O followed by protection of the resulting alcohol with PMBOC(NH)CCl3 yields the primary iodo compound (V). The condensation of (V) with the fully protected dihydroxyaldehyde (VI) (see later) by means of butyllithium in THF/HMPT gives the fully protected trihydroxyketone (VII), which is hydrolyzed with camphorsulfonic acid (CSA) to the corresponding gemdiol and reprotected with pivaloyl chloride (the primary alcohol) and tert-butyldimethylsilyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (the secondary alcohol), yielding a new fully protected trihydroxyketone (VIII). Elimination of the pivaloyl group with DIBAL and the dithiane group with MeI/CaCO3 affords the hydroxyketone (IX), which is finally oxidized with oxalyl chloride to the ketoaldehyde (X), the C(27)-C(42) fragment [the C(12)-C(15) fragment with the C(12)-substituent based on the IUPAC nomenclature recommendations]. The fully protected dihydroxyaldehyde (VI) is obtained as follows: The reaction of methyl 3-hydroxy-2(R)-methylpropionate (XI) with BPSCl followed by reduction with LiBH4 to the corresponding alcohol and oxidation with oxalyl chloride gives the aldehyde (XII), which is protected with propane-1,3-dithiol and BF3.Et2O to afford the dithiane compound (XIII). Elimination of the silyl group with TBAF followed by esterification with tosyl chloride, reaction with NaI and, finally, with sodium phenylsulfinate gives the sulfone (XIV), which is condensed with the partially protected dihydroxyaldehyde (XV), oxidized with oxalyl chloride and desulfonated with Al/Hg to afford the dithianyl ketone (XVI). The reaction of (XVI) with lithium hexamethyldisilylazane gives the corresponding enolate, which is treated with dimethyllithium cuprate to yield the fully protected unsaturated dihydroxyaldehyde (VI).

 

……………………………………………

http://www.google.com/patents/US8088789

JUT HAVE A LOOK

……………………………

The Ley Synthesis of Rapamycin

Rapamycin (3) is used clinically as an immunosuppressive agent. The synthesis of 3 (Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 200746, 591. DOI: 10.1002/anie.200604053) by Steven V. Ley of the University of Cambridge was based on the assembly and subsequent coupling of the iododiene 1 and the stannyl alkene 2.

The lactone of 1 was prepared by Fe-mediated cyclocarbonylation of the alkenyl epoxide 5, following the protocol developed in the Ley group.

The cyclohexane of 2 was constructed by SnCl4-mediated cyclization of the allyl stannane 9, again employing a procedure developed in the Ley group. Hydroboration delivered the aldehyde 11, which was crotylated with 12, following the H. C. Brown method. The alcohol so produced (not illustrated) was used to direct the diastereoselectivity of epoxidation, then removed, to give 13. Coupling with 14 then led to 2.

Combination of 1 with 2 led to 15, which was condensed with catechol to give the macrocycle 16. Exposure of 16 to base effected Dieckmann cyclization, to deliver the ring-contracted macrolactone 17, which was carried on to (-)-rapamycin (3).

 

……………………………….

Total Synthesis of Rapamycin

Angewandte Chemie International Edition

Volume 46, Issue 4, pages 591–597, January 15, 2007

Thumbnail image of graphical abstract

PREVIEW THIS ARTICLE WITH READCUBE

Readcube-logo

http://www.readcube.com/articles/10.1002%2Fanie.200604053?r3_referer=wol

 

……………………..

rapamycin_1.jpg

Ley, Maddess, Tackett, Watanabe, Brennan, Spilling, Scott and Osborn. ACIEE2006EarlyView. DOI:10.1002/anie.200604053.

It’s been in the works for quite a while, but Steve Ley’s synthesis of Rapamycin has just been published. This complex beast has a multitude of biological activities, including an interesting immunosuppressive profile, resulting in clinical usage following organ transplantation. So, unsurprisingly, it’s been the target of many projects, with complete total syntheses published by SmithDanishefskySchreiber and KCN.

So what makes this one different? Well, it does have one of the most interesting macrocyclisations I’ve seen since Jamison’s paper, and a very nice demonstration of the BDA-aldol methodology. The overall strategy is also impressive, so on with the retro:

rapamycin_2.jpg
First stop is the BDA-aldol; this type of chemistry is interesting, because the protecting group for the diol is also the stereo-directing group. The stereochemistry for this comes from a glycolic acid, and has been usedin this manner by the group before. The result is as impressive as ever, with a high yield, and presumably a very high d.r. (no mention of actual numbers).

rapamycin_3.jpg

The rest of the fragment synthesis was completed in a succinct and competent manner, but using relatively well known chemistry. However, I was especially impressed with the macrocyclisation I mentioned:

rapamycin_4.jpg

Tethering the free ends of the linear precursor with a simple etherification/esterification onto catechol gave then a macrocycle holding the desired reaction centres together. Treatment of this with base then induces a Dieckmann-condensation type cyclisation to deliver the desired macrocycle. Of course, at this stage, only a few more steps were required to complete the molecule, and end an era of the Wiffen Lab.

………………………………

Drugs Fut 1999, 24(1): 22

DOI: 10.1358/dof.1999.024.01.474036

 

 

REFERENCES

  1.  Vézina C, Kudelski A, Sehgal SN (October 1975). “Rapamycin (AY-22,989), a new antifungal antibiotic”J. Antibiot. 28 (10): 721–6. doi:10.7164/antibiotics.28.721PMID 1102508.
  2. Pritchard DI (2005). “Sourcing a chemical succession for cyclosporin from parasites and human pathogens”. Drug Discovery Today 10 (10): 688–691. doi:10.1016/S1359-6446(05)03395-7PMID 15896681.

 

3. Creating diverse target-binding surfaces on FKBP12: synthesis and evaluation of a rapamycin analogue library.

Wu X, Wang L, Han Y, Regan N, Li PK, Villalona MA, Hu X, Briesewitz R, Pei D.

ACS Comb Sci. 2011 Sep 12;13(5):486-95. doi: 10.1021/co200057n. Epub 2011 Jul 28.

4. Mammalian target of rapamycin: discovery of rapamycin reveals a signaling pathway important for normal and cancer cell growth.

Gibbons JJ, Abraham RT, Yu K.

Semin Oncol. 2009 Dec;36 Suppl 3:S3-S17. doi: 10.1053/j.seminoncol.2009.10.011. Review.

5. Hybrid inhibitors of phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase (PI3K) and the mammalian target of rapamycin (mTOR): design, synthesis, and superior antitumor activity of novel wortmannin-rapamycin conjugates.

Ayral-Kaloustian S, Gu J, Lucas J, Cinque M, Gaydos C, Zask A, Chaudhary I, Wang J, Di L, Young M, Ruppen M, Mansour TS, Gibbons JJ, Yu K.

J Med Chem. 2010 Jan 14;53(1):452-9. doi: 10.1021/jm901427g.

6. Fluorescent probes to characterise FK506-binding proteins.

Kozany C, März A, Kress C, Hausch F.

Chembiochem. 2009 May 25;10(8):1402-10. doi: 10.1002/cbic.200800806.

 

7. Recent advances in the chemistry, biosynthesis and pharmacology of rapamycin analogs.

Graziani EI.

Nat Prod Rep. 2009 May;26(5):602-9. doi: 10.1039/b804602f. Epub 2009 Mar 5. Review.

Total synthesis of rapamycin.

Ley SV, Tackett MN, Maddess ML, Anderson JC, Brennan PE, Cappi MW, Heer JP, Helgen C, Kori M, Kouklovsky C, Marsden SP, Norman J, Osborn DP, Palomero MA, Pavey JB, Pinel C, Robinson LA, Schnaubelt J, Scott JS, Spilling CD, Watanabe H, Wesson KE, Willis MC.

Chemistry. 2009;15(12):2874-914. doi: 10.1002/chem.200801656.

9  Highly diastereoselective desymmetrisation of cyclic meso-anhydrides and derivatisation for use in natural product synthesis.

Evans AC, Longbottom DA, Matsuoka M, Davies JE, Turner R, Franckevicius V, Ley SV.

Org Biomol Chem. 2009 Feb 21;7(4):747-60. doi: 10.1039/b813494d. Epub 2009 Jan 6.

10  Total synthesis studies on macrocyclic pipecolic acid natural products: FK506, the antascomicins and rapamycin.

Maddess ML, Tackett MN, Ley SV.

Prog Drug Res. 2008;66:13, 15-186. Review.

11 Determination of sirolimus in rabbit arteries using liquid chromatography separation and tandem mass spectrometric detection.

Zhang J, Rodila R, Watson P, Ji Q, El-Shourbagy TA.

Biomed Chromatogr. 2007 Oct;21(10):1036-44.

12  Saccharomyces cerevisiae FKBP12 binds Arabidopsis thaliana TOR and its expression in plants leads to rapamycin susceptibility.

Sormani R, Yao L, Menand B, Ennar N, Lecampion C, Meyer C, Robaglia C.

BMC Plant Biol. 2007 Jun 1;7:26.

13 Total synthesis of rapamycin.

Maddess ML, Tackett MN, Watanabe H, Brennan PE, Spilling CD, Scott JS, Osborn DP, Ley SV.

Angew Chem Int Ed Engl. 2007;46(4):591-7. No abstract available.

15 lipase-catalyzed regioselective esterification of rapamycin: synthesis of temsirolimus (CCI-779).

Gu J, Ruppen ME, Cai P.

Org Lett. 2005 Sep 1;7(18):3945-8.

16 CCI-779 Wyeth.

Elit L.

Curr Opin Investig Drugs. 2002 Aug;3(8):1249-53. Review.

 

17 Everolimus. Novartis.

Dumont FJ.

Curr Opin Investig Drugs. 2001 Sep;2(9):1220-34. Review.

 

18 Kuo et al (1992) Rapamycin selectively inhibits interleukin-2 activation of p70 S6 kinase. Nature 358 70. PMID:1614535.

 

19 Huang et al (2003) Rapamycins: mechanism of action and cellular resistance. Cancer Biol.Ther. 2 221. PMID:12878853.

 

20 Kobayashi et al (2007) Rapamycin, a specific inhibitor of the mammalian target of rapamycin, suppresses lymphangiogenesis and lymphatic metastasis. Cancer Sci. 98 726. PMID: 17425689.

 

21 Fleming et al (2011) Chemical modulators of autophagy as biological probes and potential therapeutics. 7 9. PMID:21164513.

 

22 J Am Chem Soc1993,115,(10):4419

 

23 Tetrahedron Lett1994,35,(28):4911

24 Chemistry (Weinheim)1995,1,(5):318

 

24

Figure imgf000004_0001SIROLIMUS

 

FEMALE FERTILITY

http://amcrasto.theeurekamoments.com/2013/02/11/immunosuppressant-drug-rapamycin-helps-preserving-female-fertility/

 

PATENTS

Canada 2293793 APPROVED2006-07-11 EXP    2018-06-11
Canada 2103571                 2003-04-29           2012-02-21
United States 5989591                 1998-09-11           2018-09-11
United States 5212155                 1993-05-18           2010-05-18

 

 

WO1998054308A2 * May 28, 1998 Dec 3, 1998 Biotica Tech Ltd Polyketides and their synthesis and use
EP0589703A1 * Sep 23, 1993 Mar 30, 1994 American Home Products Corporation Proline derivative of rapamycin, production and application thereof
US20010039338 * Jun 7, 2001 Nov 8, 2001 American Home Products Corporation Regioselective synthesis of rapamycin derivatives

 

WO2007067560A2 * Dec 6, 2006 Jun 14, 2007 Clifford William Coughlin Scalable process for the preparation of a rapamycin 42-ester from a rapamycin 42-ester boronate
WO2012131019A1 Mar 30, 2012 Oct 4, 2012 Sandoz Ag Regioselective acylation of rapamycin at the c-42 position
US7622578 Dec 6, 2006 Nov 24, 2009 Wyeth Scalable process for the preparation of a rapamycin 42-ester from a rapamycin 42-ester boronate

 

US3929992 Apr 12, 1974 Dec 30, 1975 Ayerst Mckenna & Harrison Rapamycin and process of preparation
US5646160 May 26, 1995 Jul 8, 1997 American Home Products Corporation Method of treating hyperproliferative vascular disease with rapamycin and mycophenolic acid
US5665772 Sep 24, 1993 Sep 9, 1997 Sandoz Ltd. O-alkylated rapamycin derivatives and their use, particularly as immunosuppressants
US5728710 Jul 16, 1993 Mar 17, 1998 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Rapamycin derivatives
US5957975 Dec 15, 1997 Sep 28, 1999 The Centre National De La Recherche Scientifique Stent having a programmed pattern of in vivo degradation
US5985890 Jun 5, 1996 Nov 16, 1999 Novartis Ag Rapamycin derivatives
US6001998 Oct 13, 1995 Dec 14, 1999 Pfizer Inc Macrocyclic lactone compounds and their production process
US6015815 Sep 24, 1998 Jan 18, 2000 Abbott Laboratories Tetrazole-containing rapamycin analogs with shortened half-lives
US6187568 Aug 20, 1999 Feb 13, 2001 Pfizer Inc Macrocyclic lactone compounds and their production process
US6273913 Apr 16, 1998 Aug 14, 2001 Cordis Corporation Modified stent useful for delivery of drugs along stent strut
US6585764 Jun 4, 2001 Jul 1, 2003 Cordis Corporation Stent with therapeutically active dosage of rapamycin coated thereon
US6641611 Nov 26, 2001 Nov 4, 2003 Swaminathan Jayaraman Therapeutic coating for an intravascular implant
US6805703 Sep 18, 2001 Oct 19, 2004 Scimed Life Systems, Inc. Protective membrane for reconfiguring a workpiece
US7025734 Sep 28, 2001 Apr 11, 2006 Advanced Cardiovascular Systmes, Inc. Guidewire with chemical sensing capabilities
US7056942 Jan 16, 2004 Jun 6, 2006 Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. Carvedilol
US7820812 * Jul 23, 2007 Oct 26, 2010 Abbott Laboratories Methods of manufacturing crystalline forms of rapamycin analogs
US20010027340 Jun 4, 2001 Oct 4, 2001 Carol Wright Stent with therapeutically active dosage of rapamycin coated thereon
US20010029351 May 7, 2001 Oct 11, 2001 Robert Falotico Drug combinations and delivery devices for the prevention and treatment of vascular disease
US20020005206 May 7, 2001 Jan 17, 2002 Robert Falotico Antiproliferative drug and delivery device
US20020007213 May 7, 2001 Jan 17, 2002 Robert Falotico Drug/drug delivery systems for the prevention and treatment of vascular disease
US20020082680 Sep 7, 2001 Jun 27, 2002 Shanley John F. Expandable medical device for delivery of beneficial agent
US20020123505 Sep 10, 2001 Sep 5, 2002 Mollison Karl W. Medical devices containing rapamycin analogs
US20030129215 Sep 6, 2002 Jul 10, 2003 T-Ram, Inc. Medical devices containing rapamycin analogs
US20040072857 Jul 2, 2003 Apr 15, 2004 Jacob Waugh Polymerized and modified rapamycins and their use in coating medical prostheses
US20050033417 Jul 1, 2004 Feb 10, 2005 John Borges Coating for controlled release of a therapeutic agent
US20050101624 Nov 12, 2003 May 12, 2005 Betts Ronald E. 42-O-alkoxyalkyl rapamycin derivatives and compositions comprising same
US20050152842 Dec 22, 2004 Jul 14, 2005 Chun Li Poly (L-glutamic acid) paramagnetic material complex and use as a biodegradable MRI contrast agent
US20050175660 Oct 29, 2004 Aug 11, 2005 Mollison Karl W. Medical devices containing rapamycin analogs
US20050208095 Nov 22, 2004 Sep 22, 2005 Angiotech International Ag Polymer compositions and methods for their use
US20050209244 Feb 27, 2003 Sep 22, 2005 Prescott Margaret F N{5-[4-(4-methyl-piperazino-methyl)-benzoylamido]-2-methylphenyl}-4-(3-pyridyl)-2-pyrimidine-amine coated stents
US20050239178 Apr 25, 2005 Oct 27, 2005 Wyeth Labeling of rapamycin using rapamycin-specific methylases
US20060094744 Sep 28, 2005 May 4, 2006 Maryanoff Cynthia A Pharmaceutical dosage forms of stable amorphous rapamycin like compounds
US20060229711 Apr 4, 2006 Oct 12, 2006 Elixir Medical Corporation Degradable implantable medical devices
US20070015697 Nov 1, 2005 Jan 18, 2007 Peyman Gholam A Enhanced ocular neuroprotection and neurostimulation
US20070059336 Feb 27, 2006 Mar 15, 2007 Allergan, Inc. Anti-angiogenic sustained release intraocular implants and related methods
US20070207186 Mar 3, 2007 Sep 6, 2007 Scanlon John J Tear and abrasion resistant expanded material and reinforcement
US20080086198 May 24, 2007 Apr 10, 2008 Gary Owens Nanoporous stents with enhanced cellular adhesion and reduced neointimal formation
EP1236478A1 Feb 27, 2002 Sep 4, 2002 Medtronic Ave, Inc. Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor gamma ligand eluting medical device
EP1588727A1 Apr 20, 2005 Oct 26, 2005 Cordis Corporation Drug/drug delivery systems for the prevention and treatment of vascular disease
WO1993016189A1 Feb 11, 1993 Aug 19, 1993 Pfizer Novel macrocyclic lactones and a productive strain thereof
WO1994009010A1 Sep 24, 1993 Apr 28, 1994 Sandoz Ag O-alkylated rapamycin derivatives and their use, particularly as immunosuppressants
WO1996041807A1 Jun 5, 1996 Dec 27, 1996 Sylvain Cottens Rapamycin derivatives
WO1998007415A2 Aug 18, 1997 Feb 26, 1998 Ciba Geigy Ag Methods for prevention of cellular proliferation and restenosis
WO2001087263A2 May 14, 2001 Nov 22, 2001 Cordis Corp Delivery systems for treatment of vascular disease
WO2001087342A2 May 14, 2001 Nov 22, 2001 Cordis Corp Delivery devices for treatment of vascular disease
WO2001087372A1 Apr 25, 2001 Nov 22, 2001 Cordis Corp Drug combinations useful for prevention of restenosis
WO2001087373A1 May 14, 2001 Nov 22, 2001 Cordis Corp Delivery devices for treatment of vascular disease
WO2001087374A1 May 14, 2001 Nov 22, 2001 Cordis Corp Delivery systems for treatment of vascular disease
WO2001087375A1 May 14, 2001 Nov 22, 2001 Cordis Corp Delivery devices for treatment of vascular disease
WO2001087376A1 May 14, 2001 Nov 22, 2001 Cordis Corp Drug/drug delivery systems for the prevention and treatment of vascular disease
WO2002056790A2 Dec 18, 2001 Jul 25, 2002 Avantec Vascular Corp Delivery of therapeutic capable agents
WO2002065947A2 Feb 18, 2002 Aug 29, 2002 Jomed Gmbh Implants with fk506 for prophylaxis and treatment of restonoses
WO2003064383A2 Feb 3, 2003 Aug 7, 2003 Ariad Gene Therapeutics Inc Phosphorus-containing compounds & uses thereof
WO2006116716A2 Apr 27, 2006 Nov 2, 2006 William A Dunn Materials and methods for enhanced degradation of mutant proteins associated with human disease

A plaque, written in Brazilian Portuguese, commemorating the discovery of sirolimus on Easter Island, near Rano Kau

 

mTOR inhibitor

temsirolimus (CCI-779), everolimus (RAD001), deforolimus (AP23573), AP21967, biolimus, AP23102, zotarolimus (ABT 578), sirolimus (Rapamune), and tacrolimus (Prograf).

Share

Glenmark conferred with Best Biotech New Molecular Entity Patent award

$
0
0

GLENMARK PHARMA

IDMA best biotech NEW MOLECULAR ENTITY patent award to Glenmark

YEAR 2012-2013 YEAR in Mumbai India

PATENT  US 8236315

GLENMARK PHARMACEUTICALS, S.A., SWITZERLAND

INVENTORS

Elias LazaridesCatherine WoodsXiaomin FanSamuel HouHarald MottlStanislas BleinMartin BertschingerALSO PUBLISHED ASCA2712221A1CN101932606A,EP2245069A1US20090232804,WO2009093138A1
Publication number US8236315 B2
Publication type Grant
Application number US 12/358,682
Publication date 7 Aug 2012
Filing date 23 Jan 2009
Priority date 23 Jan 2008

USPTOUSPTO AssignmentEspacenetUS 8236315

The present disclosure relates generally to humanized antibodies or binding fragments thereof specific for human von Willebrand factor (vWF), methods for their preparation and use, including methods for treating vWF mediated diseases or disorders. The humanized antibodies or binding fragments thereof specific for human vWF may comprise complementarity determining regions (CDRs) from a non-human antibody (e.g., mouse CDRs) and human framework regions.

The present disclosure provides a humanized antibody or binding fragment thereof specific for vWF that comprises a heavy chain variable region sequence as set forth in SEQ ID NO: 19 and a light chain variable region sequence as set forth in SEQ ID NO: 28 ……….. CONT

MR GLEN SALDANHA

MD , CEO GLENMARK

INDIAN DRUG MANUFACTURERS’ ASSOCIATION   (IDMA)

102-B Poonam Chambers, Dr A B Road, Worli, Mumbai 400 018, INDIA
Tel : +91 – 22 – 24944625 / 24974308. Fax : ++91 – 22 – 24957023
email: ppr@idmaindia.com website : www.idma-assn.org

Share

Valspodar, PSC-833

$
0
0

PSC833(Valspodar)

Valspodar, SDZ-PSC-833, PSC-833, Amdray

P-Glycoprotein (MDR-1; ABCB1) Inhibitors , Multidrug Resistance Modulators

Valspodar is a cyclosporine derivative and a P-glycoprotein inhibitor currently in phase III clinical trials at the National Cancer Institute (NCI) in combination with chemotherapy for the treatment of leukemia. The drug was also being developed in combination with chemotherapy for the treatment of various other types of cancers, however, no recent developments on these trials have been reported.

P-glycoprotein is an ABC-transporter protein that has been implicated in conferring multidrug resistance to tumor cells. In previous trials, valspodar was associated with greater disease-free and overall survival in younger patients (45 years or below), and was shown to significantly increase the cellular uptake of daunorubicin in leukemic blast cells in vivo. However, in a phase III trial examining the drug candidate’s effects on AML in patients at least 60 years of age, valspodar was associated with excessive mortality and complete remission rates were higher in groups not treated with the compound.

Nonimmunosuppressive cyclosporin analog which is a potent multidrug resistance modifier; 7-10 fold more potent than cyclosporin A; a potent P glycoprotein inhibitor; MW 1215.

M.Wt: 1214.62
Formula: C63H111N11O12

CAS : 121584-18-7

IUPAC/Chemical name: 

(3S,6S,9S,12R,15S,18S,21S,24S,30S,33S)-6,9,18,24-tetraisobutyl-3,21,30-triisopropyl-1,4,7,10,12,15,19,25,28-nonamethyl-33-((R,E)-2-methylhex-4-enoyl)-1,4,7,10,13,16,19,22,25,28,31-undecaazacyclotritriacontan-2,5,8,11,14,17,20,23,26,29,32-undecaone

6 – [(2S, 4R, 6E)-4-Methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-oxo-6-octenoic acid]-7-L-valine-cyclosporin A; Cyclo [[(2S, 4R, 6E) -4-methyl-2-(methylamino)-3-oxo-6-octenoyl]-L-valyl-N-methylglycyl-N-methyl-L-leucyl-L-valyl-N-methyl-L-leucyl-L- alanyl-D-alanyl-N-methyl-L-leucyl-Nm

[3'-oxo-4-butenyl-4-methyl-Thr1]-[Val2]-cyclosporine

Novartis (Originator), National Cancer Institute (Codevelopment)
Modulators of the Therapeutic Activity of Antineoplastic Agents, Multidrug Resistance Modulators, ONCOLYTIC DRUGS, P-Glycoprotein (MDR-1) Inhibitors
Phase III

Clinical trials

http://clinicaltrials.gov/search/intervention=psc+833

Synonyms

  • 3′-Keto-bmt(1)-val(2)-cyclosporin A
  • Amdray
  • Psc 833
  • PSC-833
  • PSC833
  • SDZ PSC 833
  • Sdz-psc-833
  • UNII-Q7ZP55KF3X
  • Valspodar

Valspodar or PSC833 is an experimental cancer treatment and chemosensitizer drug.[1] It is a derivative of ciclosporin D.

Its primary use is that of a p-glycoprotein inhibitor. Previous studies in animal models have found it to be effective at preventing cancer cell resistance to chemotherapeutics, but these findings did not translate to clinical success.[2]
Valspodar, also known as PSC-833 is an analogue of cyclosporin-A. Valspodar inhibits p-glycoprotein, the multidrug resistance efflux pump, thereby restoring the retention and activity of some drugs in some drug-resistant tumor cells. This agent also induces caspase-mediated apoptosis.
PSC-833 is a non-immunosuppressive cyclosporin derivative that potently and specifically inhibits P-gp.  In vitro experiments indicate that PSC-833interacts directly with P-gp with high affinity and probably interferes with the ATPase activity of P-gp. Studies in multidrug resistant tumor models confirm P-gp as the in vivo target of PSC-833 and demonstrate the ability of PSC-833 to reverse MDR leukemias and solid tumors in mice. Presently,PSC-833 is being evaluated in the clinic.

Valspodar can cause nerve damage.[1]

Valspodar

Synthesis By oxidation of cyclosporin D (I) with N-chlorosuccinimide and dimethylsulfide in toluene (1) Scheme 1 Description alpha (20, D) -..?. 255.1 (c 0.5, CHCl3) Manufacturer Sandoz Pharmaceuticals Corp (US).. . References 1 Bollinger, P., B flounder sterli, JJ, Borel, J.-F., Krieger, M., Payne, TG, Traber, RP, Wenger, R. (Sandoz AG; Sandoz Patent GmbH; Sandoz Erfindungen VmbH ). Cyclosporins and their use as pharmaceuticals.

AU 8817679, EP 296122, JP 89045396. AU 8817679; EP 0296122; JP 1989045396; JP 1996048696; US 5525590

……………………………..

 

  • The cyclosporins comprise a class of structurally distinctive, cyclic, poly-N-methylated undecapeptides, generally possessing pharmacological, in particular immunosuppressive, anti-­inflammatory and/or anti-parasitic activity, each to a greater or lesser degree. The first of the cyclosproins to be isolated was the naturally occurring fungal metabolite Ciclosporin or Cyclo­sporine, also known as cyclosporin A and now commercially available under the Registered Trade Mark SANDIMMUN®. Ciclosporin is the cyclosporin of formula A
    Figure imgb0001

    wherein -MeBmt- represents the N-methyl-(4R)-4-but-2E-­en-1-yl-4-methyl-(L)threonyl residue of formula B

    Figure imgb0002

    in which -x-y- is trans -CH=CH- and the positive 2′, 3′ and 4′ have the configuration S, R and R respectively.

  • Since the original discovery of Ciclosporin, a wide variety of naturally occurring cyclosporins have been isolated and identified and many further non-natural cyclosporins have been prepared by total- or semi-synthetic means or by the application of modified culture techniques. The class comprised by the cyclosporins is thus now substantial and includes, for example, the naturally occurring cyclosporins A through Z [c.f. Traber et al. 1, Helv. Chim. Acta, 60, 1247-1255 (1977); Traber et al. 2, Helv. Chim. Acta, 65, 1655-1667 (1982); Kobel et al., Europ. J. Applied Microbiology and Biotechnology 14, 273-240 (1982); and von Wartburg et al. Progress in Allergy, 38, 28-45 (1986)], as well as various non-natural cyclosporin derivatives and artificial or synthetic cyclosporins including the dihydro- and iso-cyclosporins [in which the moiety -x-y- of the -MeBmt- residue (Formula B above) is saturated to give -x-y- = -CH₂-CH₂- / the linkage of the residue -MeBmt- to the residue at the 11-position of the cyclosporin molecule (Formula A above) is via the 3′-O-atom rather than the α-N-atom]; derivatised cyclosporins (e.g. in which the 3′-O-atom of the -MeBmt- residue is acylated or a further substituent is introduced at the α-carbon atom of the sarcosyl residue at the 3-position); cyclosporins in which the -MeBmt- residue is present in isomeric form (e.g. in which the configuration across positions 6′ and 7′ of the -MeBmt- residue is cis rather than trans); and cyclosporins wherein variant amino acids are incorporated at specific positions within the peptide sequence employing e.g. the total synthetic method for the production of cyclosporins developed by R. Wenger – see e.g. Traber et al. 1, Traber et al. 2 and Kobel et al. loc. cit.; U.S. Patents Nos 4 108 985, 4 210 581, 4 220 641, 4 288 431, 4 554 351 and 4 396 542; European Patent Publications Nos. 0 034 567 and 0 056 782; International Patent Publication No. WO 86/02080; Wenger 1, Transpl. Proc. 15, Suppl. 1:2230 (1983); Wenger 2, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., 24, 77 (1985); and Wenger 3, Progress in the Chemistry of Organic Natural Products 50, 123 (1986).
  • The class comprised by the cyclosporins is thus now very large indeed and includes, for example [Thr]²-, [Val]²-, [Nva]²- and [Nva]²-[Nva]⁵-Ciclosporin (also known as cyclosporins C, D, G and M respectively), [3-O-acetyl-MeBmt]¹-Ciclosporin (also known as cyclosporin A acetate), [Dihydro-MeBmt]¹-[Val]²-Ciclosporin (also known as dihydro-cyclosporin D), [Iso-MeBmt]¹-[Nva]²-Ciclosporin (also known as isocyclosporin G), [(D)Ser]⁸-Ciclosporin, [MeIle]¹¹-Ciclosporin, [(D)MeVal]¹¹-Ciclosporin (also known as cyclosporin H), [MeAla]⁶-Ciclosporin, [(D)Pro]³-Ciclosporin and so on.
  • [In accordance with conventional nomenclature for cyclosporins, these are defined throughout the present specification and claims by reference to the structure of Ciclosporin (i.e. Cyclosporin A). This is done by first indicating the amino acid residues present which differ from those present in Ciclosporin (e.g. "[(D)Pro]³” to indicate that the cyclosporin in question has a -(D)Pro- rather than -Sar- residue at the 3-position) and then applying the term “Ciclosporin” to characterise remaining residues which are identical to those present in Ciclosporin.
  • The residue -MeBmt- at position 1 in Ciclosporin was unknown before the discovery of the cyclosporins. This residue and variants or modifications of it, e.g. as described below, are thus generally characteristic of the cyclosporins. In general, variants or alternatives to [MeBmt]¹ are defined by reference to the -MeBmt- structure. Thus for dihydrocyclosporins in which the moiety -x-y- (see formula B above) is reduced to -CH₂-CH₂-, the residue at the 1-position is defined as “-dihydro-MeBmt-”. Where the configuration across the moiety -x-y- is cis rather than trans, the resulting residue is defined as “-cis-MeBmt-”.
  • Where portions of the -MeBmt- residue are deleted, this is indicated by defining the position of the deletion, employing the qualifier “des” to indicate deletion, and then defining the group or atom omitted, prior to the determinant “-MeBmt-”, “-dihydro-MeBmt-”, “-cis-MeBmt-” etc.. Thus “-N-desmethyl-MeBmt-”, “-3′-desoxy-MeBmt-”, and “-3′-desoxy-4′-desmethyl-MeBmt-” are the residues of Formula B¹, B² and B³ respectively:
    Figure imgb0003

    B¹ – X = CH₃, Y = OH, Z = H.
    B² – X = CH₃, Y = H, Z = CH₃.
    B³ – X = H, Y = H, Z = CH₃.

  • Where positions or groups, e.g. in -MeBmt-, are substituted this is represented in conventional manner by defining the position and nature of the substitution. Thus -3′-O-acetyl-MeBmt- is the resi­due of formula B in which the 3′-OH group is acetylated (3′-O­-COCH₃). Where substituents of groups, in e.g. -MeBmt-, are replaced, this is done by i) indicating the position of the re­placed group by “des-terminology” as described above and ii) de­fining the replacing group. Thus -7′-desmethyl-7′-phenyl-MeBmt- is the residue of formula B above in which the terminal (8′) methyl group is replaced by phenyl. 3′-Desoxy-3′-oxo-MeBmt- is the resi­due of formula B above in which the 3′-OH group is replaced by =O.
  • In addition, amino acid residues referred to by abbreviation, e.g. -Ala-, -MeVal-, -αAbu- etc… are, in accordance with conventional practice, to be understood as having the (L)-configuration unless otherwise indicated, e.g. as in the case of “-(D)Ala-”. Residue abbreviations preceded by “Me” as in the case of “-MeLeu-”, represent α-N-methylated residues. Individual residues of the cyclosporin molecule are numbered, as in the art, clockwise and starting with the residue -MeBmt-, -dihydro-MeBmt- etc. … in position 1. The same numerical sequence is employed throughout the present specification and claims.]
  • [0010]
    Because of their unique pharmaceutical potential, the cyclosporins have attracted very considerable attention, not only in medical and academic circles, but also in the lay press. Cyclo­sporin itself is now commonly employed in the prevention of rejection following allogenic organ, e.g. heart, heart-lung, kidney and bone-marrow transplant, as well as, more recently, in the treatment of various auto-immune and related diseases and conditions. Extensive work has also been performed to investigate potential utility in the treatment of various parasitic diseases and infections, for example coccidiomycosis, malaria and schistosomiasis. Reports of investigative work into the potential utility of the very many other known cyclosporins in these or related indications now abound in the literature.

 

………………………………

References

  1.  Wilkes, Gail; Ades, Terri B. (2004). Consumers Guide to Cancer Drugs. Jones & Bartlett Learning. p. 226. ISBN 9780763722548. Retrieved 29 May 2013.
  2.  Tao, Jian’guo; Sotomayor, Eduardo. (2012). Hematologic Cancers: From Molecular Pathobiology to Targeted Therapeutics. Springer. p. 335. ISBN 9789400750289.
  3. PSC-833Drugs Fut 1995, 20(10): 1010
  4. US 5525590
  5. Synthesis of [S-[1-14C]Val(7)]VALSPODAR application of (+)/(-)-[13,14Cn]BABS and (+)/(-)-[13,14Cn]DPMGBS, part 4J Label Compd Radiopharm 2000, 43(3): 205
  6. WO 2006013094
  7. WO 2005013947
  8. WO 2002098418
  9. WO 1999017757
  10. Pharmaceutical Research, 2001 ,  vol. 18,  2  pg. 183 – 190
  11. US2003/158097 A1
  12. Valspodar; EP-B1 0 296 122:
  13. WO 94/07858

Share

JAPAN…..Takeda wins Japanese OK for Adcetris

$
0
0

Takeda wins Japanese OK for Adcetris

Takeda’s Adcetris (brentuximab vedotin) has been given the regulatory go-head in Japan to treat malignant lymphoma.

More specifically, the Japanese Ministry of Health, Labour and Welfare (MHLW) has issued a greenlight for its use in patients with CD30 Positive Relapsed or Refractory Hodgkin Lymphoma (HL) or Relapsed or Refractory Anaplastic Large Cell Lymphoma (ALCL).

Read more at: http://www.pharmatimes.com/Article/14-01-18/Takeda_wins_Japanese_OK_for_Adcetris.aspx#ixzz2qwGAi5Qo

Share

Oncolytic Drugs …Preparation of (4-{4-[({3-tert-butyl-1-[3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]-1H-pyrazol-5-yl}carbamoyl)amino]-3-fluorophenoxy}-N-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide)

$
0
0


Patents–  EP2111401B1

1036712-77-2 cas NO

see also WO 2008079968 BAYER

VEGFR-2 (FLK-1/KDR) Inhibitors
Bcr-Abl Kinase Inhibitors
HGFR (MET; c-Met) Inhibitors 

Inhibitors of protein kinases, such as wild-type and mutations of Bcr-Abl, Flk1, c-Met, expected to be useful for the treatment of hyperproliferative and/or angiogenesis disorders such as cancer. A representative compound suppressed Flk-1, c-Met and wild type and T135I mutant Bcr-Abl enzymes with IC50 values below 1 mcM. Compound also inhibited the proliferation of K562 (IC50 = 1.58 nM) and BAF3 cells expressing wild-type and T315I, E255K, M351T and Y253F mutant Brc-Abl enzymes (IC50 = 3.84, 34.1, 503, 811 and 564 nM, respectively).


Example 1HYDROXY METHYL PHENYL PYRAZOLYL UREA (4-{4-[({3-tert-Butyl-1-[3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]-1H-pyrazol-5-yl}carbamoyl)amino]-3-fluorophenoxy}-N-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide)

    • Figure imgb0001

HYDROXY METHYL PHENYL PYRAZOLYL UREAStep 1. Preparation of ethyl 3-(5-amino-3-tert-butyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)benzoate

    • Figure imgb0002
    • Sulfuric acid (concentrated, 15.7 mL, 295.7 mmol) was carefully added drop-wise to cold EtOH (600 mL) with stirring. To this, 3-hydrazinobenzoic acid (45 g, 295.7 mmol) and 4,4-dimethyl-3-oxopentanenitrile (40.7 g, 325.3 mmol) were added and then the mixture was heated at 90°C for 48 h. Most of the solvent was evaporated at reduced pressure, and the residual mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate. The resulting mixture was washed with ice cold 2M NaOH followed by brine, and dried (Na2SO4). The solution was filtered through a bed of silica gel, washing with more ethyl acetate. Evaporation of ethyl acetate and treatment of the residue with dichloromethane/hexanes gave the product as an off-white crystalline solid (61 g, 71%). MS mlz 288.2 (M+H)+; calcd. mass 287. Retention time (LC-MS): 2.99 min. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.16 (m 1H); 7.88 (m, 2H); 7.60 (t, 1H); 5.40 (s, 1H); 5.32 (s, 2H); 4.36 (q, 2H); 1.34 (t, 3H); 1.21 (s, 9H).

Step 2. Preparation of ethyl 3-{3-tert-butyl-5-[(phenoxycarbonyl)amino]-1H-pyrazol-1-yl}-benzoate

    • Figure imgb0003
    • To a mixture of ethyl 3-(5-amino-3-tert-butyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)benzoate (60 g, 208.8 mmol) and K2CO3 (86.6 g, 626.4 mmol) in THF (1400 mL) was added phenyl chloroformate (98.1 g, 626.4 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solid was removed by filtration and most of the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residual mixture was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with brine, then water. The organic layer was then dried and concentrated. The crude product was purified by recrystallization from CH2Cl2/hexanes to give the desired product as a white powder (78.5 g, 92%). MS m/z 408.1 (M+H)+; calcd. mass 407. Retention time (LC-MS): 3.92 min. 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 10.19 (s, broad, 1H); 8.11 (m 1H); 7.97 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H); 7.86 (m, 1H); 7.71 (t, 1H); 7.38 (m, 2H); 7.24 (m, 1H); 7.08 (m, 1H); 6.40 (s, 1H); 4.38 (q, 2H); 1.32 (t, 3H); 1.29 (s, 9H).

Step 3. Preparation of ethyl 3-(3-tert-butyl-5-{[(2-fluoro-4-{[2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yl]-oxy}phenyl)carbamoyl]amino}-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)benzoate

    • Figure imgb0004
    • A solution of ethyl 3-{3-tert-butyl-5-[(phenoxycarbonyl)amino]-1H-pyrazol-1-yl}benzoate (9.36 g, 22.0 mmol), 4-(4-amino-3-fluorophenoxy)-N-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide (5.0 g, 19.1 mmol; prepared as described in Dumas et al., PCT Int. Appl. WO 2004078748 (2004 )) and triethyl amine (3.87 g, 38.3 mmol) in anhydrous THF (100 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (CH2Cl2 plus 1% to 3% of 2M NH3 in MeOH), followed by recrystallization from EtOAc/hexanes to give the desired product as an off-white crystalline solid (6.32 g, 57%). MS m/z 575.1 (M+H)+; calcd. mass 574. Retention time (LC-MS): 3.75 min.1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 8.97 (m, 1H); 8.89 (m, 1H); 8.80 (m, 1H); 8.52 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H); 8.16 (t, 1H); 8.06 (m, 1H); 7.99 (m, 1H); 7.85 (m, 1H); 7.71 (t, 1H); 7.39 (m, 1H); 7.33 (m, 1H); 7.17 (m, 1H); 7.06 (m, 1H); 6.42 (s, 1H); 4.36 (q, 2H); 2.78 (d, J = 5.2 Hz, 3H); 1.31 (m, 12H).

Step 4. Preparation of (4-{4-[({3-tert-butyl-1-[3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl]-1H-pyrazol-5-yl}carbamoyl)amino]-3-fluorophenoxy}-N-methylpyridine-2-carboxamide)

  • Figure imgb0005
  • To a well-stirred cooled solution of 4-(4-{3-[5-tert-butyl-2-(3-ethoxycarbonyl-phenyl)-2H-pyrazol-3-yl]-ureido}-3-fluoro-phenoxy)-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid methylamide (56 mg, 0.1 mmol) in ethanol (10 mL), NaBH4 (50 mg) was added in portions. After 14 h, ice water (10 mL) was carefully added to the reaction mixture. Then, most of the ethanol was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residual mixture was treated with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution (10 mL) and extracted three times with dichloromethane (50, 25, and 25 mL). The combined dichloromethane extract was dried (sodium sulfate) and the solvent was evaporated. The crude product was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography on silica gel using 3-5% 2M ammonia in methanol in dichloromethane as the eluent to yield the desired product as a white powder (31 mg, 58%).
    For a larger scale synthesis, the following similar procedure was followed: To a solution of ethyl 3-(3-tert-butyl-5-{[(2-fluoro-4-{[2-(methylcarbamoyl)pyridin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)carbamoyl]-amino}-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)benzoate (11.2 g, 19.5 mmol) in EtOH was added NaBH4 stepwise as a solid. The reaction was then stirred at room temperature overnight, and then quenched by gradual addition of aqueous NH4Cl. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with aq. NH4Cl, followed by brine. The organic layer was then dried and concentrated. The crude product was then purified by column chromatography on silica gel (CH2Cl2 plus 1 to 5% of 2M NH3 in MeOH), followed by recrystallization from dichloromethane/hexanes to give the desired product as a white crystalline solid (8.0 g, 77%). Mp 160 ºC; after further recrystallization, desired product was obtained with mp 196 ºC.
  •  MS m/z 533.3 (M+H)+; calcd. mass 532. Retention time (LC-MS): 3.13 min.
  •  1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 9.02 (s, broad, 1H); 8.87 (s, 1H); 8.81 (m, 1H); 8.52 (d, J= 5.2 Hz, 1H); 8.21 (t, 1H); 7.51 (m, 2H); 7.39 (m, 3H); 7.32 (m, 1H); 7.17 (m, 1H); 7.06 (m, 1H); 6.40 (s, 1H); 5.36 (t, 1H); 4.59 (d, J = 5.6 Hz, 2H); 2.78 (d, J = 4.8 Hz, 3H); 1.27 (s, 9H).
  • Elemental Analysis: C 62.92%; H 5.43%; N 15.70%; calcd. C 63.15%; H 5.49%; N 15.78%.

Share


ARAB MEDICINE- REVIEW

$
0
0

ARAB MEDICINE- REVIEW

In the history of medicine, Islamic medicineArabic medicineGreco-Arabic and Greco-Islamic refer to medicine developed in the Islamic Golden Age, and written in Arabic, the lingua franca of Islamic civilization. The emergence of Islamic medicine came about through the interactions of the indigenous Arab tradition with foreign influences.Translation of earlier texts was a fundamental building block in the formation of Islamic medicine and the tradition that has been passed down.

Latin translations of Arabic medical works had a significant influence on the development of medicine in the high Middle Ages and early Renaissance, as did Arabic texts which translated the medical works of earlier cultures.

In the early Islamic and Mack’s period (661–750 AD), Muslims believed that Allah provided a treatment for every illness.Around the ninth century, the Islamic medical community began to develop and utilize a system of medicine based on scientific analysis. The importance of the health sciences to society was emphasized, and the early Muslim medical community strived to find ways to care for the health of the human body. Medieval Islam developed hospitals, expanded the practice of surgery.

Important medical thinkers and physicians of Islam were Al-Razi and Ibn Sina. Their knowledge on medicine was recorded in books that were influential in medical schools throughout Muslim history, and Ibn Sina in particular (under his Latinized name Avicenna) was also influential on the physicians of later medieval Europe. Throughout the medieval Islamic world, medicine was included under the umbrella of natural philosophy, due to the continued influence of the Hippocratic Corpus and the ideas of Aristotle and Galen. The Hippocratic Corpus was a collection of medical treatises attributed to the famous Greek physician Hippocrates of Cos (although it was actually composed by different generations of authors). The Corpus included a number of treatises which greatly influenced medieval Islamic medical literature

The first encyclopedia of medicine in Arabic language] was Persian scientist Ali ibn Sahl Rabban al-Tabari‘s Firdous al-Hikmah(“Paradise of Wisdom”), written in seven parts, c. 860. Al-Tabari, a pioneer in the field of child development, emphasized strong ties between psychology and medicine, and the need for psychotherapy and counseling in the therapeutic treatment of patients. His encyclopedia also discussed the influence of Sushruta and Chanakya on medicine, including psychotherapy

Medical contributions made by Medieval Islam not only involved the development and expansion of the human anatomy, but also included the use of plants as a type of remedy or medicine. Medieval Islamic physicians used natural substances as a source of medicinal drugs—including Papaver somniferum Linnaeus, poppy, and Cannabis sativa Linnaeus, hemp. In pre-Islamic Arabia, neither poppy nor hemp was known. Hemp was introduced into the Islamic countries in the ninth century from India through Persia and Greek culture and medical literature. Dioscorides, who according to the Arabs is the greatest botanist of antiquity, recommended hemp’s seeds to “quench geniture” and its juice for earaches.[27] Beginning in 800 and lasting for over two centuries, poppy use was restricted to the therapeutic realm. However, the dosages often exceeded medical need and was used repeatedly despite what was originally recommended. Poppy was prescribed by Yuhanna b. Masawayh to relieve pain from attacks of gallbladder stones, for fevers,indigestion, eye, head and tooth aches, pleurisy, and to induce sleep. Although poppy had medicinal benefits, Ali al-Tabari explained that the extract of poppy leaves was lethal, and that the extracts and opium should be considered poisons

The way early Arab medicine developed should be contrasted to how medicine evolved in Christianity up until the Renaissance. While Christian Rome and Byzantium inherited the rich Graeco-Roman medical legacy of thinkers like Hippocrates and Galen, after the fall of Rome in 476, Dark Age Europe increasingly tended towards a fatalistic view of suffering and disease, further tempered by superstition about curses and God’s punishment for man’s sins sent down in the form of disease and affliction.

Many historians point to the explicit tradition of fact-based, scientific medicine as articulated by the Prophet himself (pbuh). First, the concept of ‘sinful’ mankind seems not as strong in Islam as in early Christianity. Disease was seen by Arabs and other Muslims as one more problem to be solved, not a curse from God or a trial to be endured so one would be assured of entering Paradise.

Consider these statements on health and medicine attributed to the Prophet (pbuh):

“There is no disease that Allah has created, except that He also has created its treatment.”

“Make use of medical treatment, for Allah has not made a disease without appointing a remedy for it, with the exception of one disease, namely old age.”

The Prophet (pbuh) was also credited with articulating several specific medical treatments, including the use of honey, cupping, and cauterisation. He spoke about the contagious nature of leprosy, sexually transmitted disease, and the animal disease known as the mange. But most importantly, whereas other societies usually stigmatised and feared the sick and afflicted, at best isolating them and at worst leaving them somewhere to die, the Prophet (pbuh) and early Islam had a very compassionate and forgiving view of the sick.

As in other fields, the earliest Arab-Muslim medical efforts were devoted to translating the medical wisdom of older civilisations, beginning in the late 700s in Baghdad with the works of the Roman physician Galen as well as advanced medical writings from Persia, including the great pre-Islamic medical centre at Gundishapur.

Gundishapur is credited with having developed the first truly modern hospital, where patients actually went to be healed and cured, rather than prayed over as they suffered a slow and inevitable death as in Dark Age Europe.

The first major Arab-Muslim healer was the chemist Al Razi, who turned to medicine at about age 30, perhaps to find cures for his injuries suffered during alchemical experiments, especially eye ailments. His first inspiration was the Roman physician Galen.

Galen had pushed Roman medical knowledge as far as it could go in that time, undertaking innumerable vivisections of live animals to see how their organs functioned, as well as dissections of human cadavers.

Al Razi was especially troubled by Galen’s theory of the humours, which just didn’t hold up to examination. There seemed a lot more going on inside the human body than those four humours. And so he would write around 865:

“I prayed to God to direct and lead me to the truth in writing this book. It grieves me to oppose and criticise the man Galen from whose sea of knowledge I have drawn much. Indeed, he is the Master and I am the disciple. Although this reverence and appreciation will and should not prevent me from doubting, as I did, what is erroneous in his theories. I imagine and feel deeply in my heart that Galen has chosen me to undertake this task, and if he were alive, he would have congratulated me on what I am doing. I say this because Galen’s aim was to seek and find the truth and bring light out of darkness. I wish indeed he were alive to read what I have published.”

Al Razi would write as many as 184 papers and articles on subjects ranging from his doubts about Galen to the first known distinction between smallpox and measles, the discovery of allergic asthma, the discovery of fever as the body’s defence mechanism, medical ethics, using opium as a treatment for depression, the first medical handbook for common people, and paediatrics.

Al Razi would also theorise about the connection of the soul and state of mind to the physical health of the body, suggesting that someone with mental and emotional disturbances would be more vulnerable to infection and chronic ailments.

Al Razi’s medical insights would be translated into Latin several centuries after his death. By the late 1200s, mediaeval Europeans were beginning to stir out of their long Dark Age sleep and for a century were captivated by the writings of Al Razi – who by then had been given the Latin name Rhazes.

About eight decades after Al Razi, a brilliant healer named Al Zahrawi laid the foundation of modern surgery while working in the Umayyad imperial compound outside Cordoba.

Because all records were destroyed in the civil wars that marked the end of the Umayyad reign in Spain, hardly any facts about Al Zahrawi’s personal life remain. What does survive is his 30-chapter Kitab al Tasrif, a compendium of this man’s medical knowledge and genius. A century and a half after his death, it would be translated into Latin and have even more impact than the work of Rhazes. Al Zahrawi’s Latin name was Albucasis.

His discoveries would continue to resonate into the 21st century, first for his invention of about 200 medical instruments, many of which are still in use – such as the obstetrical forceps, scalpel, surgical needle, surgical retractor, specula, and the use of catgut for internal suturing. But he was also exceptional for innovating surgical procedures like mastectomies, orthodontia, repairing fractures, and using ligature for suturing arteries instead of cauterising them.

Another Muslim healer would follow in the Arabic tradition and even eclipse the great Al Zahrawi, this one a Persian working exclusively in Persia. This man was Ibn Sina. Europe and the Arab world would come to know him as Avicenna, the Prince of Medicine, and the single most important influence on Islamic and Western medicine for about 500 years.

Ibn Sina was consummately gifted. He is reputed to have memorised the Qur’an by age 10, Aristotle’s Metaphysics several years later (he claimed to have read it 40 times), and had become a practising physician by age 16.

Ibn Sina’s greatest motivation was his burning intellectual curiosity for the world, and the world beyond, not social status or financial security. By the age of 20, he had turned down his ruler’s offer to become court physician, preferring only the right to study as much as he wanted in the ruler’s royal library.

A political upheaval overthrew the ruler and Ibn Sina began a long life of wandering Persia in search of a secure patron who would allow him to indulge in his medical and scientific research. Unfortunately, political instability and Ibn Sina’s harshly arrogant manner meant he was constantly changing jobs.

But despite his unending struggle, he was able to gradually systemise Islamic understanding of the medical sciences in such a way that not only was the Arab and Islamic world forever indebted, so also was Europe and the West.

Although Ibn Sina is credited with writing as many as 450 papers and books in a dozen fields, the work that continued to resonate most powerfully was his Canon of Medicine written around 1025, a 14-volume work that was for 500 years Europe’s most influential medical source book. The Canon was a combination both of the collected medical wisdom of other writers as well as his own observations and research. Although it provided a window into forgotten Greek medicine, its greatest value was in the modernistic approach it took to a field riddled with false theory and ignorance.

It could be argued that Ibn Sina was the first to formally explain the experimental method in medicine, the spread of contagious diseases, the use of quarantine, clinical trials, psychiatry, and psychotherapy. He also seems to be the first to show that tuberculosis was a contagious disease, as well as to identify diabetes.

According to some sources, the Canon was the first documented explanation of modern medical methods like the randomised clinical trial, and the first modern set of comprehensive rules for testing new drugs.

His deeper research into the mind-body connection, and the mental or spiritual source of physical ailments, was built on the first intuitive work of men like Al Razi. But Ibn Sina went further, beginning the first documented forays into what we today would call psychotherapy, 900 years before Sigmund Freud.

One account says that a young man had come to him with a condition that looked very much like consumption. He was literally wasting away. But Ibn Sina could find no signs of a cancer or other disease that would indicate some physical explanation.

He conducted a series of interviews or conversations with the young man. As Ibn Sina spoke certain key words and phrases, he was also checking the man’s pulse and found it became elevated around certain terms. Thus it gradually emerged that the patient was in love with a woman back in his home village. For whatever reason he had never expressed this to her, and the unfulfilled desire was sapping him of his energy.

Ibn Sina gradually concluded that the source of the young man’s physical condition was his unexpressed love. He suggested that the patient go to the object of his affections and profess his love to her. The young man did this, the girl agreed to marry him, and the patient swiftly recovered his vitality.

As far as we know this was the earliest documented account of the use of word association in psychoanalysis, which modern medicine credits to Carl Jung 900 years later.

While medical thinkers like Al Razi, Al Zahrawi and Ibn Sina are closely tied to their innovations through their writings, many of the great breakthroughs of Arab medicine were collective undertakings and are difficult to identify with any single author or inventor.

This is particularly true with key Arab-Muslim institutions like the modern insane asylum, the public hospital, free medical care, and the pharmacy. The modern hospital itself was not an Arab invention, but Arabs and their partners made it a public institution and spread it around the world.

Isolated healing temples and places for the sick had existed in many older cultures including around the Mediterranean and across Asia. But with few exceptions they were unable to offer real cures in the modern sense. Often their method was a mixture of magic or religion with means of making one feel better, if only briefly.

But in 6th century pre-Islamic Persia, a true hospital called a bimaristan or ‘sick place’ was built in the city of Gundishapur, complete with surgery, pharmacy, and outpatient treatments. This came to the attention of the Arabs, in particular Caliphs Harun Al Rashid and his half-Persian son Al Mamun, and they set about replicating these institutions across their realm.

Harun invited a doctor from the bimaristan in Gundishapur to open the first bimaristan in Baghdad. Al Razi was later commissioned with overseeing the Audidi Hospital in Baghdad, in the mid 800s. He applied his evolving understanding of sanitation and infection to find the best location possible. He hung raw meat in various parts of the city to see comparative rates of decay, and where the meat lasted longest, there he put the hospital.

Audidi had more than two dozen doctors including surgeons, eye specialists, and physiologists.

By the year 1000, Baghdad alone would number five public hospitals when there were none in all of Europe. Hospitals would also be found in Cairo, Damascus, Aleppo, North Africa, and Al Andalus. These centres would offer surgery, outpatient clinics, mental wards, convalescent centres, and even nursing homes.

One of the greatest hospitals would be Al Mansuri in Cairo, which was reported to have as many as 8,000 beds and annual revenues of one million dirhams. Al Mansuri was a true public hospital because it was charged with offering treatment to anyone, rich or poor, including the indigent who could not pay at all.

The Arab establishment of humane mental wards and insane asylums was especially futuristic and important. The Arab world, in line with the teachings of the Prophet (pbuh) and others, never stigmatised the mentally afflicted, seeing mental illness as one more disease that might be cured. Europe and the West did not develop a modern non-judgmental view of mental illness until the 19th and 20th centuries.

Arab pharmacies were another important invention. Although other cultures offered various potions and herbs for sale, it was rare to find cures that really worked. People were just as inclined to faith healing and magic as to ‘healing’ substances, because they were all equally ineffective. But the evolution of modern evidence-based pharmacology under thinkers like Al Razi, Al Kindi and Ibn Sina created a new class of substances that really worked.

Arab pharmacies were known as saydala, and the first one seems to have been at Harun al Rashid’s hospital in Baghdad built in the late 700s. Within half a century saydala were spreading throughout the caliphate. These remedies were often fabricated right on the spot at in-house laboratories. More importantly, they were overseen by government inspectors to make sure they were pure, not out of date, measured in verified scales, and correctly identified.

Al Razi would even introduce the concept of generic drugs for the poor, while Al Kindi would also seek to identify cheaper alternative treatments for those who could not afford expensive drugs.

The same kind of modern pharmacies selling remedies that really worked would only begin to appear in Italy in about the 12th century, fuelled largely by the growing trade between Arabs and Europeans.

READ A GREAT ARTICLE AT

http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC1297506/

http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC1475945/

Aqrabadhin of Al-Kindi. Translated by Martin Levey. Madison: The University of Wisconsin Press, 1966.

Kamal, Hassan. Encyclopedia of Islamic Medicine. Cairo: General Egyptian Book Organization, 1975.

Levey, Martin. Early Arabic Pharmacology. Leiden, Netherlands: E. J. Brill, 1973.

Savage-Smith, Emilie. Islamic Culture and the Medical Arts. Bethesda, Md.: National Library of Medicine, 1994.

Siddiqi, Muhammad Zubayr. Studies in Arabic and Persian Medical Literature. Calcutta: Calcutta University Press, 1959.

Usama, Ibn Shuraik. Sunna Abu-Dawud, Book 28, No. 3846 (part of the hadith, a narrative record of the sayings of Mohammed and his companions).

Share

Clazosentan

$
0
0

Clazosentan

IUPAC Name: N-[6-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-5-(2-methoxyphenoxy)-2-[2-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl)
pyridin-4-yl]pyrimidin-4-yl]-5-methylpyridine-2-sulfonamide

5-methyl-pyridine-2-sulphonic acid 6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-(2- methoxy-phenoxy)-2-(2-1 H-tetrazol-5-yl-pyridin-4-yl)- pyrimidin-4-ylamide

5-methyl-pyridine-2-sulfonic acid [6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-[2-(1H-tetrazole-5-yl)-pyridine-4-yl]-pyrimidine-4-yl]-amide

VASODILATOR, Endothelin -1 - receptor antagonist

Clazosentan (Ro61-1790, AXV-034343)

  • AXV 034
  • AXV 034343
  • AXV-034343
  • AXV-343434
  • Clazosentan
  • Ro 61-1790
  • Ro-61-1790
  • UNII-3DRR0X4728
  • VML 588
  • VML-588

180384-56-9  cas no

CLINICAL TRIALS…http://clinicaltrials.gov/search/intervention=CLAZOSENTAN  in phase 3

Formula: C25H23N9O6S
Molecular Weight: 577.5718

Endothelin type-A receptor antagonist for the treatment of vasospasm in subarachnoid hemorrhage

Selective endothelin receptor antagonist (Pivlaz)

Acteliion…… innovator

Clazosentan is a drug with orphan drug status , which since 2007, currently in Phase III clinical trials CONSCIOUS-2 ( Clazosentan to O vercome N euro logical i SC Hemia and I nfarct O cc U rring after S ubarachnoid hemorrage) is located. It is for  treatment of vasospasm after subarachnoid hemorrhage are used (SAH).

Clazosentan is used by the Swiss pharmaceutical company Actelion developed. Medicinally, the disodium salt is used.Clazosentan to come under the name Pivlaz on the market.

The endothelin -1 - receptor is one of the strongest known vasoconstrictors . Clazosentan is an E -1 - receptor antagonist , for the treatment of vasospasm after subarachnoid hemorrhage is under development. After subarachnoid hemorrhage , an irritation of theblood vessels to a vasospasm and the associated to a reduced supply of brain tissue with oxygen lead. A possible consequence may be a Ischemic stroke be. Clazosentan acts this vasoconstriction contrary.

The plasma half-life of 6-10  min .

Actelion has initiated a comprehensive global phase IIb/III development program for clazosentan sodium (formerly Ro-61-1790, VML-588, …

CLAZOSENTAN

CLAZOSENTAN

CLAZOSENTAN DI-NA SALT is discontinued

Clazosentan, shown below, is a well known endothelin receptor antagonist.

 

Figure US20090069352A1-20090312-C00001

 

Since clazosentan is a known and useful pharmaceutical, it is desirable to discover novel derivatives thereof. Clazosentan is described in European Patent No. 0,799,209

IT IS DESCRIBED IN US6103902

US6004965 * Dec 8, 1995 Dec 21, 1999 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Sulfonamides
WO1996019459A1 * Dec 8, 1995 Jun 27, 1996 Volker Breu Novel sulfonamides

 

8-13-1998
Pyrrolidine-3-carboxylic acids as endothelin antagonists. 3. Discovery of a potent, 2-nonaryl, highly selective ETA antagonist (A-216546).
Journal of medicinal chemistry

 

7-23-2009
In silico prediction of volume of distribution in human using linear and nonlinear models on a 669 compound data set.
Journal of medicinal chemistry

………………………………………………………..

SYNTHESIS

EP0799209B1

EXAMPLE 15

a) In analogy to Example 1a), from 5-methyl-pyridine-2-sulphonic acid 6-chloro-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-(1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl)-pyrimidin-4-ylamide there is obtained 5-methyl-pyridine-2-sulphonic acid 6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-(1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl)-pyrimidin-4-ylamide, melting point 188-190

b) In analogy to Example 2, from 5-methyl-pyridine-2-sulphonic acid 6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-(1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl)-pyrimidin-4-ylamide there is obtained 5-methyl-pyridine-2-sulphonic acid 2-(2-cyano-pyridin-4-yl)-6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidin-4-ylamide.

……………………………………………..

SYNTHESIS

 

<br /><br />
Clazosentan<br /><br />
pk_prod_list.xml_prod_list_card_pr?p_tsearch=A&p_id=239030<br /><br />

 

4-Cyanopyridine (I) is reacted with ammonium chloride in methanolic NaOMe to afford the amidine (II), which is cyclized with diethyl (2-methoxyphenoxy)malonate (III) producing the dihydroxypyrimidine (IV). Chlorination of (IV) in hot POCl3, followed by oxidation of the obtained dichloropyrimidine (V) with peracetic acid leads to the pyridine N-oxide (VI). Subsequent condensation of the dichloropyrimidine derivative (VI) with the potassium salt of 5-methylpyridine-2-sulfonamide (VII) yields the sulfonamido pyrimidine (VIII). The remaining chloride group of (VIII) is then displaced with the sodium alkoxide of ethylene glycol in hot DME to furnish the hydroxyethyl ether (IX). Treatment of the pyridine N-oxide (IX) with cyanotrimethylsilane and Et3N in refluxing acetonitrile gives rise to the 2-cyanopyridine (X), which is finally converted to the title tetrazole derivative by treatment with sodium azide in the presence of NH4Cl in DMF (1).

………………………………………………………….

SYNTHESIS OF DISODIUM SALT OF CLAZOSENTAN

US6103902

Figure 00050001

DESCRIBED IN WO 9619459.

Figure 00050002

Figure 00060001

  • III is reacted with a compound of formula V
    Figure 00060002
  • The reaction type is known in the art and may be performed under basic conditions for example in the presence of a coupling agent, e.g. 1,4-diazobicyclo[2.2.2]octane, together with potassium carbonate in acetone.

EXAMPLE 1

1360 ml of formamide were added to 136 g (437 mmol) of 5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-pyridine-4-yl-pyrimidine-4,6-diole. Then, at a temperature of 0 acid and thereafter 36.5 g (130 mmol) of iron(II)sulfate heptahydrate were added to the suspension. After that, 89 ml (874 mmol) of 30% hydrogen peroxide were added dropwise within 1 hr at a temperature of 0 to 5 0 sodium pyrosulfite in 680 ml of de-ionized water was added dropwise to the reaction mixture within 30 min. at 0 reaction mixture was stirred at 0 The suspension was then filtered under reduced pressure. The filtrate was first washed with 1750 ml of de-ionized water and thereafter with 700 ml of ethanol. Then the solid was dried at 80 There were obtained 132.4 g (91% of theory) of 4-[4,6-dihydroxy -5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidine-2-yl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide with a HPLC purity of 91.4% (w/w).

Preparation of Starting Material

a) 53.1 g of 4-cyano-pyridine (98%) are added all at once to a solution of 1.15 g of sodium in 200 ml of abs. MeOH. After 6 hr 29.5 g of NH.sub.4 Cl are added while stirring vigorously. The mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight. 600 ml of ether are added thereto, whereupon the precipitate is filtered off under suction and thereafter dried at 50 4-amidino-pyridine hydrochloride (decomposition point 245-247

b) 112.9 g of diethyl (2-methoxyphenoxy)malonate are added dropwise within 30 min. to a solution of 27.60 g of sodium in 400 ml of MeOH. Thereafter, 74.86 g of the amidine hydrochloride obtained in a) are added all at once. The mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight and evaporated at 50 of ether and filtered off under suction. The filter cake is dissolved in 1000 ml of H.sub.2 O and treated little by little with 50 ml of CH.sub.3 COOH. The precipitate is filtered off under suction, washed with 400 ml of H.sub.2 O and dried at 80 obtained 5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-(pyridine-4-yl)-pyrimidine-4,6-diole (or tautomer), melting point above 250

EXAMPLE 2

Within 20 min. 61 ml (633 mmol) of POCl.sub.3 were added dropwise to 34 ml (200 mmol) of diisopropyl ethylamine at 5 followed by stirring at 5 23.5 g (66 mmol) of 4-[4,6-dihydroxy-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidine-2-yl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide were added in four portions under cooling followed by stirring at 90 to 20 dichloromethane. Volatile components (i.e. excess of POCl.sub.3) was removed by evaporation from 20 re-distillation with 100 ml of toluene. After adding 250 ml of dichloromethane to the residue (88 g of a black oil) the solution was heated to 35 were added dropwise within 30 min. whereby the pH was kept constant by the subsequent addition of 28% NaOH solution (60 ml) within 5 to 6 hr. The mixture was stirred at 35 by removal of dichloromethane by distillation. The resulting suspension was allowed to cool down to 20 hr. The solid was filtered off under suction, washed with 500 ml of water and dried at 70 (86% of theory) of 4-[4,6-dichloro-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidine-2-yl]-pyridine-2-carbonitrile with a HPLC purity of 94.3% (w/w).

EXAMPLE 3

12.5 g (33.5 mmol) of 4-[4,6-dichloro-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidine-2-yl]-pyridine-2-carbonitrile and 6.06 g (35 mmol) of 5-methyl-pyridine-2-sulfonamide were added to 130 ml of acetone. 15 g of potassium carbonate and 190 mg (1.6 mmol) of 1,4-diazobicyclo[2.2.2]octane were added and the suspension was stirred at 40 de-ionized water were added followed by dropwise addition of 50 ml of 3 N hydrochloric acid (pH of the solution=1). Acetone was removed by evaporation and the suspension was stirred for 1 hr. The solid was filtered and washed with 100 ml of water. The residue was heated (reflux) in 100 ml of methanol for 1 hr followed by cooling to 20 solid was filtered and dried at 80 were obtained 16.0 g (93% of theory) of 5-methyl-pyridine-2-sulfonic acid [6-chloro-2-(2-cyano-pyridine-4-yl)-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidine-4-yl]-amide with a HPLC purity of 90.3% (w/w).

 

EXAMPLE 5

20 g (39 mmol) of 5-methyl-pyridine-2-sulfonic acid [6-chloro-2-(2-cyano-pyridine-4-yl)-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidine-4-yl]-amide were suspended in 100 ml of N,N-dimethyl formamide and 7.6 ml (156 mmol) of hydrazine hydrate were added within 15 min. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up slowly to 20 temperature of 15 followed by slow addition of 10.5 ml acetic acid (until pH=5.4). The resulting suspension was stirred for 2 hr at 20 additional 2 hr 0 firstly washed with 200 ml of de-ionized water and thereafter with 100 ml of t-butylmethylether. The residue was dried at 40 18 hr. There were obtained 21.7 g (102% of theory) of 5-methyl-pyridine-2-sulfonic acid [6-chloro-2-[2-(hydrazino-imino-methyl)-pyridine-4-yl]-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidine-4-yl]-amide with a HPLC purity of 81.4% (w/w).

 

EXAMPLE 7

20 g (37 mmol) of 5-methyl-pyridine-2-sulfonic acid [6-chloro-2-[2-(hydrazino-imino-methyl)-pyridine-4-yl]-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidine-4-yl]-amide were added to 160 ml of N,N-dimethyl formamide. To this solution was added dropwise 23 ml of 6 N aqueous hydrochloric acid at a temperature of 15 mmol) of sodium nitrite in 20 ml de-ionized water was added slowly. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to 20 for 1.5 hr. Then 160 ml of de-ionized water were added and the suspension was stirred for 1 hr. The solid was filtered off under suction, washed with 100 ml of de-ionized water and dried at 50 hr. There were obtained 18.9 g (92% of theory) of 5-methyl-pyridine-2-sulfonic acid [6-chloro-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-[2-(1H-tetrazole-5-yl)-pyridine-4-yl]-pyrimidine-4-yl]-amide with a HPLC purity of 89.6% (w/w).

 

EXAMPLE 9

15 g (27 mmol) of 5-methyl-pyridine-2-sulfonic acid [6-chloro-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-[2-(1H-tetrazole-5-yl)-pyridine-4-yl]-pyrimidine-4-yl]-amide were suspended in 75 ml of ethylene glycol and 6.5 g (163 mmol) of sodium hydroxide were added. The reaction mixture was heated to 85 thereafter 55 ml of 3 N aqueous hydrochloric acid were added dropwise. The suspension was stirred at 20 off under suction, washed with 150 ml of de-ionized water and dried at 70 in 50 ml of N,N-dimethyl formamide and 40 ml of dioxane at 70 Gaseous ammonia was introduced into this solution until pH=9. The resulting suspension was allowed to cool down slowly. The suspension was stirred at 0 washed with 25 ml of dioxane and thereafter with 25 ml of ethanol. Then the solid was dried at 50 ammonium salt (10.4 g, 17.5 mmol) was suspended in 50 ml of methanol and thereafter 6.5 ml (35 mmol) of a 5.4 N sodium methylate solution were added. The solution was heated (reflux) for 3 hr, cooled down slowly to 20 filtering, washed with 10 ml of ice-cold methanol and dried at 70 C., 2000 Pa for 17 hr. There were obtained 6.9 g (41% of theory) of 5-methyl-pyridine-2-sulfonic acid [6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-[2-(1H-tetrazole-5-yl)-pyridine-4-yl]-pyrimidine-4-yl]-amidesodium salt (1:2) with a HPLC purity of 98.2% (w/w).

 

This application claims benefit to EP 98114978.4 filed Aug. 10, 1998.

 SIMILAR SYNTHESIS OF TEZOSENTAN  AND INTERMEDIATES… AN EXPERT WILL PICK UP NAMES AND INTERMEDIATES… just change the isopropyl gp in vii to methyl

Reaction of 4-cyano-pyridine (I) with Na in methanol followed by treatment with ammonium chloride provides 4-amidino-pyridine hydrochloride (II), which is then converted into 5-(2-methoxyphenoxy)-2-(pyridin-4-yl)-pyrimidine-4,6-diol (IV) by condensation with diethyl malonate derivative (III) by means of Na in MeOH. By heating compound (IV) with phosphorus oxychloride (POCl3), 4,6-dichloro-5-(2-methoxyphenoxy)-2-pyridin-4-yl)pyrimidine (V) is obtained, which in turn is oxidized with peracetic acid in refluxing acetonitrile to afford N-oxide derivative (VI). Condensation of (VI) with 5-isopropylpyridine-2-sulfonamide potassium (VII) furnishes 5-isopropylpyridine-2-sulfonic acid 6-chloro-5-(2-methoxyphenoxy)-2-(1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl)-pyrimidin-4-yl amide (VIII), which is then dissolved in dimethoxyethane and subjected to reaction with Na in hot ethylene glycol (IX) to provide N-[6-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-5-(2-methoxyphenoxy)-2-(1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl)-pyrimidin-4-yl]-5-isopropylpyridine-2-sulfonamide (X). Refluxing of (X) with trimethylsilylcyanide and Et3N in acetonitrile yields cyano derivative (XI), which is then converted into the tetrazole derivative (XII) by reaction with sodium azide and NH4Cl in DMF at 70 C. Finally, the disodium salt of tezosentan is obtained by treatment of (XII) with Na/MeOH in THF.

………………………………..

SYNTHESIS

WO1996019459A1

Example 29

In analogy to Example 3, from 5-methyl-pyridine-2- sulphonic acid 2-(2-cyano-pyridin-4-yl)-6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)- 5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidin-4-ylamide there is obtained 5-methyl-pyridine-2-sulphonic acid 6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-(2- methoxy-phenoxy)-2-(2-1 H-tetrazol-5-yl-pyridin-4-yl)- pyrimidin-4-ylamide as a white substance of melting point 239- 241 °C from CH3CN

Exgmple, 1 5

a) In analogy to Example l a), from 5-methyl-pyridine-2- sulphonic acid 6-chloro-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-(1 -oxy- pyridin-4-yl)-pyrimidin-4-ylamide there is obtained 5-methyl- pyridine-2-sulphonic acid 6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-(2-methoxy- phenoxy)-2-(l -oxy-pyridin-4-yl)-pyrimidin-4-ylamide, melting point 188-190°C (from acetonitrile).

b) In analogy to Example 2, from 5-methyl-pyridine-2- sulphonic acid 6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2- (1 -oxy-pyridin-4-yl)-pyrimidin-4-ylamide there is obtained 5- methyl-pyridine-2-sulphonic acid 2-(2-cyano-pyridin-4-yl)-6- (2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidin-4- ylamide

Example 1

a) 200 ml of dimethoxyethane and 1 10.9 g of 4-[4-(4-tert- butyl-phenyl-sulphonylamino)-6-chloro-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)- pyrimidin-2-yl]-pyridine 1 -oxide are added all at once to a solution of 23.80 g of sodium in 660 ml of ethylene glycol. The solution is heated at 90°C for 20 hours while stirring, thereafter cooled, poured into 2500 ml of H2O and thereafter treated with CH3COOH to pH 5. The mixture is extracted three times with EtOAc, the organic phase is washed with H2O, dried with Na2Sθ4 and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue is recrystall- ized from CH3CN and thereafter twice from a mixture of acetone and CH3CN. There is thus obtained 4-[4-(4-tert-butyl-phenyl- sulphonylamino)-6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)- pyrimidin-2-yl]-pyridine 1 -oxide.

Preparation of the starting material:

b) 53.1 g of 4-cyano-pyridine (98%) are added all at once to a solution of 1.15 g of sodium in 200 ml of abs. MeOH. After

6 hours 29.5 g of NH4CI are added while stirring vigorously. The mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight. 600 ml of ether are added thereto, whereupon the precipitate is filtered off under suction and thereafter dried at 50°C under reduced pressure. There is thus obtained 4-amidino-pyridine hydro- chloride (decomposition point 245-247°C).

c) 1 12.9 g of diethyl (2-methoxyphenoxy)malonate are added dropwise within 30 minutes to a solution of 27.60 g of sodium in 400 ml of MeOH. Thereafter, 74.86 g of the amidine hydro- chloride obtained in b) are added all at once. The mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight and evaporated at 50°C under reduced pressure. The residue is treated with 500 ml of ether and filtered off under suction. The filter cake is dissolved in 1000 ml of H2O and treated little by little with 50 ml of CH3COOH. The precipitate is filtered off under suction, washed with 400 ml of H2O and dried at 80°C under reduced pressure. There is thus obtained 5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-(pyridin-4-yl)- pyrimidine-4,6-diol (or tautomer), melting point above 250°C.

d) A suspension of 1 54.6 g of 5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2- (pyridin-4-yl)-pyrimidine-4,6-diol (or tautomer) in 280 ml of POCI3 is heated at 120°C in an oil bath for 24 hours while stirring vigorously. The reaction mixture changes gradually into a dark brown liquid which is evaporated under reduced pressure and thereafter taken up three times with 500 ml of toluene and evaporated. The residue is dissolved in 1000 ml of CH2CI2, treated with ice and H2O and thereafter adjusted with 3N NaOH until the aqueous phase has pH 8. The organic phase is separated and the aqueous phase is extracted twice with CH2CI2. The combined CH2CI2 extracts are dried with MgSθ4, evaporated to half of the volume, treated with 1000 ml of acetone and the CH2CI2 remaining is distilled off at normal pressure. After standing in a refrigerator for 2 hours the crystals are filtered off under suction and dried at 50°C overnight. There is thus obtained 4,6-dichloro-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-pyridin-4-yl)- pyrimidine, melting point 1 78-1 80°C.

e) A solution of 1 7.4 g of 4,6-dichloro-5-(2-methoxy- phenoxy)-2-pyridin-4-yl)-pyrimidine in 100 ml of CH3CN is boiled at reflux for 3 hours with 1 5 ml of a 32% peracetic acid solution, thereafter cooled and stored in a refrigerator overnight. The crystals are filtered off under suction and dried at 50°C under reduced pressure. There is thus obtained 4-[4,6-dichloro- 5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-pyridine 1 -oxide, melting point 189-1 90°C.

 

for analogy

f) A solution of 36.4 g of 4-[4,6-dichloro-5-(2-methoxy- phenoxy)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-pyridine 1 -oxide and 52.8 g of p-tert- butylphenyl-sulphonamide potassium in 1 50 ml of abs. DMF is stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. Thereafter, it is poured into a mixture of 1 500 ml of H2O and 1000 ml of ether while stirring mechanically, whereby a precipitate forms. The suspension is adjusted to pH 5 with CH3COOH, suction filtered, the crystals are washed with cold water and thereafter with ether and dried at 50°C. There is thus obtained 4-[4-(4-tert- butyl-phenylsulphonylamino)-6-chloro-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)- pyrimidin-2-yl]-pyridine 1 -oxide as a colourless material of melting point 247-249°C.
Example 2

A solution of 78.45 g of 4-[4-(4-tert-butyl-phenyl- sulphonylamino)-6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)- pyrimidin-2-yl]-pyridine 1 -oxide, 122.5 g of trimethylsilyl cyanide, 127.8 g of triethylamine and 1200 ml of CH3CN is boiled at reflux for 20 hours and thereafter evaporated under reduced pressure. The oily residue is taken up in 1000 ml of EtOAc and the solution is washed with CH3COOH:H2θ 9:1 and then with H2O. The EtOAc extracts are dried with Na2SO4. After evaporation of the solvent the residue is taken up in a mixture of CH3CN and CF3COOH (20:1 ), whereby a crystalline precipitate separates. There is thus obtained 4-tert-butyl-N-[2-(2-cyano-pyridin-4- yl)-6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidin-4- yl]-benzenesulphonamide of melting point 176-1 79°C.

Example 3

A suspension of 50.0 g of 4-tert-butyl-N-[2-(2-cyano- pyridin-4-yl)-6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)- pyrimidin-4-yl]-benzenesulphonamide, 46.33 g of NH4CI and 56.47 g of NaN3 in 1600 ml of DMF is heated to 70°C for 24 hours while stirring vigorously. The majority of the solvent is distilled off under reduced pressure, the residue is dissolved in H2O, the solution is extracted four times at pH 6.5 with ether, thereafter treated with CH3COOH to pH = 4.5 and extracted with EtOAc. After working up there is obtained a residue which is treated with ether and filtered off under suction therefrom. There is thus obtained 4-tert-butyl-N-[6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-(2- methoxy-phenoxy)-2-(2-1 H-tetrazol-5-yl-pyridin-4-yl)- pyrimidin-4-yl]-benzenesulphonamide, melting point 225-227°C.

////////////////////////////////

EXTRA INFO

Bosentan (Ro-470203), Atransentan (ABT627), Tezosentan (Ro-610612), Sitaxsentan (TBC-11251), Darusentan (LU-135252), Clazosentan (Ro61-1790, AXV-034343), ZD-4054, Ambrisentan (LU-208075), TAK-044, Avosentan (SPP301), and BQ-123 (Ihara et al Life Sci 1992, 50(4):247-55).

Antagonists of Endothelin type A receptor ETA
Name Structure
BQ-123
Figure US20120202744A1-20120809-C00001
Bosentan
Figure US20120202744A1-20120809-C00002
Atrasentan
Figure US20120202744A1-20120809-C00003
Tezosentan
Figure US20120202744A1-20120809-C00004
Sitaxsentan
Figure US20120202744A1-20120809-C00005
Darusentan
Figure US20120202744A1-20120809-C00006
Clazosentan
Figure US20120202744A1-20120809-C00007
ZD-4054 (Zibotentan)
Figure US20120202744A1-20120809-C00008
Ambrisentan
Figure US20120202744A1-20120809-C00009
Tak-044
Figure US20120202744A1-20120809-C00010
Avosentan
Figure US20120202744A1-20120809-C00011

 

 

Share

BELINOSTAT, FAST TRACK, ORPHAN DRUG, A hydroxamate-type inhibitor of histone deacetylase.

$
0
0

File:Belinostat.svg

 

Belinostat (PXD101)

PHASE 2, FAST TRACK FDA , ORPHAN STATUS

  • PDX101
  • PX 105684
  • PXD-101
  • PXD101
  • UNII-F4H96P17NZ

Belinostat (PXD101) is a novel HDAC inhibitor with IC50 of 27 nM, with activity demonstrated in cisplatin-resistant tumors.

CLINICAL TRIALS…http://clinicaltrials.gov/search/intervention=Belinostat+OR+PXD101

Belinostat inhibits the growth of tumor cells (A2780, HCT116, HT29, WIL, CALU-3, MCF7, PC3 and HS852) with IC50 from 0.2-0.66 μM. PD101 shows low activity in A2780/cp70 and 2780AD cells. Belinostat inhibits bladder cancer cell growth, especially in 5637 cells, which shows accumulation of G0-G1 phase, decrease in S phase, and increase in G2-M phase. Belinostat also shows enhanced tubulin acetylation in ovarian cancer cell lines. A recent study shows that Belinostat activates protein kinase A in a TGF-β signaling-dependent mechanism and decreases survivin mRNA.

MW 318.07
MF C15H14N2O4S

414864-00-9  cas no

866323-14-0

(2E)-N-hydroxy-3-[3-(phenylsulfamoyl)phenyl]acrylamide

A novel HDAC inhibitor

…………………………

BELINOSTAT

Belinostat (PXD101) is experimental drug candidate under development byTopoTarget for the treatment of hematological malignancies and solid tumors. It is a histone deacetylase inhibitor.[1]

A hydroxamate-type inhibitor of histone deacetylase.

NCI: A novel hydroxamic acid-type histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitor with antineoplastic activity. Belinostat targets HDAC enzymes, thereby inhibiting tumor cell proliferation, inducing apoptosis, promoting cellular differentiation, and inhibiting angiogenesis. This agent may sensitize drug-resistant tumor cells to other antineoplastic agents, possibly through a mechanism involving the down-regulation of thymidylate synthase

In 2007 preliminary results were released from the Phase II clinical trial of intravenous belinostat in combination with carboplatin and paclitaxel for relapsedovarian cancer.[2] Final results in late 2009 of a phase II trial for T cell lymphomawere encouraging.[3] Belinostat has been granted orphan drug and fast trackdesignation by the FDA.[4]

 

The study of inhibitors of histone deacetylases indicates that these enzymes play an important role in cell proliferation and differentiation. The inhibitor Trichostatin A (TSA) (Yoshida et al., 1990a) causes cell cycle arrest at both G1 and G2 phases (Yoshida and Beppu, 1988), reverts the transformed phenotype of different cell lines, and induces differentiation of Friend leukaemia cells and others (Yoshida et al., 1990b). TSA (and SAHA) have been reported to inhibit cell growth, induce terminal differentiation, and prevent the formation of tumours in mice (Finnin et al., 1999).

Trichostatin A (TSA)

 

Figure imgf000005_0001

Suberoylanilide Hydroxamic Acid (SAHA)

 

Figure imgf000005_0002

Cell cycle arrest by TSA correlates with an increased expression of gelsolin (Hoshikawa et al., 1994), an actin regulatory protein that is down regulated in malignant breast cancer (Mielnicki et al., 1999). Similar effects on cell cycle and differentiation have been observed with a number of deacetylase inhibitors (Kim et al., 1999). Trichostatin A has also been reported to be useful in the treatment of fibrosis, e.g., liver fibrosis and liver cirrhosis. See, e.g., Geerts et al., 1998.

Recently, certain compounds that induce differentiation have been reported to inhibit histone deacetylases. Several experimental antitumour compounds, such as trichostatin A (TSA), trapoxin, suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAHA), and phenylbutyrate have been reported to act, at least in part, by inhibiting histone deacetylase (see, e.g., Yoshida et al., 1990; Richon et al., 1998; Kijima et al., 1993). Additionally, diallyl sulfide and related molecules (see, e.g., Lea et al., 1999), oxamflatin (see, e.g., Kim et al., 1999), MS-27-275, a synthetic benzamide derivative (see, e.g., Saito et al., 1999; Suzuki et al., 1999; note that MS-27-275 was later re-named as MS-275), butyrate derivatives (see, e.g., Lea and Tulsyan, 1995), FR901228 (see, e.g., Nokajima et al., 1998), depudecin (see, e.g., Kwon et al., 1998), and m-carboxycinnamic acid bishydroxamide (see, e.g., Richon et al., 1998) have been reported to inhibit histone deacetylases. In vitro, some of these compounds are reported to inhibit the growth of fibroblast cells by causing cell cycle arrest in the G1 and G2 phases, and can lead to the terminal differentiation and loss of transforming potential of a variety of transformed cell lines (see, e.g., Richon et al, 1996; Kim et al., 1999; Yoshida et al., 1995; Yoshida & Beppu, 1988). In vivo, phenybutyrate is reported to be effective in the treatment of acute promyelocytic leukemia in conjunction with retinoic acid (see, e.g., Warrell et al., 1998). SAHA is reported to be effective in preventing the formation of mammary tumours in rats, and lung tumours in mice (see, e.g., Desai et al., 1999).

The clear involvement of HDACs in the control of cell proliferation and differentiation suggest that aberrant HDAC activity may play a role in cancer. The most direct demonstration that deacetylases contribute to cancer development comes from the analysis of different acute promyelocytic leukaemias (APL). In most APL patients, a translocation of chromosomes 15 and 17 (t(15;17)) results in the expression of a fusion protein containing the N-terminal portion of PML gene product linked to most of RARσ (retinoic acid receptor). In some cases, a different translocation (t(11 ;17)) causes the fusion between the zinc finger protein PLZF and RARα. In the absence of ligand, the wild type RARα represses target genes by tethering HDAC repressor complexes to the promoter DNA. During normal hematopoiesis, retinoic acid (RA) binds RARα and displaces the repressor complex, allowing expression of genes implicated in myeloid differentiation. The RARα fusion proteins occurring in APL patients are no longer responsive to physiological levels of RA and they interfere with the expression of the RA- inducible genes that promote myeloid differentiation. This results in a clonal expansion of promyelocytic cells and development of leukaemia. In vitro experiments have shown that TSA is capable of restoring RA-responsiveness to the fusion RARα proteins and of allowing myeloid differentiation. These results establish a link between HDACs and oncogenesis and suggest that HDACs are potential targets for pharmaceutical intervention in APL patients. (See, for example, Kitamura et al., 2000; David et al., 1998; Lin et al., 1998).

BELINOSTAT

Furthermore, different lines of evidence suggest that HDACs may be important therapeutic targets in other types of cancer. Cell lines derived from many different cancers (prostate, coloreetal, breast, neuronal, hepatic) are induced to differentiate by HDAC inhibitors (Yoshida and Horinouchi, 1999). A number of HDAC inhibitors have been studied in animal models of cancer. They reduce tumour growth and prolong the lifespan of mice bearing different types of transplanted tumours, including melanoma, leukaemia, colon, lung and gastric carcinomas, etc. (Ueda et al., 1994; Kim et al., 1999).

Psoriasis is a common chronic disfiguring skin disease which is characterised by well-demarcated, red, hardened scaly plaques: these may be limited or widespread. The prevalence rate of psoriasis is approximately 2%, i.e., 12.5 million sufferers in the triad countries (US/Europe/Japan). While the disease is rarely fatal, it clearly has serious detrimental effects upon the quality of life of the patient: this is further compounded by the lack of effective therapies. Present treatments are either ineffective, cosmetically unacceptable, or possess undesired side effects. There is therefore a large unmet clinical need for effective and safe drugs for this condition. Psoriasis is a disease of complex etiology. Whilst there is clearly a genetic component, with a number of gene loci being involved, there are also undefined environmental triggers. Whatever the ultimate cause of psoriasis, at the cellular level, it is characterised by local T-cell mediated inflammation, by keratinocyte hyperproliferation, and by localised angiogenesis. These are all processes in which histone deacetylases have been implicated (see, e.g., Saunders et al., 1999; Bernhard et al, 1999; Takahashi et al, 1996; Kim et al , 2001 ). Therefore HDAC inhibitors may be of use in therapy for psoriasis. Candidate drugs may be screened, for example, using proliferation assays with T-cells and/or keratinocytes.

 ………………………………………………………………………..

 

PXD101/Belinostat®

(E)-N-hydroxy-3-(3-phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrylamide, also known as PXD101 and Belinostat®, shown below, is a well known histone deacetylate (HDAC) inhibitor. It is being developed for treatment of a range of disorders mediated by HDAC, including proliferative conditions (such as cancer and psoriasis), malaria, etc.

Figure US20100286279A1-20101111-C00001

PXD101 was first described in WO 02/30879 A2. That document describes a multi-step method of synthesis which may conveniently be illustrated by the following scheme.

Figure US20100286279A1-20101111-C00002
Figure US20100286279A1-20101111-C00003

…………………………………..

GENERAL SYNTHESIS

WO2002030879A2

IGNORE 10

Figure imgf000060_0002

ENTRY 45 IS BELINOSTAT

Scheme 1

 

Figure imgf000101_0001

By using amines instead of aniline, the corresponding products may be obtained. The use of aniline, 4-methoxyaniline, 4-methylaniline, 4-bromoaniline, 4-chloroaniline, 4-benzylamine, and 4-phenethyamine, among others, is described in the Examples below.

In another method, a suitable amino acid (e.g., ω-amino acid) having a protected carboxylic acid (e.g., as an ester) and an unprotected amino group is reacted with a sulfonyl chloride compound (e.g., RSO2CI) to give the corresponding sulfonamide having a protected carboxylic acid. The protected carboxylic acid is then deprotected using base to give the free carboxylic acid, which is then reacted with, for example, hydroxylamine 2-chlorotrityl resin followed by acid (e.g., trifluoroacetic acid), to give the desired carbamic acid.

One example of this approach is illustrated below, in Scheme 2, wherein the reaction conditions are as follows: (i) RSO2CI, pyridine, DCM, room temperature, 12 hours; (ii) 1 M LiOH or 1 M NaOH, dioxane, room temperature, 3-48 hours; (iii) hydroxylamine 2-chlorotrityl resin, HOAt, HATU, DIPEA, DCM, room temperature, 16 hours; and (iv) TFA/DCM (5:95, v/v), room temperature, 1.5 hours.

Scheme 2

 

Figure imgf000102_0001

Additional methods for the synthesis of compounds of the present invention are illustrated below and are exemplified in the examples below.

Scheme 3A

 

Figure imgf000102_0002

Scheme 3B

 

Figure imgf000103_0001

Scheme 4

 

Figure imgf000104_0001
Figure imgf000105_0001

 

 

Scheme 8

 

Figure imgf000108_0002

Scheme 9

 

Figure imgf000109_0001

……………………………………………………………………..

SYNTHESIS

WO2002030879A2

Example 1

3-Formylbenzenesulfonic acid, sodium salt (1)

 

Figure imgf000123_0001

Oleum (5 ml) was placed in a reaction vessel and benzaldehyde (2.00 g, 18.84 mmol) was slowly added not exceeding the temperature of the reaction mixture more than 30°C. The obtained solution was stirred at 40°C for ten hours and at ambient temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into ice and extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was treated with CaC03 until the evolution of C02 ceased (pH~6-7), then the precipitated CaSO4was filtered off and washed with water. The filtrate was treated with Na2CO3 until the pH of the reaction medium increased to pH 8, obtained CaCO3 was filtered off and water solution was evaporated in vacuum. The residue was washed with methanol, the washings were evaporated and the residue was dried in desiccator over P2Oβ affording the title compound (2.00 g, 51%). 1H NMR (D20), δ: 7.56-8.40 (4H, m); 10.04 ppm (1 H, s).

Example 2 3-(3-Sulfophenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester, sodium salt (2)

 

Figure imgf000124_0001

Sodium salt of 3-formylbenzenesulfonic acid (1) (1.00 g, 4.80 mmol), potassium carbonate (1.32 g, 9.56 mmol), trimethyl phosphonoacetate (1.05 g, 5.77 mmol) and water (2 ml) were stirred at ambient temperature for 30 min., precipitated solid was filtered and washed with methanol. The filtrate was evaporated and the title compound (2) was obtained as a white solid (0.70 g, 55%). 1H NMR (DMSO- dβl HMDSO), δ: 3.68 (3H, s); 6.51 (1 H, d, J=16.0 Hz); 7.30-7.88 (5H, m).

Example 3 3-(3-Chlorosulfonylphenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester (3)

 

Figure imgf000124_0002

To the sodium salt of 3-(3-sulfophenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester (2) (0.670 g, 2.53 mmol) benzene (2 ml), thionyl chloride (1.508 g, 0.9 ml, 12.67 mmol) and 3 drops of dimethylformamide were added and the resultant suspension was stirred at reflux for one hour. The reaction mixture was evaporated, the residue was dissolved in benzene (3 ml), filtered and the filtrate was evaporated to give the title compound (0.6’40 g, 97%).

Example 4 3-(3-Phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester (4a)

 

Figure imgf000125_0001

A solution of 3-(3-chlorosulfonylphenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester (3) (0.640 g, 2.45 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 ml) was added to a mixture of aniline (0.465 g, 4.99 mmol) and pyridine (1 ml), and the resultant solution was stirred at 50°C for one hour. The reaction mixture was evaporated and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and 10% HCI. The organic layer was washed successively with water, saturated NaCl, and dried (Na2S0 ). The solvent was removed and the residue was chromatographed on silica gel with chloroform-ethyl acetate (7:1 , v/v) as eluent. The obtained product was washed with diethyl ether to give the title compound (0.226 g, 29%). 1H NMR (CDCI3, HMDSO), δ: 3.72 (3H, s); 6.34 (1H, d, J=16.0 Hz); 6.68 (1 H, br s); 6.92-7.89 (10H, m).

Example 5 3-(3-Phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acrylic acid (5a)

 

Figure imgf000125_0002

3-(3-Phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acrylic acid methyl ester (4a) (0.220 g, 0.69 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (3 ml), 1N NaOH (2.08 ml, 2.08 mmol) was added and the resultant solution was stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The aqueous layer was acidified with 10% HCI and stirred for 30 min. The precipitated solid was filtered, washed with water and dried in desiccator over P2Os to give the title compound as a white solid (0.173 g, 82%). Example 6 3-(3-Phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acryloyl chloride (6a)

 

Figure imgf000126_0001

To a suspension of 3-(3-phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acrylic acid (5a) (0.173 g, 0.57 mmol) in dichloromethane (2.3 ml) oxalyl chloride (0.17 ml, 1.95 mmol) and one drop of dimethylformamide were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 40°C for one hour and concentrated under reduced pressure to give crude title compound (0.185 g).

Example 7

N-Hydroxy-3-(3-phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acrylamide (7a) (PX105684) BELINOSTAT

 

Figure imgf000126_0002

To a suspension of hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.200 g, 2.87 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (3.5 ml) a saturated NaHCOβ solution (2.5 ml) was added and the resultant mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 10 min. To the reaction mixture a 3-(3-phenylsulfamoylphenyl)acryloyl chloride (6a) (0.185 g) solution in tetrahydrofuran (2.3 ml) was added and stirred at ambient temperature for one hour. The reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and 2N HCI. The organic layer was washed successively with water and saturated NaCl, the solvent was removed and the residue was washed with acetonitrile and diethyl ether.

The title compound was obtained as a white solid (0.066 g, 36%), m.p. 172°C. BELINOSTAT

1H NMR (DMSO-d6, HMDSO), δ: 6.49 (1 H, d, J=16.0 Hz); 7.18-8.05 (10H, m); 9.16 (1 H, br s); 10.34 (1 H, s); 10.85 ppm (1 H, br s).

HPLC analysis on Symmetry C18column: impurities 4% (column size 3.9×150 mm; mobile phase acetonitrile – 0.1 M phosphate buffer (pH 2.5), 40:60; sample concentration 1 mg/ml; flow rate 0.8 ml/ min; detector UV 220 nm).

Anal. Calcd for C154N204S, %: C 56.59, H 4.43, N 8.80. Found, %: C 56.28, H 4.44, N 8.56.

……………………………………………………………………….

SYNTHESIS

US20100286279

Figure US20100286279A1-20101111-C00034

 

 

…………………………………………………….

SYNTHESIS AND SPECTRAL DATA

Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2011 ,  vol. 54,  13  pg. 4694 – 4720

(E)-N-Hydroxy-3-(3-phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrylamide (28, belinostat, PXD101).

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/full/10.1021/jm2003552

 http://pubs.acs.org/doi/suppl/10.1021/jm2003552/suppl_file/jm2003552_si_001.pdf

The methyl ester (27) (8.0 g) was prepared according to reported synthetic route,

(Watkins, C. J.; Romero-Martin, M.-R.; Moore, K. G.; Ritchie, J.; Finn, P. W.; Kalvinsh, I.;
Loza, E.; Dikvoska, K.; Gailite, V.; Vorona, M.; Piskunova, I.; Starchenkov, I.; Harris, C. J.;
Duffy, J. E. S. Carbamic acid compounds comprising a sulfonamide linkage as HDAC
inhibitors. PCT Int. Appl. WO200230879A2, April 18, 2002.)
but using procedure D (Experimental Section) or method described for 26 to convert the methyl ester to crude
hydroxamic acid which was further purified by chromatography (silica, MeOH/DCM = 1:10) to
afford 28 (PXD101) as off-white or pale yellow powder (2.5 g, 31%).

LC–MS m/z 319.0 ([M +H]+).

1H NMR (DMSO-d6)  12–9 (very broad, 2H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J

= 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.08 (d,
J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.01 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.50 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H);

13C NMR (DMSO-d6)  162.1,
140.6, 138.0, 136.5, 135.9, 131.8, 130.0, 129.2, 127.1, 124.8, 124.1, 121.3, 120.4.

Anal.
(C15H14N2O4S) C, H, N

………………………………………………..

SYNTHESIS

WO2009040517A2

PXDIOI / Belinostat®

(E)-N-hydroxy-3-(3-phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrylamide, also known as PXD101 and Belinostat®, shown below, is a well known histone deacetylate (HDAC) inhibitor. It is being developed for treatment of a range of disorders mediated by HDAC, including proliferative conditions (such as cancer and psoriasis), malaria, etc.

 

Figure imgf000003_0001

PXD101 was first described in WO 02/30879 A2. That document describes a multi-step method of synthesis which may conveniently be illustrated by the following scheme.

Scheme 1

Not isolated

Figure imgf000003_0002

ed on (A)

on (D)

Figure imgf000003_0003

d on (H)

Figure imgf000004_0001

There is a need for alternative methods for the synthesis of PXD101 and related compounds for example, methods which are simpler and/or employ fewer steps and/or permit higher yields and/or higher purity product.

Scheme 5

 

Figure imgf000052_0001

DMAP, toluene

Figure imgf000052_0003
Figure imgf000052_0002

 

Figure imgf000052_0004

Synthesis 1 3-Bromo-N-phenyl-benzenesulfonamide (3)

 

Figure imgf000052_0005

To a 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was charged aniline (2) (4.01 kg; 93.13 g/mol; 43 mol), toluene (25 L), and 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (DMAP) (12 g), and the mixture was heated to 50-600C. 3-Bromobenzenesulfonyl chloride (1) (5 kg; 255.52 g/mol; 19.6 mol) was charged into the reactor over 30 minutes at 50-600C and progress of the reaction was monitored by HPLC. After 19 hours, toluene (5 L) was added due to losses overnight through the vent line and the reaction was deemed to be complete with no compound (1) being detected by HPLC. The reaction mixture was diluted with toluene (10 L) and then quenched with 2 M aqueous hydrochloric acid (20 L). The organic and aqueous layers were separated, the aqueous layer was discarded, and the organic layer was washed with water (20 L), and then 5% (w/w) sodium bicarbonate solution (20 L), while maintaining the batch temperature at 45-55°C. The batch was then used in the next synthesis.

Synthesis 2 (E)-3-(3-Phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrylic acid ethyl ester (5)

 

Figure imgf000053_0001

To the batch containing 3-bromo-N-phenyl-benzenesulfonamide (3) (the treated organic layer obtained in the previous synthesis) was added triethylamine (2.97 kg; 101.19 g/mol; 29.4 mol), tri(o-tolyl)phosphine (119 g; 304.37 g/mol; 0.4 mol), and palladium (II) acetate (44 g; 224.51 g/mol; 0.2 mol), and the resulting mixture was degassed four times with a vacuum/nitrogen purge at 45-55°C. Catalytic palladium (0) was formed in situ. The batch was then heated to 80-900C and ethyl acrylate (4) (2.16 kg; 100.12 g/mol; 21.6 mol) was slowly added over 2.75 hours. The batch was sampled after a further 2 hours and was deemed to be complete with no compound (3) being detected by HPLC. The batch was cooled to 45-55°C and for convenience was left at this temperature overnight.

The batch was then reduced in volume under vacuum to 20-25 L, at a batch temperature of 45-55°C, and ethyl acetate (20 L) was added. The batch was filtered and the residue washed with ethyl acetate (3.5 L). The residue was discarded and the filtrates were sent to a 100 gallon (-454 L) reactor, which had been pre-heated to 600C. The 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was then cleaned to remove any residual Pd, while the batch in the 100 gallon (-454 L) reactor was washed with 2 M aqueous hydrochloric acid and water at 45-55°C. Once the washes were complete and the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was clean, the batch was transferred from the 100 gallon (-454 L) reactor back to the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor and the solvent was swapped under vacuum from ethyl acetate/toluene to toluene while maintaining a batch temperature of 45-55°C (the volume was reduced to 20-25 L). At this point, the batch had precipitated and heptanes (10 L) were added to re-dissolve it. The batch was then cooled to 0-100C and held at this temperature over the weekend in order to precipitate the product. The batch was filtered and the residue was washed with heptanes (5 L). A sample of the wet-cake was taken for Pd analysis. The Pd content of the crude product (5) was determined to be 12.9 ppm.

The wet-cake was then charged back into the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor along with ethyl acetate (50 L) and heated to 40-500C in order to obtain a solution. A sparkler filter loaded with 12 impregnated Darco G60® carbon pads was then connected to the reactor and the solution was pumped around in a loop through the sparkler filter. After 1 hour, a sample was taken and evaporated to dryness and analysed for Pd content. The amount of Pd was found to be 1.4 ppm. A second sample was taken after 2 hours and evaporated to dryness and analysed for Pd content. The amount of Pd had been reduced to 0.6 ppm. The batch was blown back into the reactor and held at 40-500C overnight before the solvent was swapped under vacuum from ethyl acetate to toluene while maintaining a batch temperature of 45-55°C (the volume was reduced to 20-25 L). At this point, the batch had precipitated and heptanes (10 L) were added to re-dissolve it and the batch was cooled to 0-100C and held at this temperature overnight in order to precipitate the product. The batch was filtered and the residue was washed with heptanes (5 L). The filtrate was discarded and the residue was dried at 45-55°C under vacuum for 25 hours. A first lot of the title compound (5) was obtained as an off-white solid (4.48 kg, 69% overall yield from 3-bromobenzenesulfonyl chloride (1)) with a Pd content of 0.4 ppm and a purity of 99.22% (AUC) by HPLC.

Synthesis 3 (E)-3-(3-Phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrvlic acid (6)

 

Figure imgf000054_0001

To the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was charged the (E)-3-(3-phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)- acrylic acid ethyl ester (5) (4.48 kg; 331.39 g/mol; 13.5 mol) along with 2 M aqueous sodium hydroxide (17.76 L; -35 mol). The mixture was heated to 40-50°C and held at this temperature for 2 hours before sampling, at which point the reaction was deemed to be complete with no compound (5) being detected by HPLC. The batch was adjusted to pH 2.2 using 1 M aqueous hydrochloric acid while maintaining the batch temperature between 40-500C. The product had precipitated and the batch was cooled to 20-300C and held at this temperature for 1 hour before filtering and washing the cake with water (8.9 L). The filtrate was discarded. The batch was allowed to condition on the filter overnight before being charged back into the reactor and slurried in water (44.4 L) at 40-500C for 2 hours. The batch was cooled to 15-20°C, held for 1 hour, and then filtered and the residue washed with water (8.9 L). The filtrate was discarded. The crude title compound (6) was transferred to an oven for drying at 45-55°C under vacuum with a slight nitrogen bleed for 5 days (this was done for convenience) to give a white solid (3.93 kg, 97% yield). The moisture content of the crude material was measured using Karl Fischer (KF) titration and found to be <0.1% (w/w). To the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was charged the crude compound (6) along with acetonitrile (47.2 L). The batch was heated to reflux (about 80°C) and held at reflux for 2 hours before cooling to 0-10°C and holding at this temperature overnight in order to precipitate the product. The batch was filtered and the residue was washed with cold acetonitrile (7.9 L). The filtrate was discarded and the residue was dried under vacuum at 45-55°C for 21.5 hours. The title compound (6) was obtained as a fluffy white solid (3.37 kg, 84% yield with respect to compound (5)) with a purity of 99.89% (AUC) by HPLC.

Synthesis 4 (E)-N-Hvdroxy-3-(3-phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrylamide (PXD101) BELINOSTAT

 

Figure imgf000055_0001

To the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was charged (E)-3-(3-phenylsulfamoyl-phenyl)-acrylic acid (6) (3.37 kg; 303.34 g/mol; 11.1 mol) and a pre-mixed solution of 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU) in isopropyl acetate (IPAc) (27 g in 30 L; 152.24 g/mol; 0.18 mol). The slurry was stirred and thionyl chloride (SOCI2) (960 mL; density ~1.631 g/mL; 118.97 g/mol; -13 mol) was added to the reaction mixture and the batch was stirred at 20-300C overnight. After 18.5 hours, the batch was sampled and deemed to be complete with no compound (6) being detected by HPLC. The resulting solution was transferred to a 100 L Schott reactor for temporary storage while the

30 gallon (-136 L) reactor was rinsed with isopropyl acetate (IPAc) and water. Deionized water (28.9 L) was then added to the 30 gallon (-136 L) reactor followed by 50% (w/w) hydroxylamine (6.57 L; -1.078 g/mL; 33.03 g/mol; -214 mol) and another charge of deionized water (1.66 L) to rinse the lines free of hydroxylamine to make a 10% (w/w) hydroxylamine solution. Tetrahydrofuran (THF) (6.64 L) was then charged to the

30 gallon (-136 L) reactor and the mixture was stirred and cooled to 0-100C. The acid chloride solution (from the 100 L Schott reactor) was then slowly charged into the hydroxylamine solution over 1 hour maintaining a batch temperature of 0-10°C during the addition. The batch was then allowed to warm to 20-300C. The aqueous layer was separated and discarded. The organic layer was then reduced in volume under vacuum while maintaining a batch temperature of less than 300C. The intention was to distill out 10-13 L of solvent, but this level was overshot. A larger volume of isopropyl acetate (IPAc) (16.6 L) was added and about 6 L of solvent was distilled out. The batch had precipitated and heptanes (24.9 L) were added and the batch was held at 20-30°C overnight. The batch was filtered and the residue was washed with heptanes (6.64 L). The filtrate was discarded and the residue was dried at 45-55°C under vacuum with a slight nitrogen bleed over the weekend. The title compound (PXD101) was obtained as a light orange solid (3.11 kg, 89% yield with respect to compound (6)) with a purity of 99.25% (AUC) by HPLC.

The title compound (PXD101) (1.2 kg, 3.77 mol) was dissolved in 8 volumes of 1:1 (EtOH/water) at 600C. Sodium bicarbonate (15.8 g, 5 mol%) was added to the solution. Water (HPLC grade) was then added at a rate of 65 mL/min while keeping the internal temperature >57°C. After water (6.6 L) had been added, crystals started to form and the water addition was stopped. The reaction mixture was then cooled at a rate of 10°C/90 min to a temperature of 0-10cC and then stirred at ambient temperature overnight. The crystals were then filtered and collected. The filter cake was washed by slurrying in water (2 x 1.2 L) and then dried in an oven at 45°C for 60 hours with a slight nitrogen bleed. 1.048 kg (87% recovery) of a light orange solid was recovered. Microscopy and XRPD data showed a conglomerate of irregularly shaped birefringant crystalline particles. The compound was found to contain 0.02% water.

As discussed above: the yield of compound (5) with respect to compound (1) was 69%. the yield of compound (6) with respect to compound (5) was 84%. the yield of PXD101 with respect to compound (6) was 89%.

……………….

FORMULATION

WO2006120456A1

Formulation Studies

These studies demonstrate a substantial enhancement of HDACi solubility (on the order of a 500-fold increase for PXD-101) using one or more of: cyclodextrin, arginine, and meglumine. The resulting compositions are stable and can be diluted to the desired target concentration without the risk of precipitation. Furthermore, the compositions have a pH that, while higher than ideal, is acceptable for use.

 

Figure imgf000047_0001

UV Absorbance

The ultraviolet (UV absorbance E\ value for PXD-101 was determined by plotting a calibration curve of PXD-101 concentration in 50:50 methanol/water at the λmax for the material, 269 nm. Using this method, the E1i value was determined as 715.7.

Methanol/water was selected as the subsequent diluting medium for solubility studies rather than neat methanol (or other organic solvent) to reduce the risk of precipitation of the cyclodextrin.

Solubility in Demineralised Water

The solubility of PXD-101 was determined to be 0.14 mg/mL for demineralised water. Solubility Enhancement with Cvclodextrins

Saturated samples of PXD-101 were prepared in aqueous solutions of two natural cyclodextrins (α-CD and γ-CD) and hydroxypropyl derivatives of the α, β and Y cyclodextrins (HP-α-CD, HP-β-CD and HP-γ-CD). All experiments were completed with cyclodextrin concentrations of 250 mg/mL, except for α-CD, where the solubility of the cyclodextrin was not sufficient to achieve this concentration. The data are summarised in the following table. HP-β-CD offers the best solubility enhancement for PXD-101.

 

Figure imgf000048_0001

Phase Solubility Determination of HP-β-CD

The phase solubility diagram for HP-β-CD was prepared for concentrations of cyclodextrin between 50 and 500 mg/mL (5-50% w/v). The calculated saturated solubilities of the complexed HDACi were plotted against the concentration of cyclodextrin. See Figure 1.

………………………..

  1.  Plumb, Jane A.; Finn, Paul W.; Williams, Robert J.; Bandara, Morwenna J.; Romero, M. Rosario; Watkins, Claire J.; La Thangue, Nicholas B.; Brown, Robert (2003). “Pharmacodynamic Response and Inhibition of Growth of Human Tumor Xenografts by the Novel Histone Deacetylase Inhibitor PXD101″. Molecular Cancer Therapeutics 2 (8): 721–728. PMID 12939461.
  2.  “CuraGen Corporation (CRGN) and TopoTarget A/S Announce Presentation of Belinostat Clinical Trial Results at AACR-NCI-EORTC International Conference”. October 2007.
  3. Final Results of a Phase II Trial of Belinostat (PXD101) in Patients with Recurrent or Refractory Peripheral or Cutaneous T-Cell Lymphoma, December 2009
  4.  “Spectrum adds to cancer pipeline with $350M deal.”. February 2010.
  5. Helvetica Chimica Acta, 2005 ,  vol. 88,  7  PG. 1630 – 1657, MP 172
  6. WO2009/40517 A2, ….
  7. WO2006/120456 A1, …..
  8. Synthetic Communications, 2010 ,  vol. 40,  17  PG. 2520 – 2524, MP 172
  9. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2011 ,  vol. 54,   13  PG. 4694 – 4720, NMR IN SUP INFO

 

11-7-2008
Histone Deacetylase (Hdac) Inhibitors (Pxd101) for the Treatment of Cancer Alone or in Combination With Chemotherapeutic Agent
9-19-2008
CYCLOOXYGENASE-2 INHIBITOR/HISTONE DEACETYLASE INHIBITOR COMBINATION
9-5-2008
Combination Therapies Using Hdac Inhibitors
8-15-2008
Pharmaceutical Formulations Of Hdac Inhibitors
8-6-2008
Carbamic acid compounds comprising a sulfonamide linkage as HDAC inhibitors
7-23-2008
Cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitor/histone deacetylase inhibitor combination
2-28-2007
Carbamic acid compounds comprising a sulfonamide linkage as HDAC inhibitors
5-20-2005
Carbamic acid compounds comprising a sulfonamide linkage as HDAC inhibitors
5-4-2005
Carbamic acid compounds comprising a sulfonamide linkage as hdac inhibitors

 

WO2002030879A2 Sep 27, 2001 Apr 18, 2002 Prolifix Ltd Carbamic acid compounds comprising asulfonamide linkage as hdac inhibitors
7-6-2011
HYDROXAMIC ACID DERIVATIVES AS INHIBITORS OF HDAC ENZYMATIC ACTIVITY
4-20-2011
Combined Use of Prame Inhibitors and Hdac Inhibitors
3-32-2011
5-LIPOXYGENASE INHIBITORS
1-7-2011
Methods of Treatment Employing Prolonged Continuous Infusion of Belinostat
11-12-2010
Methods of Synthesis of Certain Hydroxamic Acid Compounds
7-30-2010
Methods for identifying patients who will respond well to cancer treatment
1-15-2010
HDAC INHIBITORS
12-18-2009
COMBINATION OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
7-31-2009
CYCLOOXYGENASE-2 INHIBITOR/HISTONE DEACETYLASE INHIBITOR COMBINATION
7-8-2009
CARBAMIC ACID COMPOUNDS COMPRISING A SULFONAMIDE LINKAGE AS HDAC INHIBITORS
WO1998038859A1 * Mar 4, 1998 Sep 11, 1998 Thomas E Barta Sulfonyl divalent aryl or heteroaryl hydroxamic acid compounds
WO1999024399A1 * Nov 12, 1998 May 20, 1999 Darwin Discovery Ltd Hydroxamic and carboxylic acid derivatives having mmp and tnf inhibitory activity
WO2000056704A1 * Mar 22, 2000 Sep 28, 2000 Duncan Batty Hydroxamic and carboxylic acid derivatives
WO2000069819A1 * May 12, 2000 Nov 23, 2000 Thomas E Barta Hydroxamic acid derivatives as matrix metalloprotease inhibitors
WO2001038322A1 * Nov 22, 2000 May 31, 2001 Methylgene Inc Inhibitors of histone deacetylase
EP0570594A1 * Dec 7, 1992 Nov 24, 1993 SHIONOGI &amp; CO., LTD. Hydroxamic acid derivative based on aromatic sulfonamide
EP0931788A2 * Dec 16, 1998 Jul 28, 1999 Pfizer Inc. Metalloprotease inhibitors
GB2312674A * Title not available

 

WO2002030879A2 Sep 27, 2001 Apr 18, 2002 Prolifix Ltd Carbamic acid compounds comprising a sulfonamide linkage as hdac inhibitors
WO2005063806A1 Dec 30, 2003 Jul 14, 2005 Council Scient Ind Res Arginine hydrochloride enhances chaperone-like activity of alpha crystallin
US4642316 May 20, 1985 Feb 10, 1987 Warner-Lambert Company Parenteral phenytoin preparations

 

WO2008090585A2 * Jan 25, 2008 Jul 31, 2008 Univ Roma Soluble forms of inclusion complexes of histone deacetylase inhibitors and cyclodextrins, their preparation processes and uses in the pharmaceutical field
WO2009109861A1 * Mar 6, 2009 Sep 11, 2009 Topotarget A/S Methods of treatment employing prolonged continuous infusion of belinostat
WO2010048332A2 * Oct 21, 2009 Apr 29, 2010 Acucela, Inc. Compounds for treating ophthalmic diseases and disorders
WO2011064663A1 Nov 24, 2010 Jun 3, 2011 Festuccia, Claudio Combination treatment employing belinostat and bicalutamide
US20110003777 * Mar 6, 2009 Jan 6, 2011 Topotarget A/S Methods of Treatment Employing Prolonged Continuous Infusion of Belinostat

………………………..

SPECTRUM

Tiny Biotech With Three Cancer Drugs Is More Alluring Takeover Bet Now
Forbes
The drug is one of Spectrum’s two drugs undergoing phase 3 clinical trials. Allergan paid Spectrum $41.5 million and will make additional payments of up to $304 million based on achieving certain milestones. So far, Raj Shrotriya, Spectrum’s chairman, 

http://www.forbes.com/sites/genemarcial/2013/07/14/tiny-biotech-with-three-cancer-drugs-is-more-alluring-takeover-bet-now/

……………………………..

Copenhagen, December 10, 2013
Topotarget announces the submission of a New Drug Application (NDA) for belinostat for the treatment of relapsed or refractory (R/R) peripheral T-cell lymphoma (PTCL) to the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). The NDA has been filed for Accelerated Approval with a request for Priority Review. Response from the FDA regarding acceptance to file is expected within 60 days from the FDA receipt date.
read all this here
…………………….

Share

Panobinostat

$
0
0

 

Panobinostat

HDAC inhibitors, orphan drug

cas 404950-80-7 

2E)-N-hydroxy-3-[4-({[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino}methyl)phenyl]acrylamide

N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide (alternatively, N-hydroxy-3-(4-{[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-ethylamino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acrylamide)

Molecular Formula: C21H23N3O2   Molecular Weight: 349.42622

  • Faridak
  • LBH 589
  • LBH589
  • Panobinostat
  • UNII-9647FM7Y3Z

A hydroxamic acid analog histone deacetylase inhibitor from Novartis.

NOVARTIS, innovator

Histone deacetylase inhibitors

Is currently being examined in cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, CML and breast cancer.

clinical trials click here  phase 3

DRUG SUBSTANCE–LACTATE AS IN  http://www.google.com/patents/US7989639  SEE EG 31

Panobinostat (LBH-589) is an experimental drug developed by Novartis for the treatment of various cancers. It is a hydroxamic acid[1] and acts as a non-selective histone deacetylase inhibitor (HDAC inhibitor).[2]

panobinostat

Panobinostat is a cinnamic hydroxamic acid analogue with potential antineoplastic activity. Panobinostat selectively inhibits histone deacetylase (HDAC), inducing hyperacetylation of core histone proteins, which may result in modulation of cell cycle protein expression, cell cycle arrest in the G2/M phase and apoptosis. In addition, this agent appears to modulate the expression of angiogenesis-related genes, such as hypoxia-inducible factor-1alpha (HIF-1a) and vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF), thus impairing endothelial cell chemotaxis and invasion. HDAC is an enzyme that deacetylates chromatin histone proteins. Check for

As of August 2012, it is being tested against Hodgkin’s Lymphomacutaneous T cell lymphoma (CTCL)[3] and other types of malignant disease in Phase III clinical trials, against myelodysplastic syndromesbreast cancer and prostate cancer in Phase II trials, and against chronic myelomonocytic leukemia (CMML) in a Phase I trial.[4][5]

Panobinostat is a histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitor which was filed for approval in the U.S. in 2010 for the oral treatment of relapsed/refractory classical Hodgkin’s lymphoma in adult patients. The company is conducting phase II/III clinical trials for the oral treatment of multiple myeloma, chronic myeloid leukemia and myelodysplasia. Phase II trials are also in progress for the treatment of primary myelofibrosis, post-polycythemia Vera, post-essential thrombocytopenia, Waldenstrom’s macroglobulinemia, recurrent glioblastoma (GBM) and for the treatment of pancreatic cancer progressing on gemcitabine therapy. Additional trials are under way for the treatment of hematological neoplasms, prostate cancer, colorectal cancer, renal cell carcinoma, non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), malignant mesothelioma, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia, head and neck cancer and gastrointestinal neuroendocrine tumors. Early clinical studies are also ongoing for the treatment of HER2 positive metastatic breast cancer. Additionally, phase II clinical trials are ongoing at Novartis as well as Neurological Surgery for the treatment of recurrent malignant gliomas as are phase I/II initiated for the treatment of acute graft versus host disease. The National Cancer Institute had been conducting early clinical trials for the treatment of metastatic hepatocellular carcinoma; however, these trials were terminated due to observed dose-limiting toxicity. In 2009, Novartis terminated its program to develop panobinostat for the treatment of cutaneous T-cell lymphoma. A program for the treatment of small cell lung cancer was terminated in 2012. Phase I clinical trials are ongoing for the treatment of metastatic and/or malignant melanoma and for the treatment of sickle cell anemia. The University of Virginia is conducting phase I clinical trials for the treatment of newly diagnosed and recurrent chordoma in combination with imatinib. Novartis is evaluating panobinostat for its potential to re-activate HIV transcription in latently infected CD4+ T-cells among HIV-infected patients on stable antiretroviral therapy.

Mechanistic evaluations revealed that panobinostat-mediated tumor suppression involved blocking cell-cycle progression and gene transcription induced by the interleukin IL-2 promoter, accompanied by an upregulation of p21, p53 and p57, and subsequent cell death resulted from the stimulation of caspase-dependent and -independent apoptotic pathways and an increase in the mitochondrial outer membrane permeability. In 2007, the compound received orphan drug designation in the U.S. for the treatment of cutaneous T-cell lymphoma and in 2009 and 2010, orphan drug designation was received in the U.S. and the E.U., respectively, for the treatment of Hodgkin’s lymphoma. This designation was also assigned in 2012 in the U.S. and the E.U. for the treatment of multiple myeloma.

Cardiovascular disease is the leading cause of morbidity and mortality in the western world and during the last decades it has also become a rapidly increasing problem in developing countries. An estimated 80 million American adults (one in three) have one or more expressions of cardiovascular disease (CVD) such as hypertension, coronary heart disease, heart failure, or stroke. Mortality data show that CVD was the underlying cause of death in 35% of all deaths in 2005 in the United States, with the majority related to myocardial infarction, stroke, or complications thereof. The vast majority of patients suffering acute cardiovascular events have prior exposure to at least one major risk factor such as cigarette smoking, abnormal blood lipid levels, hypertension, diabetes, abdominal obesity, and low-grade inflammation.

Pathophysiologically, the major events of myocardial infarction and ischemic stroke are caused by a sudden arrest of nutritive blood supply due to a blood clot formation within the lumen of the arterial blood vessel. In most cases, formation of the thrombus is precipitated by rupture of a vulnerable atherosclerotic plaque, which exposes chemical agents that activate platelets and the plasma coagulation system. The activated platelets form a platelet plug that is armed by coagulation-generated fibrin to form a biood clot that expands within the vessel lumen until it obstructs or blocks blood flow, which results in hypoxic tissue damage (so-called infarction). Thus, thrombotic cardiovascular events occur as a result of two distinct processes, i.e. a slowly progressing long-term vascular atherosclerosis of the vessel wall, on the one hand, and a sudden acute clot formation that rapidly causes flow arrest, on the other. This invention solely relates to the latter process.

Recently, inflammation has been recognized as an important risk factor for thrombotic events. Vascular inflammation is a characteristic feature of the atherosclerotic vessel wall, and inflammatory activity is a strong determinant of the susceptibility of the atherosclerotic plaque to rupture and initiate intravascular clotting. Also, autoimmune conditions with systemic inflammation, such as rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus and different forms of vasculitides, markedly increase the risk of myocardial infarction and stroke.

Traditional approaches to prevent and treat cardiovascular events are either targeted 1) to slow down the progression of the underlying atherosclerotic process, 2) to prevent clot formation in case of a plaque rupture, or 3) to direct removal of an acute thrombotic flow obstruction. In brief, antiatherosclerotic treatment aims at modulating the impact of general risk factors and includes dietary recommendations, weight loss, physical exercise, smoking cessation, cholesterol- and blood pressure treatment etc. Prevention of clot formation mainly relies on the use of antiplatelet drugs that inhibit platelet activation and/or aggregation, but also in some cases includes thromboembolic prevention with oral anticoagulants such as warfarin. Post-hoc treatment of acute atherothrombotic events requires either direct pharmacological lysis of the clot by thrombolytic agents such as recombinant tissue-type plasminogen activator or percutaneous mechanical dilation of the obstructed vessel.

Despite the fact that multiple-target antiatherosclerotic therapy and clot prevention by antiplatelet agents have lowered the incidence of myocardial infarction and ischemic stroke, such events still remain a major population health problem. This shows that in patients with cardiovascular risk factors these prophylactic measures are insufficient to completely prevent the occurrence of atherothrombotic events.

Likewise, thrombotic conditions on the venous side of the circulation, as well as embolic complications thereof such as pulmonary embolism, still cause substantial morbidity and mortality. Venous thrombosis has a different clinical presentation and the relative importance of platelet activation versus plasma coagulation are somewhat different with an preponderance for the latter in venous thrombosis, However, despite these differences, the major underlying mechanisms that cause thrombotic vessel occlusions are similar to those operating on the arterial circulation. Although unrelated to atherosclerosis as such, the risk of venous thrombosis is related to general cardiovascular risk factors such as inflammation and metabolic aberrations.

Panobinostat can be synthesized as follows: Reduction of 2-methylindole-3-glyoxylamide (I) with LiAlH4 affords 2-methyltryptamine (II). 4-Formylcinnamic acid (III) is esterified with methanolic HCl, and the resulting aldehyde ester (IV) is reductively aminated with 2-methyltryptamine (II) in the presence of NaBH3CN (1) or NaBH4 (2) to give (V). The title hydroxamic acid is then obtained by treatment of ester (V) with aqueous hydroxylamine under basic conditions.

Panobinostat is currently being used in a Phase I/II clinical trial that aims at curing AIDS in patients on highly active antiretroviral therapy (HAART). In this technique panobinostat is used to drive the HI virus’s DNA out of the patient’s DNA, in the expectation that the patient’s immune system in combination with HAART will destroy it.[6][7]

panobinostat

Panobinostat has been found to synergistically act with sirolimus to kill pancreatic cancer cells in the laboratory in a Mayo Clinic study. In the study, investigators found that this combination destroyed up to 65 percent of cultured pancreatic tumor cells. The finding is significant because the three cell lines studied were all resistant to the effects of chemotherapy – as are many pancreatic tumors.[8]

Panobinostat has also been found to significantly increase in vitro the survival of motor neuron (SMN) protein levels in cells of patients suffering fromspinal muscular atrophy.[9]

Panobinostat was able to selectively target triple negative breast cancer (TNBC) cells by inducing hyperacetylation and cell cycle arrest at the G2-M DNA damage checkpoint; partially reversing the morphological changes characteristic of breast cancer cells.[10]

Panobinostat, along with other HDAC inhibitors, is also being studied for potential to induce virus HIV-1 expression in latently infected cells and disrupt latency. These resting cells are not recognized by the immune system as harboring the virus and do not respond to antiretroviral drugs.[11]

Panobinostat inhibits multiple histone deacetylase enzymes, a mechanism leading to apoptosis of malignant cells via multiple pathways.[1]

The compound N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide (alternatively, N-hydroxy-3-(4-{[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-ethylamino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acrylamide) has the formula

 

Figure US07989639-20110802-C00001

 

as described in WO 02/22577. Valuable pharmacological properties are attributed to this compound; thus, it can be used, for example, as a histone deacetylase inhibitor useful in therapy for diseases which respond to inhibition of histone deacetylase activity. WO 02/22577 does not disclose any specific salts or salt hydrates or solvates of N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide.

The compounds described above are often used in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts and acid addition salts, for example, metal salts, such as alkali and alkaline earth metal salts, ammonium salts, organic amine addition salts, and amino acid addition salts, and sulfonate salts. Acid addition salts include inorganic acid addition salts such as hydrochloride, sulfate and phosphate, and organic acid addition salts such as alkyl sulfonate, arylsulfonate, acetate, maleate, fumarate, tartrate, citrate and lactate. Examples of metal salts are alkali metal salts, such as lithium salt, sodium salt and potassium salt, alkaline earth metal salts such as magnesium salt and calcium salt, aluminum salt, and zinc salt. Examples of ammonium salts are ammonium salt and tetramethylammonium salt. Examples of organic amine addition salts are salts with morpholine and piperidine. Examples of amino acid addition salts are salts with glycine, phenylalanine, glutamic acid and lysine. Sulfonate salts include mesylate, tosylate and benzene sulfonic acid salts.

……………………………..

GENERAL METHOD OF SYNTHESIS

ADD YOUR METHYL AT RIGHT PLACE

WO2002022577A2

 

As is evident to those skilled in the art, the many of the deacetylase inhibitor compounds of the present invention contain asymmetric carbon atoms. It should be understood, therefore, that the individual stereoisomers are contemplated as being included within the scope of this invention.

The hydroxamate compounds of the present invention can be produced by known organic synthesis methods. For example, the hydroxamate compounds can be produced by reacting methyl 4-formyl cinnamate with tryptamine and then converting the reactant to the hydroxamate compounds. As an example, methyl 4-formyl cinnamate 2, is prepared by acid catalyzed esterification of 4-formylcinnamic acid 3 (Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn. 1995; 68:2355-2362). An alternate preparation of methyl 4-formyl cinnamate 2 is by a Pd- catalyzed coupling of methyl acrylate 4 with 4-bromobenzaldehyde 5.

CHO

 

Figure imgf000020_0001

Additional starting materials can be prepared from 4-carboxybenzaldehyde 6, and an exemplary method is illustrated for the preparation of aldehyde 9, shown below. The carboxylic acid in 4-carboxybenzaldehyde 6 can be protected as a silyl ester (e.g., the t- butyldimethylsilyl ester) by treatment with a silyl chloride (e.g., f-butyldimethylsilyl chloride) and a base (e.g. triethylamine) in an appropriate solvent (e.g., dichloromethane). The resulting silyl ester 7 can undergo an olefination reaction (e.g., a Horner-Emmons olefination) with a phosphonate ester (e.g., triethyl 2-phosphonopropionate) in the presence of a base (e.g., sodium hydride) in an appropriate solvent (e.g., tetrahydrofuran (THF)). Treatment of the resulting diester with acid (e.g., aqueous hydrochloric acid) results in the hydrolysis of the silyl ester providing acid 8. Selective reduction of the carboxylic acid of 8 using, for example, borane-dimethylsuflide complex in a solvent (e.g., THF) provides an intermediate alcohol. This intermediate alcohol could be oxidized to aldehyde 9 by a number of known methods, including, but not limited to, Swern oxidation, Dess-Martin periodinane oxidation, Moffatt oxidation and the like.

 

Figure imgf000020_0002

The aldehyde starting materials 2 or 9 can be reductively aminated to provide secondary or tertiary amines. This is illustrated by the reaction of methyl 4-formyl cinnamate 2 with tryptamine 10 using sodium triacetoxyborohydride (NaBH(OAc)3) as the reducing agent in dichloroethane (DCE) as solvent to provide amine 11. Other reducing agents can be used, e.g., sodium borohydride (NaBH ) and sodium cyanoborohydride (NaBH3CN), in other solvents or solvent mixtures in the presence or absence of acid catalysts (e.g., acetic acid and trifluoroacetic acid). Amine 11 can be converted directly to hydroxamic acid 12 by treatment with 50% aqueous hydroxylamine in a suitable solvent (e.g., THF in the presence of a base, e.g., NaOH). Other methods of hydroxamate formation are known and include reaction of an ester with hydroxylamine hydrochloride and a base (e.g., sodium hydroxide or sodium methoxide) in a suitable solvent or solvent mixture (e.g., methanol, ethanol or methanol/THF).

 

Figure imgf000021_0001

 

NOTE ….METHYL SUBSTITUENT ON 10 WILL GIVE YOU PANOBINOSTAT

……………………………….

Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2011 ,  vol. 54,  13  pg. 4694 – 4720

(E)-N-Hydroxy-3-(4-{[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-ethylamino]-methyl}-phenyl)-acrylamide
lactate

(34, panobinostat, LBH589)

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/full/10.1021/jm2003552

 http://pubs.acs.org/doi/suppl/10.1021/jm2003552/suppl_file/jm2003552_si_001.pdf

for str see above link

α-methyl-β-(β-bromoethyl)indole (29) was made according to method reported by Grandberg et al.(2. Grandberg, I. I.; Kost, A. N.; Terent’ev, A. P. Reactions of hydrazine derivatives. XVII. New synthesis of α-methyltryptophol. Zhurnal Obshchei Khimii 1957, 27, 3342–3345. )

The bromide 29 was converted to amine 30 by using similar method used by Sletzinger et al.(3. Sletzinger, M.; Ruyle, W. V.; Waiter, A. G. (Merck & Co., Inc.). Preparation of tryptamine
derivatives. U.S. Patent US 2,995,566, Aug 8, 1961.)

To a 500 mL flask, crude 2-methyltryptamine 30 (HPLC purity 75%, 1.74 g, 7.29 mmol) and 3-(4-
formyl-phenyl)-acrylic acid methyl ester 31 (HPLC purity 84%, 1.65 g, 7.28 mmol) were added,
followed by DCM (100 mL) and MeOH (30 mL). The clear solution was stirred at room temp for 30
min, then NaBH3CN (0.439 g, 6.99 mmol) was added in small portions. The reaction mixture was
stirred at room temp overnight. After removal of the solvents, the residue was diluted with DCM and
added saturated NaHCO3 aqueous solution, extracted with DCM twice. The DCM layer was dried
and concentrated, and the resulting residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica, 0–10%
MeOH in DCM) to afford 33 as orange solid (1.52 g, 60%). LC–MS m/z 349.2 ([M + H]+). 33 was
converted to hydroxamic acid 34 according to procedure D (Experimental Section), and the freebase
34 was treated with 1 equiv of lactic acid in MeOH–water (7:3) to form lactic acid salt which was
further recrystallized in MeOH–EtOAc to afford the lactic acid salt of 34as pale yellow solid. LC–MS m/z 350.2 ([M + H − lactate]+).

= DELTA

1H NMR (DMSO-d6)  10.72 (s, 1H, NH), 7.54 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 2H), 7.44 (d, J = 16 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.38 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (td, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (t, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.08 (d, J = 7.8Hz, 2H), 7.01 (t, J = 7.4, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (td, J = 7.4, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.47 (d, J = 15.2 Hz, 1H), 3.94(q, J = 6.8 Hz, 1H, lactate CH), 3.92 (s, 2H), 2.88 and 2.81 (m, each, 4H, AB system, CH2CH2),2.31 (s, 3H), 1.21 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H).;

13C NMR (DMSO-d6)  176.7 (lactate C=O), 162.7, 139.0,
137.9, 135.2, 134.0, 132.1, 129.1, 128.1, 127.4, 119.9, 119.0, 118.1, 117.2, 110.4, 107.0, 66.0, 51.3,
48.5, 22.9, 20.7, 11.2.

…………………………………………..

PANOBINOSTAT DRUG SUBSTANCE SYNTHESIS AND DATA

http://www.google.com/patents/US7989639

Figure US07989639-20110802-C00002

 

A flow diagram for the synthesis of LBH589 lactate is provided in FIG. A. A nomenclature reference index of the intermediates is provided below in the Nomenclature Reference Index:

 

Nomenclature reference index
Compound Chemical name
1 4-Bromo-benzaldehyde
2 Methyl acrylate
3 (2E)-3-(formylphenyl)-2-propenoic acid, methyl ester
4 3-[4-[[[2-(2-Methyl-1H-indol-3-
yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2-
propenoic acid, methyl ester, monohydrochloride
5 (2E)-N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-
yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2-propenamide
6 2-hydroxypropanoic acid, compd. with 2(E)-N-
hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-
indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2-propenamide
Z3a 2-Methyl-1H-indole-3-ethanamine
Z3b 5-Chloro-2-pentanone
Z3c Phenylhydrazine

The manufacture of LBH589 lactate (6) drug substance is via a convergent synthesis; the point of convergence is the condensation of indole-amine Z3a with aldehyde 3.

The synthesis of indole-amine Z3a involves reaction of 5-chloro-2 pentanone (Z3b) with phenylhydrazine (Z3c) in ethanol at reflux (variation of Fischer indole synthesis).

Product isolation is by an extractive work-up followed by crystallization. Preparation of aldehyde 3 is by palladium catalyzed vinylation (Heck-type reaction; Pd(OAc)2/P(o-Tol)3/Bu3N in refluxing CH3CN) of 4-bromo-benzyladehyde (1) with methyl acrylate (2) with product isolation via precipitation from dilute HCl solution. Intermediates Z3a and 3 are then condensed to an imine intermediate, which is reduced using sodium borohydride in methanol below 0° C. (reductive amination). The product indole-ester 4, isolated by precipitation from dilute HCl, is recrystallized from methanol/water, if necessary. The indole ester 4 is converted to crude LBH589 free base 5 via reaction with hydroxylamine and sodium hydroxide in water/methanol below 0° C. The crude LBH589 free base 5 is then purified by recrystallization from hot ethanol/water, if necessary. LBH589 free base 5 is treated with 85% aqueous racemic lactic acid and water at ambient temperature. After seeding, the mixture is heated to approximately 65° C., stirred at this temperature and slowly cooled to 45-50° C. The resulting slurry is filtered and washed with water and dried to afford LBH589 lactate (6).

If necessary the LBH589 lactate 6 may be recrystallised once again from water in the presence of 30 mol % racemic lactic acid. Finally the LBH589 lactate is delumped to give the drug substance. If a rework of the LBH589 lactate drug substance 6 is required, the LBH589 lactate salt is treated with sodium hydroxide in ethanol/water to liberate the LBH589 free base 5 followed by lactate salt formation and delumping as described above.

All starting materials, reagents and solvents used in the synthesis of LBH589 lactate are tested according to internal specifications or are purchased from established suppliers against a certificate of analysis.

 

EXAMPLE 7 Formation of Monohydrate Lactate Salt

About 40 to 50 mg of N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide free base was suspended in 1 ml of a solvent as listed in Table 7. A stoichiometric amount of lactic acid was subsequently added to the suspension. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature and when a clear solution formed, stirring continued at 4° C. Solids were collected by filtration and analyzed by XRPD, TGA and 1H-NMR.

 

TABLE 7
LOD, %
Physical Crystallinity (Tdesolvation)
Solvent T, ° C. Appear. and Form Tdecomposit. 1H-NMR
IPA 4 FFP excellent 4.3 (79.3)
HA 156.3
Acetone 4 FFP excellent 4.5 (77.8) 4.18 (Hbz)
HA 149.5

 

The salt forming reaction in isopropyl alcohol and acetone at 4° C. produced a stoichiometric (1:1) lactate salt, a monohydrate. The salt is crystalline, begins to dehydrate above 77° C., and decomposes above 150° C.

EXAMPLE 18 Formation of Anhydrous Lactate Salt

DL-lactic acid (4.0 g, 85% solution in water, corresponding to 3.4 g pure DL-lactic acid) is diluted with water (27.2 g), and the solution is heated to 90° C. (inner temperature) for 15 hours. The solution is allowed to cool down to room temperature and is used as lactic acid solution for the following salt formation step.

N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide free base (10.0 g) is placed in a 4-necked reaction flask with mechanical stirrer. Demineralized water (110.5 g) is added, and the suspension is heated to 65° C. (inner temperature) within 30 minutes. The DL-lactic acid solution is added to this suspension during 30 min at 65° C. During the addition of the lactate salt solution, the suspension converted into a solution. The addition funnel is rinsed with demineralized water (9.1 g), and the solution is stirred at 65° C. for an additional 30 minutes. The solution is cooled down to 45° C. (inner temperature) and seed crystals (10 mg N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide lactate monohydrate) are added at this temperature. The suspension is cooled down to 33° C. and is stirred for additional 20 hours at this temperature. The suspension is re-heated to 65° C., stirred for 1 hour at this temperature and is cooled to 33° C. within 1 hour. After additional stirring for 3 hours at 33° C., the product is isolated by filtration, and the filter cake is washed with demineralized water (2×20 g). The wet filter-cake is dried in vacuo at 50° C. to obtain the anhydrous N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide lactate salt as a crystalline product. The product is identical to the monohydrate salt (form HA) in HPLC and in 1H-NMR, with the exception of the integrals of water signals in the 1H-NMR spectra.

In additional salt formation experiments carried out according to the procedure described above, the product solution was filtered at 65° C. before cooling to 45° C., seeding and crystallization. In all cases, form A (anhydrate form) was obtained as product.

EXAMPLE 19 Formation of Anhydrous Lactate Salt

DL-lactic acid (2.0 g, 85% solution in water, corresponding to 1.7 g pure DL-lactic acid) is diluted with water (13.6 g), and the solution is heated to 90° C. (inner temperature) for 15 hours. The solution was allowed to cool down to room temperature and is used as lactic acid solution for the following salt formation step.

N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide free base (5.0 g) is placed in a 4-necked reaction flask with mechanical stirrer. Demineralized water (54.85 g) is added, and the suspension is heated to 48° C. (inner temperature) within 30 minutes. The DL-lactic acid solution is added to this suspension during 30 minutes at 48° C. A solution is formed. Seed crystals are added (as a suspension of 5 mg N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide lactate salt, anhydrate form A, in 0.25 g of water) and stirring is continued for 2 additional hours at 48° C. The temperature is raised to 65° C. (inner temperature) within 30 minutes, and the suspension is stirred for additional 2.5 hours at this temperature. Then the temperature is cooled down to 48° C. within 2 hours, and stirring is continued at this temperature for additional 22 hours. The product is isolated by filtration and the filter cake is washed with demineralized water (2×10 g). The wet filter-cake is dried in vacuo at 50° C. to obtain anhydrous N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide lactate salt (form A) as a crystalline product.

EXAMPLE 20 Conversion of Monohydrate Lactate Salt to Anhydrous Lactate Salt

DL-lactic acid (0.59 g, 85% solution in water, corresponding to 0.5 g pure DL-lactic acid) is diluted with water (4.1 g), and the solution is heated to 90° C. (inner temperature) for 15 hours. The solution is allowed to cool down to room temperature and is used as lactic acid solution for the following salt formation step.

10 g of N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide lactate salt monohydrate is placed in a 4-necked reaction flask. Water (110.9 g) is added, followed by the addition of the lactic acid solution. The addition funnel of the lactic acid is rinsed with water (15.65 g). The suspension is heated to 82° C. (inner temperature) to obtain a solution. The solution is stirred for 15 minutes at 82° C. and is hot filtered into another reaction flask to obtain a clear solution. The temperature is cooled down to 50° C., and seed crystals are added (as a suspension of 10 mg N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide lactate salt, anhydrate form, in 0.5 g of water). The temperature is cooled down to 33° C. and stirring is continued for additional 19 hours at this temperature. The formed suspension is heated again to 65° C. (inner temperature) within 45 minutes, stirred at 65° C. for 1 hour and cooled down to 33° C. within 1 hour. After stirring at 33° C. for additional 3 hours, the product is isolated by filtration and the wet filter cake is washed with water (50 g). The product is dried in vacuo at 50° C. to obtain crystalline anhydrous N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl) ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide lactate salt (form A).

EXAMPLE 21 Formation of Anhydrous Lactate Salt

DL-lactic acid (8.0 g, 85% solution in water, corresponding to 6.8 g pure DL-lactic acid) was diluted with water (54.4 g), and the solution was heated to 90° C. (inner temperature) for 15 hours. The solution was allowed to cool down to room temperature and was used as lactic acid solution for the following salt formation step.

N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide (20 g) is placed in a 1 L glass reactor, and ethanol/water (209.4 g of a 1:1 w/w mixture) is added. The light yellow suspension is heated to 60° C. (inner temperature) within 30 minutes, and the lactic acid solution is added during 30 minutes at this temperature. The addition funnel is rinsed with water (10 g). The solution is cooled to 38° C. within 2 hours, and seed crystals (20 mg of N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide lactate salt, anhydrate form) are added at 38° C. After stirring at 38° C. for additional 2 hours, the mixture is cooled down to 25° C. within 6 hours. Cooling is continued from 25° C. to 10° C. within 5 hours, from 10° C. to 5° C. within 4 hours and from 5° C. to 2° C. within 1 hour. The suspension is stirred for additional 2 hours at 2° C., and the product is isolated by filtration. The wet filter cake is washed with water (2×30 g), and the product is dried in vacuo at 45° C. to obtain crystalline anhydrous N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide lactate salt (form A).

EXAMPLE 28 Formation of Lactate Monohydrate Salt

3.67 g (10 mmol) of the free base monohydrate (N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl) ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide) and 75 ml of acetone were charged in a 250 ml 3-neck flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer and an addition funnel. To the stirred suspension were added dropwise 10 ml of 1 M lactic acid in water (10 mmol) dissolved in 20 ml acetone, affording a clear solution. Stirring continued at ambient and a white solid precipitated out after approximately 1 hour. The mixture was cooled in an ice bath and stirred for an additional hour. The white solid was recovered by filtration and washed once with cold acetone (15 ml). It was subsequently dried under vacuum to yield 3.94 g of the lactate monohydrate salt of N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[[2-(2-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]-2E-2-propenamide (86.2%).

 

References

  1. Revill, P; Mealy, N; Serradell, N; Bolos, J; Rosa, E (2007). “Panobinostat”Drugs of the Future 32 (4): 315. doi:10.1358/dof.2007.032.04.1094476ISSN 0377-8282.
  2.  Table 3: Select epigenetic inhibitors in various stages of development from Mack, G. S. (2010). “To selectivity and beyond”. Nature Biotechnology 28 (12): 1259–1266.doi:10.1038/nbt.1724PMID 21139608edit
  3.  ClinicalTrials.gov NCT00425555 Study of Oral LBH589 in Adult Patients With Refractory Cutaneous T-Cell Lymphoma
  4.  ClinicalTrials.gov: LBH-589
  5.  Prince, HM; M Bishton (2009). “Panobinostat (LBH589): a novel pan-deacetylase inhibitor with activity in T cell lymphoma”Hematology Meeting Reports (Parkville, Australia: Peter MacCallum Cancer Centre and University of Melbourne) 3 (1): 33–38.
  6.  Simons, J (27 April 2013). “Scientists on brink of HIV cure”. The Telegraph.
  7.  ClinicalTrials.gov NCT01680094 Safety and Effect of The HDAC Inhibitor Panobinostat on HIV-1 Expression in Patients on Suppressive HAART (CLEAR)
  8.  Mayo Clinic Researchers Formulate Treatment Combination Lethal To Pancreatic Cancer Cells
  9.  Garbes, L; Riessland, M; Hölker, I; Heller, R; Hauke, J; Tränkle, Ch; Coras, R; Blümcke, I; Hahnen, E; Wirth, B (2009). “LBH589 induces up to 10-fold SMN protein levels by several independent mechanisms and is effective even in cells from SMA patients non-responsive to valproate”Human Molecular Genetics 18 (19): 3645–3658. doi:10.1093/hmg/ddp313.PMID 19584083.
  10.  Tate, CR; Rhodes, LV; Segar, HC; Driver, JL; Pounder, FN; Burow, ME; and Collins-Burow, BM (2012). “Targeting triple-negative breast cancer cells with the histone deacetylase inhibitor panobinostat”Breast Cancer Research 14 (3).
  11.  TA Rasmussen, et al. Comparison of HDAC inhibitors in clinical development: Effect on HIV production in latently infected cells and T-cell activation. Human Vaccines & Immunotherapeutics 9:5, 1-9, May 2013.
  12. Drugs of the Future 32(4): 315-322 (2007)
  13. WO 2002022577…
  14. WO 2007146718
  15. WO 2013110280
  16. WO 2010009285
  17. WO 2010009280
  18. WO 2005013958
  19. WO 2004103358
  20. WO 2003048774…
  21. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2011 ,  vol. 54,  13  pg. 4694 – 4720
  22. 11-26-2012
    Selective histone deacetylase 6 inhibitors bearing substituted urea linkers inhibit melanoma cell growth.
    Journal of medicinal chemistry
  23. 7-14-2011
    Discovery of (2E)-3-{2-butyl-1-[2-(diethylamino)ethyl]-1H-benzimidazol-5-yl}-N-hydroxyacrylamide (SB939), an orally active histone deacetylase inhibitor with a superior preclinical profile.
    Journal of medicinal chemistry
  24. 4-28-2011
    Discovery, synthesis, and pharmacological evaluation of spiropiperidine hydroxamic acid based derivatives as structurally novel histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitors.
    Journal of medicinal chemistry
  25. 4-23-2009
    Identification and characterization of small molecule inhibitors of a class I histone deacetylase from Plasmodium falciparum.
    Journal of medicinal chemistry
  26. 1-1-2005
    The American Society of Hematology–46th Annual Meeting and Exposition. HDAC, Flt and farnesyl transferase inhibitors.
    IDrugs : the investigational drugs journal
  27. 8-3-2011
    PROCESS FOR MAKING SALTS OF N-HYDROXY-3-[4-[[[2-(2-METHYL-1H-INDOL-3-YL)ETHYL]AMINO]METHYL]PHENYL]-2E-2-PROPENAMIDE
    11-12-2010
    SALTS OF N-HYDROXY-3-[4-[[[2-(2-METHYL-1H-INDOL-3-YL)ETHYL]AMINO]METHYL]PHENYL]-2E-2-PROPENAMIDE
    7-16-2010
    Use of HDAC Inhibitors for the Treatment of Bone Destruction
    6-25-2010
    USE OF HDAC INHIBITORS FOR THE TREATMENT OF MYELOMA
    6-4-2010
    USE OF HDAC INHIBITORS FOR THE TREATMENT OF GASTROINTESTINAL CANCERS
    12-11-2009
    PROCESS FOR MAKING N-HYDROXY-3-[4-[[[2-(2-METHYL-1H-INDOL-3-YL)ETHYL]AMINO]METHYL]PHENYL]-2E-2-PROPENAMIDE AND STARTING MATERIALS THEREFOR
    11-13-2009
    USE OF HDAC INHIBITORS FOR THE TREATMENT OF LYMPHOMAS
    10-23-2009
    Combination of a) N–4-(3-pyridyl)-2-pyrimidine-amine and b) a histone deacetylase inhibitor for the treatment of leukemia
    8-7-2009
    SALTS OF N-HYDROXY-3-[4-[[[2-(2-METHYL-1H-INDOL-3-YL)ETHYL]AMINO]METHYL]PHENYL]-2E-2-PROPENAMIDE
    1-9-2009
    Method of Use of Deacetylase Inhibitors
12-26-2008
Combination of Histone Deacetylase Inhibitors and Radiation
9-12-2008
Use of Hdac Inhibitors for the Treatment of Myeloma
7-25-2008
DEACETYLASE INHIBITORS
8-25-2006
Deacetylase inhibitors
6-28-2006
Deacetylase inhibitors
5-12-2006
Combination of a) n-{5-[4-(4-methyl-piperazino-methyl)-benzoylamido]2-methylphenyl}-4- (3-pyridyl)-2-pyrimidine-amine and b) a histone deacetylase inhibitor for the treatment of leukemia
12-22-2004
Deacetylase inhibitors
4-23-2003
Deacetylase inhibitors
GB776693A Title not available
GB891413A Title not available
GB2185020A Title not available
WO2002022577A2 Aug 30, 2001 Mar 21, 2002 Kenneth Walter Bair Hydroxamate derivatives useful as deacetylase inhibitors
WO2003016307A1 Aug 6, 2002 Aug 19, 1993 Jolie Anne Bastian β3 ADRENERGIC AGONISTS
WO2003039599A1 Nov 5, 2002 May 15, 2003 Ying-Nan Pan Chen Cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitor/histone deacetylase inhibitor combination
WO2005105740A2 Apr 26, 2005 Nov 10, 2005 Serguei Fine Preparation of tegaserod and tegaserod maleate
WO2006021397A1 Aug 22, 2005 Mar 2, 2006 Recordati Ireland Ltd Lercanidipine salts

…………………………………..

extras

5. Mocetinostat (MGCD0103), including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Balasubramanian et al., Cancer Letters 280: 211-221 (2009).
Mocetinostat, has the following chemical structure and name:

 

Figure US20130266649A1-20131010-C00007
,………………………………

Vorinostat, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Marks et al., Nature Biotechnology 25, 84 to 90 (2007); Stenger, Community Oncology 4, 384-386 (2007).
Vorinostat has the following chemical structure and name:

 

Figure US20130266649A1-20131010-C00003
………………………

Belinostat (PXD-101 , PX-105684)

(2E)-3-[3-(anilinosulfonyl)phenyl]-N-hydroxyacrylamide

Figure imgf000014_0001

……………………………………………….

Dacinostat (LAQ-824, NVP-LAQ824,)

((E)-N-hydroxy-3-[4-[[2-hydroxyethyl-[2-(1 H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]amino]methyl]phenyl]prop-2-enamide

 

Figure imgf000014_0002
…………………………………………

Entinostat (MS-275, SNDX-275, MS-27-275)

4-(2-aminophenylcarbamoyl)benzylcarbamate

Figure imgf000015_0001
………………….

(a) The HDAC inhibitor Vorinostat™ or a salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof.

Figure imgf000270_0001

Vorinostat………………..

 

(b) The HDAC inhibitor Givinostat or a salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof.

Figure imgf000270_0002

Givinostat or a salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof.

……………………………………………
…………………………..

Share

VORINOSTAT

$
0
0

Vorinostat

Zolinza, SAHA, suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid, Suberanilohydroxamic acid, N-hydroxy-N’-phenyloctanediamide

US patent 5369108, PDT PATENT

For the treatment of cutaneous manifestations in patients with cutaneous T-cell lymphoma who have progressive, persistent or recurrent disease on or following two systemic therapies. Inhibits histone deacetylase I & 3. 

  • CCRIS 8456
  • HSDB 7930
  • M344
  • N-Hydroxy-N’-phenyloctanediamide
  • SAHA
  • SAHA cpd
  • Suberanilohydroxamic acid
  • suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
  • UNII-58IFB293JI
N-hydroxy-N‘-phenyl-octanediamide
Trade names Zolinza, 100 MG, CAPSULE, ORAL
   ZOLINZA (VORINOSTAT) [Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp.]
MedlinePlus a607050
Licence data US FDA:link
   LAUNCHED 2006 MERCKhttp://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2011/021991s002lbl.pdf
Legal status -only (US)
Routes Oral
Pharmacokinetic data
Protein binding 71%
Metabolism Hepatic glucuronidation andoxidation
CYP system not involved
Half-life 2 hours
Excretion Renal (negligible)
Identifiers
CAS number 149647-78-9 
ATC code L01XX38
 
Chemical data
Formula C14H20N2O3 
Mol. mass 264.32 g/mol

CLINICAL TRIALS..http://clinicaltrials.gov/search/intervention=Vorinostat

 

Vorinostat (rINN) also known as suberanilohydroxamic acid (suberoyl+anilide+hydroxamic acid abbreviated as SAHA) is a member of a larger class of compounds that inhibit histone deacetylases (HDAC). Histone deacetylase inhibitors (HDI) have a broad spectrum of epigenetic activities.

Vorinostat is marketed under the name Zolinza for the treatment of cutaneous T cell lymphoma (CTCL) when the disease persists, gets worse, or comes back during or after treatment with other medicines.[1] The compound was developed by Columbia University chemist, Ronald Breslow.

VORINOSTAT

Vorinostat was the first histone deacetylase inhibitor[2] approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) for the treatment of CTCL on October 6, 2006. It is manufactured by Patheon, Inc., in MississaugaOntarioCanada, for Merck & Co., Inc.White House Station, New Jersey.[3]

ZOLINZA contains vorinostat, which is described chemically as N-hydroxy-N’-phenyloctanediamide. The empirical formula is C14H20N2O3. The molecular weight is 264.32 and the structural formula is:

 

 

ZOLINZA® (vorinostat) Structural Formula Illustration

 

Vorinostat is a white to light orange powder. It is very slightly soluble in water, slightly soluble in ethanol, isopropanol and acetone, freely soluble in dimethyl sulfoxide and insoluble in methylene chloride. It has no chiral centers and is non-hygroscopic. The differential scanning calorimetry ranged from 161.7 (endotherm) to 163.9°C. The pH of saturated water solutions of vorinostat drug substance was 6.6. The pKa of vorinostat was determined to be 9.2.

Each 100 mg ZOLINZA capsule for oral administration contains 100 mg vorinostat and the following inactive ingredients: microcrystalline cellulose, sodium croscarmellose and magnesium stearate. The capsule shell excipients are titanium dioxide, gelatin and sodium lauryl sulfate.

Vorinostat has been shown to bind to the active site of histone deacetylases and act as a chelator for Zinc ions also found in the active site of histone deacetylases [4] Vorinostat’s inhibition of histone deacetylases results in the accumulation of acetylated histones and acetylated proteins, including transcription factors crucial for the expression of genes needed to induce cell differentiation. [4]
SAHA inhibits class I and class II HDACs at nanomolar concentrations and arrests cell growth in a wide variety of transformed cells in culture at 2.5-5.0 µM. This compound efficiently suppressed MES-SA cell growth at a low dosage (3 µM) already after 24 hours treatment. Decrease of cell survival was even more pronounced after prolonged treatment and reached 9% and 2% after 48 and 72 hours of treatment, respectively. Colony forming capability of MES-SA cells treated with 3 µM vorinostat for 24 and 48 hours was significantly diminished and blocked after 72 hours.

Vorinostat has also been used to treat Sézary syndrome, another type of lymphoma closely related to CTCL.[5]

A recent study suggested that vorinostat also possesses some activity against recurrent glioblastoma multiforme, resulting in a median overall survival of 5.7 months (compared to 4 – 4.4 months in earlier studies).[6] Further brain tumor trials are planned in which vorinostat will be combined with other drugs.

Including vorinostat in treatment of advanced non-small-cell lung cancer (NSCLC) showed improved response rates and increased median progression free survival and overall survival (although the survival improvements were not significant at the P=0.05 level).[7]

It has given encouraging results in a phase II trial for myelodysplastic syndromes in combination with Idarubicin and Cytarabine.[8]

Vorinostat is an interesting target for scientists interested in eradicating HIV from infected persons.[9] Vorinostat was recently shown to have both in vitro and in vivo effects against latently HIV infected T-cells.[10][11]

Vorinostat, represented by structural formula (I) and chemically named as N-hydroxy-N’- phenyl-octanediamide or suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (SAElA), is a member of a larger class of compounds that inhibit histone deacetylases (HDAC). Histone deacetylase inhibitors (HDI) have a broad spectrum of epigenetic activities and vorinostat is marketed, under the brand name Zolinza®, for the treatment of a type of skin cancer called cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL). Vorinostat is approved to be used when the disease persists, gets worse, or comes back during or after treatment with other medicines. Vorinostat has also been used to treat Sέzary’s disease and, in addition, possesses some activity against recurrent glioblastoma multiforme.

 

Figure imgf000002_0001

Vorinostat was first described in US patent 5369108, wherein four different synthetic routes for the preparation of vorinostat are disclosed (Schemes 1 to 4).

The single step process illustrated in Scheme 1 involves coupling of the diacid chloride of suberic acid with aniline and hydiOxylamine hydrochloride. However, the yield of this reaction is only 15-30%.

Figure imgf000003_0001

Scheme 1

The multistep process illustrated in Scheme 2 begins with the monomethyl ester of suberic acid, which undergoes conversion to the corresponding acid chloride. Further coupling with aniline gives the methyl ester of suberanilic acid. Hydrolysis of the ester and further coupling with benzyl protected hydroxylamine gives benzyl protected vorinostat which on deprotection gives vorinostat.

HO. (CH2J6 OMe . ,OOMM e

O O

Figure imgf000003_0002
Figure imgf000003_0003
Figure imgf000003_0004

Scheme 2

In addition to the disadvantage of being a five-step process with overall yields reported as 35-65%, this process suffers from further disadvantages such as the use of the expensive monomethyl ester of suberic acid.

Figure imgf000004_0001

Scheme 3

The two step process illustrated in Scheme 3 involves coupling of the diacid chloride of suberic acid with aniline and O-benzyl hydroxylamine and then deprotection. However, the overall yield of this reaction is only 20-35%.

 

Figure imgf000004_0002

Scheme 4

The process illustrated in Scheme 4 is similar to that illustrated in Scheme 3, with the exception that O-trimethylsilyl hydroxylamine was used instead of O-benzyl hydroxylamine. The overall yield of this reaction is reported as 20-33%.

Another process for the preparation of vorinostat has been reported in J. Med. Chem.,

1995, vol. 38(8), pages 1411-1413. The reported process, illustrated in Scheme 5, begins with the conversion of suberic acid to suberanilic acid by a high temperature melt reaction.

Suberanilic acid is further converted to the corresponding methyl ester using Dowex resin and the methyl ester of suberanilic acid thus formed is converted to vorinostat by treatment with hydroxylamine hydrochloride. However, this process employs high temperatures (1900C) in the preparation of vorinostat which adds to the inefficiency and high processing costs on commercial scale. The high temperatures also increase the likelihood of impurities being formed during manufacture and safety concerns. The overall yield reported was a poor 35%.

 

Figure imgf000005_0001

MeOH, Dowex, 22 hours

Figure imgf000005_0002

 

Figure imgf000005_0003

Scheme 5

Another process for the preparation of vorinostat has been reported in OPPI Briefs, 2001, vol. 33(4), pages 391-394. The reported process, illustrated in Scheme 6, involves conversion of suberic acid to suberic anhydride, which on treatment with aniline gives suberanilic acid. Coupling of this suberanilic acid with ethyl chloroformate gives a mixed anhydride which upon treatment with hydroxylamine gives vorinostat in an overall yield of 58%. In the first step, there is competition between the formation of suberic anhydride and the linear anhydride and consequently isolation of pure suberic anhydride from the reaction mixture is very difficult. This process step is also hindered by the formation of process impurities and competitive reactions. In the second step, there is formation of dianilide by reaction of two moles of aniline with the linear anhydride. In the third step, suberanilic acid is an inconvenient by-product as the suberanilic acid is converted to a mixed anhydride with ethyl chloroformate, which is highly unstable and is converted back into suberanilic acid. Consequently, it is very difficult to obtain pure vorinostat from the reaction mixture. Although the reported yield was claimed to be 58%, when repeated a yield of only 38% was obtained.

 

Figure imgf000006_0001

Scheme 6

A further process for the preparation of vorinostat has been reported in J. Med. Chem., 2005, vol. 48(15), pages 5047-5051. The reported process, illustrated in Scheme 7, involves conversion of monomethyl suberate to monomethyl suberanilic acid, followed by coupling with hydroxylamine hydrochloride to afford vorinostat in an overall yield of 79%. However, the process uses the expensive monomethyl ester of suberic acid as starting material.

HOBt, DCC, DMF, RT, 4 hours

Figure imgf000006_0002
Figure imgf000006_0003

 

Figure imgf000006_0004
Processes for the preparation of vorinostat, and its form 1 crystalline polymorph, have been disclosed in patent applications US 2004/0122101 and WO 2006/127319. However, the disclosed processes, comprising the preparation of vorinostat from suberic acid, are a cumbersome three step process comprising the sequential steps of amidation of suberic acid with aniline, esterification of the mono-amide product with methanol, and finally reaction with hydroxylamine hydrochloride and sodium methoxide to afford vorinostat. This process is not very convenient as it involves elevated temperatures, lengthy reaction times and has a low overall yield of around 23%. In addition, the intermediate products and final product are not very pure and require exhaustive purification steps.

…………………….

VORINOSTAT

http://www.google.com/patents/EP2349985A2

A preferred embodiment of the first aspect of the present invention is illustrated in Scheme

 

Figure imgf000016_0001

suberic acid subefanilic acid      NH2OHHCl, CDI

Figure imgf000016_0002

suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (T)

Scheme 8

Optionally, an activating agent can be used in step (a) and/ or step (b) to afford products with high yields and purity. Preferably, the activating agent is selected from cyanuric chloride, cyanuric fluoride, catecholborane, or a mixture thereof. The activating agent is preferably used in combination with the coupling agent. A preferred embodiment of the process according to the first aspect of the present invention comprises the following steps:

(i) taking a mixture of THF, CDI and DCC;

(ii) adding suberic acid; (iii) adding aniline in THF to the solution from step (ii);

(iv) stirring at 25-30°C;

(v) filtering off the solid dicyclohexyl urea formed in the reaction;

(vi) concentrating the filtrate in vacuo;

(vii) adding a solution of KOH in water; (vϋi) filtering off the solid by-product;

(ix) heating the filtrate;

(x) adding aq. HCl;

(xi) isolating suberanilic acid;

(xii) mixing the suberanilic acid and CDI in DMF; (xiii) adding hydroxylamine hydrochloride as solid to the mixture from step (xii);

(xiv) isolating vorinostat from the mixture obtained in step (xiii);

(xv) adding acetonitrile and aq. ammonia to the vorinostat from step (xiv);

(xvi) heating the mixture;

(xvii) cooling the mixture to 20-27°C; and (xvϋi) isolating pure vorinostat from the mixture obtained in step (xvii).

Preferably, by utilising the same organic solvent in steps (a) and (b), pure vorinostat can be obtained without isolation of any synthetic intermediate^).

A preferred embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention is illustrated in Scheme 9.

Figure imgf000018_0001

suberic acid N-hydtoxy-7-carboxy-heptanamide

Figure imgf000018_0002

Example 1

Stage 1 : Conversion of suberic acid to suberanilic acid

A mixture of CDI (0.5eq) and DCC (0.8eq) in THF (15 vol) was stirred for 1 hour at 25- 3O0C. Suberic acid (leq) and aniline (leq) in THF (1 vol) was added and the mixture stirred for a further 16-20 hours. The solid by-product was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo at 5O0C. The solid residue obtained was treated with a solution of KOH (2eq) in water (10 vol) and stirred for 30 minutes at 25-300C and any solid byproduct formed was removed by filtration. The filtrate obtained was heated at 6O0C for 3-4 hours and cooled to 200C before addition of an aqueous solution of HCl (17.5%, 3 vol). The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes and the solid filtered, washed with water (2×5 vol) and dried under vacuum at 60-650C. Molar Yield = 60-65% Purity by HPLC = 99.5%

Stage 2: Conversion of suberanilic acid to crude vorinostat The suberanilic acid (leq) obtained in stage 1 was dissolved in DMF (5 vol) and CDI (2eq) was added at 25-3O0C and maintained for 30 minutes under stirring. Hydroxylamine hydrochloride (4eq) was added and stirring continued for 30 minutes. Water (25 vol) was then added and the mixture stirred for 2 hours. The precipitated solid was filtered, washed with water (2×5 vol) and dried under vacuum at 500C. Molar Yield = 70-75% Purity by HPLC = 99% Stage 3: Purification of crude vorinostat

Aqueous ammonia (2.5 vol) was added to the crude vorinostat (leq) in acetonitrile (15 vol) at 25-30°C. The mixture was then maintained at 55-60°C for 1 hour before being cooled to 20-25°C and being stirred for a further hour. The resulting solid was filtered, washed with acetonitrile (2×0.5 vol) and dried under vacuum at 45-5O0C for 5 hours. Molar Yield = 55-60% Purity by HPLC > 99.8%

Example 2

Stage 1 : Conversion of suberic acid to crude vorinostat

A mixture of CDI (0.5eq) and DCC (0.8eq) in THF (15 vol) was stirred for 1 hour at 25- 30°C. Suberic acid (leq) and hydroxylamine (leq) in THF (1 vol) was added and the mixture stirred for a further 1 hour. Then CDI (0.5eq), DCC (0.8eq) and aniline (leq) were added to the mixture and the mixture was stirred for a further 16-20 hours. The solid byproduct was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo at 50°C to obtain crude vorinostat. Molar Yield = 55-60% Purity by HPLC > 95.8%

Stage 2: Purification of crude vorinostat

Aqueous ammonia (2.5 vol) was added to the crude vorinostat (leq) in acetonitrile (15 vol) at 25-3O0C. The mixture was then maintained at 55-600C for 1 hour before being cooled to 20-250C and being stirred for a further hour. The resulting solid was filtered, washed with acetonitrile (2×0.5 vol) and dried under vacuum at 45-500C for 5 hours. Molar Yield = 35-40% Purity by HPLC > 99.8%

…………………………………….

SYNTHESIS

/WO2009098515A1

Scheme V. – -

 

Figure imgf000012_0001

Vorinostat

Suberic acid (l.Oeq) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (15vol) and the clear solution was chilled to 0-5°C. Methyl chloro formate (l.leq) and triethylamine (1.1 eq) were added to the solution at the same temperature and the mixture was stirred for 15 minutes. The triethylamine.HCl salt formed was filtered off, then aniline (leq) was added to the reaction mixture at 0-50C and stirring was continued for 15 minutes. Methyl chloroformate (l.leq) and triethylamine (l.leq) were added to the clear solution and stirring was continued for a further 15 minutes at 0-5°C. This chilled reaction mixture was added to a freshly prepared hydroxylamine solution in methanol (*see below) chilled to 0-5°C and stirred for 15 minutes at 0-5°C. The solvent was removed under vacuum at 40°C and the residue obtained was taken in methylene dichloride and the organic solution was washed with water and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Methylene dichloride was removed under vacuum at 40°C and acetonitrile was added to the residue. This mixture was stirred for 15 minutes before the solid was filtered under vacuum and dried under vacuum at 60°C to afford the product as a white solid. Molar yield = 35-41%; HPLC purity = 99.90%.

VORINOSTAT

1H-NMR (DMSO-d6): 1.27 (m, 4H, 2 x -CH2-), 1.53 (m, 4H, 2 x -CH2-), 1.94 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 2H, -CH2-), 2.29 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 2H, -CH2-), 7.03 (t, J = 7.35 Hz, IH, aromatic para position), 7.27 (t, J = 7.90 Hz, 2H, aromatic meta position), 7.58 (t, J = 7.65 Hz, 2H, aromatic ortho position), 8.66 (s, IH, -OH, D2O exchangeable), 9.85 (s, IH, amide -NH-, D2O exchangeable), 10.33 (s, IH, -NH-OH, D2O exchangeable).

13C-NMR (DMSO-d6): 25.04 (2C, 2 x -CH2-), 28.43 (2C, 2 x -CH2-), 32.24 (1C, -CH2-), 36.34 (1C, -CH2-), 119.01 (2C, Ar-C), 122.96 (1C, Ar-C), 128.68 (2C, Ar-C), 139.24 (1C, Ar- C, =CNH-), 169.23 (1C, -CO-), 171.50 (1C, -CO-).

*Preparation of hydroxylamine solution:

Potassium hydroxide (l.leq) was added to methanol (8vol) and the solution was chilled to 0-5°C. Similarly hydroxylamine hydrochloride (l.leq) was added to methanol (8vol) and chilled to 0-5°C. The chilled amine solution was added to the chilled alkali solution and stirred for 15 minutes at 0-50C. The white potassium chloride salt was filtered off and the filtrate was used as such.

……………………………………………………..
POLYMORPHS
The present invention is directed to a Form I polymorph of SAHA characterized by an X-ray diffraction pattern substantially similar to that set forth in FIG. 13A. SAHA Form I is also characterized by an X-ray diffraction pattern including characteristic peaks at about at about 9.0, 9.4, 17.5, 19.4, 20.0, 24.0, 24.4, 24.8, 25.0, 28.0, and 43.3 degrees 2θ. SAHA Form I is further characterized by an X-ray diffraction pattern including characteristic peaks at about 9.0, 9.4, 17.5, 19.4, 20.0, 24.0, 24.4, 24.8, 25.0, 28.0, 43.3 degrees 20, and lacking at least one peak at about <8.7, 10.0-10.2, 13.4-14.0, 15.0-15.2, 17.5-19.0, 20.1-20.3, 21.1-21.3, 22.0-22.22, 22.7-23.0, 25.0-25.5, 26.0-26.2, and 27.4-27.6 degrees 2θ.
………………………………………………………

SPECTRAL DATA AND SYNTHESIS

Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2011 ,  vol. 54,  13  pg. 4694 – 4720

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/full/10.1021/jm2003552

 http://pubs.acs.org/doi/suppl/10.1021/jm2003552/suppl_file/jm2003552_si_001.pdf

for structures see above link

Suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (26, SAHA, vorinostat).

Suberic acid monomethyl ester (23) (15.09 g, 80.2 mmol) and DMF (0.10 mL) in anhydrous
DCM (300 mL) was added SOCl2 (34.6 mL, 0.481 mol), and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 3
h. The mixture was then concentrated. Toluene (300 mL) was added to the residue and evaporated
to afford crude acid chloride 24. Crude 24 was dissolved in DCM (240 mL), and followed by
addition of aniline (7.3 mL, 80.2 mmol) and Et3N (16.9 mL, 0.120 mol). The reaction mixture was
stirred for 90 min at room temp. The course of reaction was monitored by TLC (30% EtOAc in
hexanes) and LC–MS. DCM was removed, and ethyl acetate (500 mL) was added to dissolve the
residue. The organic layer was washed with aqueous NaHCO3 (500 mL × 2), 1 N HCl (400 mL × 2),
water, dried (Na2SO4), and evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was purified
by vacuum liquid chromatography (silica, 20% EtOAc in hexanes) to afford compound 25as white crystalline solids (20.15 g, 96 %). NaOMe in MeOH solution (5.4 M, 106 mL, 0.573 mol) was added to a solution of compound 25 (10.05 g, 38.2 mmol) and NH2OH·HCl (26.54 g, 0.382 mol) in

dry MeOH (375 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 40 min at room temp. The reaction was
quenched by adding of 1 N HCl to pH 7–8. MeOH was removed under reduced pressure and water
(1 L) was added to the residue. The precipitated solid was filtered and washed with water (300 mL)
and EtOAc (150 mL) to afford crude 26 which was further purified by recrystallization. MeOH (200
mL) was added to crude 26 (5 g) and warmed to dissolve all solids. The MeOH solution was filtered,

and deionized water (400 mL) was added to the filtrate, the resulting solution was placed at 4 oC
overnight. Crystals obtained were filtered and washed with deionized water (100 mL) to afford pure
26 (vorinostat, SAHA) as off-white crystals. Overall yield: 80–85% from compound 23. Compound
26,

LC–MS m/z 265.1 ([M + H]+).

1H NMR (DMSO-d6)  10.35 (1H, s), 9.86 (1H, s), 8.68 (1H, s),
7.58 (2H, d, J = 7.6 Hz), 7.28 (2H, t, J = 7.5 Hz), 7.02 (1H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 2.29 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz),
1.94 (2H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.57 (2H, m), 1.49 (2H, m), 1.33 – 1.20 (2H, m); 13C NMR (DMSO-d6) 
171.2, 169.1, 139.3, 128.6, 122.9, 119.0, 36.3, 32.2, 28.4, 28.3, 25.0. Anal. (C10H20N2O3) C, H, N.

 

………………………………………………………….

References

  1.  “ZOLINZA, Merck’s Investigational Medicine for Advanced Cutaneous T-Cell Lymphoma (CTCL), To Receive Priority Review from U.S. Food and Drug Administration” (Press release). Merck & Co. June 7, 2006. Retrieved 2006-10-06.
  2.  HDAC Inhibitors Base (vorinostat)
  3.  “FDA Approves New Drug for Skin Cancer, Zolinza” (Press release). Food and Drug Administration. October 6, 2006. Retrieved 2006-10-06.
  4.  Richon, Victoria. “Cancer biology: mechanism of antitumour action of vorinostat (suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid), a novel histone deacetylase inhibitor”. British Journal of Cancer. Retrieved 3 May 2012.
  5.  Cuneo A, Castoldi. “Mycosis fungoides/Sezary’s syndrome”. Retrieved 2008-02-15.
  6.  “Vorinostat shows anti-cancer activity in recurrent gliomas” (Press release). Mayo Clinic. June 3, 2007. Retrieved 2007-06-03.
  7.  http://www.rtmagazine.com/reuters_article.asp?id=20091209clin013.html Dec 2009. URL dead Jan 2012
  8.  “Zolinza, Idarubicin, Cytarabine Combination Yields High Response Rates In MDS Patients (ASH 2011)”.
  9.  “Study of the Effect of Vorinostat on HIV RNA Expression in the Resting CD4+ T Cells of HIV+ Pts on Stable ART”ClinicalTrials.gov. 2011-03-21.
  10.  Archin NM, Espeseth A, Parker D, Cheema M, Hazuda D, Margolis DM (2009). “Expression of latent HIV induced by the potent HDAC inhibitor suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid.”AIDS Res Hum Retroviruses 25 (2): 207–12. doi:10.1089/aid.2008.0191PMC 2853863PMID 19239360.
  11.  Contreras X, Schweneker M, Chen CS, McCune JM, Deeks SG, Martin J et al. (2009). “Suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid reactivates HIV from latently infected cells.”J Biol Chem 284 (11): 6782–9.doi:10.1074/jbc.M807898200PMC 2652322PMID 19136668.
  12. Vorinostat bound to proteins in the PDB
  13. J. Med. Chem.,1995, vol. 38(8), pages 1411-1413.
  14. A new simple and high-yield synthesis of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and its inhibitory effect alone or in combination with retinoids on proliferation of human prostate cancer cells
    J Med Chem 2005, 48(15): 5047
  15. A new facile and expeditious synthesis of N-hydroxy-N’-phenyloctanediamide, a potent inducer of terminal cytodifferentiation
    Org Prep Proced Int 2001, 33(4): 391
  16. US patent 5369108, PDT PATENT
  17. WO2007/22408………
  18. WO 1993007148
  19. CN 102344392
United States 7456219     APPROVAL    2006-11-14 EXPIRY 2026-11-14
United States 6087367                        1994-10-04             2011-10-04
Canada 2120619                        2006-11-21             2012-10-05
Patent Patent Expiry pat use code
7399787 Feb 9, 2025 U-892
7456219 Mar 11, 2027
7652069 Mar 4, 2023
7732490 Mar 4, 2023 U-892
7851509 Feb 21, 2024 U-892
8067472 Mar 4, 2023 U-892
8093295 May 16, 2026
8101663 Mar 4, 2023 U-892
RE38506 Nov 29, 2013

U 892 =TREATMENT OF CUTANEOUS MANIFESTATIONS IN PATIENTS WTIH CUTANEOUS T-CELL LYMPHOMA (CTCL)

Exclusivity Code Exclusivity_Date
ODE Oct 6, 2013

 

WO2009098515A1 * Feb 6, 2009 Aug 13, 2009 Generics Uk Ltd Novel process for the preparation of vorinostat

Marks, P.A., Breslow, R. Dimethyl sulfoxide to vorinostat: Development of this histone deacetylase inhibitor as an anticancer drug. Nat Biotech 25(1) 84-90 (2007). DOI: 10.1038/nbt1272
Takashi Kumagai, et al. Histone deacetylase inhibitor, suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid (Vorinostat, SAHA) profoundly inhibits the growth of human pancreatic cancer cells. International Journal of Cancer. 2007 Aug 1;121(3):656-65. DOI: 10.1002/ijc.22558
Hrzenjak A, et al. Histone deacetylase inhibitor vorinostat suppresses the growth of uterine sarcomas in vitro and in vivo. Mol Cancer. 2010 Mar 4;9:49. DOI: 10.1186/1476-4598-9-49

………………………………………………………………………………………

US7148257 Aug 26, 2003 Dec 12, 2006 Merck Hdac Research, Llc Methods of treating mesothelioma with suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
US7375137 Mar 28, 2006 May 20, 2008 Merck Hdac Research, Llc Methods of treating cancer with HDAC inhibitors
US7399787 Jul 9, 2003 Jul 15, 2008 Merck Hdac Research, Llc Methods of treating cancer with HDAC inhibitors
US7456219 Jun 19, 2003 Nov 25, 2008 Merck Hdac Research, Llc Polymorphs of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
US7652069 Oct 30, 2007 Jan 26, 2010 Merck Hdac Research, Llc Polymorphs of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
US7732490 Sep 11, 2007 Jun 8, 2010 Merck Hdac Research, Llc Methods of treating cancer
US7847122 Mar 18, 2008 Dec 7, 2010 Merck Hdac Research, Llc Polymorphs of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
US7851509 Mar 18, 2008 Dec 14, 2010 Merck Hdac Research, Llc Polymorphs of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
US7879865 Nov 18, 2005 Feb 1, 2011 Sloan-Kettering Institute For Cancer Research Treatment of cancer of the brain using histone deacetylase inhibitors
US7998957 Feb 6, 2008 Aug 16, 2011 Lixte Biotechnology, Inc. Oxabicycloheptanes and oxabicylcoheptenes, their preparation and use
US8058268 Jul 29, 2009 Nov 15, 2011 Lixte Biotechnology, Inc. Neuroprotective agents for the prevention and treatment of neurodegenerative diseases
US8067472 Apr 23, 2010 Nov 29, 2011 Merck Hdac Research, Llc Methods of treating Hodgkin’s and non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma
US8088951 Nov 30, 2007 Jan 3, 2012 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Epigenetic mechanisms re-establish access to long-term memory after neuronal loss
US8093295 May 16, 2006 Jan 10, 2012 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing the same
US8101663 Dec 7, 2009 Jan 24, 2012 Merck Hdac Research, Llc Polymorphs of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid
US8143445 Oct 1, 2008 Mar 27, 2012 Lixte Biotechnology, Inc. HDAC inhibitors
US8227473 Jul 17, 2009 Jul 24, 2012 Lixte Biotechnology, Inc. Oxabicycloheptanes and oxabicycloheptenes, their preparation and use
US8288440 * Jan 13, 2010 Oct 16, 2012 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing same
US8329719 Aug 1, 2011 Dec 11, 2012 Lixte Biotechnology, Inc. Neuroprotective agents for the prevention and treatment of neurodegenerative diseases
US8426444 Jun 30, 2011 Apr 23, 2013 Lixte Biotechnology, Inc. Oxabicycloheptanes and oxabicycloheptenes, their preparation and use
US8450372 * Jan 13, 2010 May 28, 2013 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing same
US8455688 Mar 21, 2012 Jun 4, 2013 Lixte Biotechnology, Inc. HDAC inhibitors
US8541458 Jun 11, 2012 Sep 24, 2013 Lixte Biotechnology, Inc. Oxabicycloheptanes and oxabicycloheptenes, their preparation and use
US8563615 Nov 1, 2010 Oct 22, 2013 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Use of CI-994 and dinaline for the treatment of memory/cognition and anxiety disorders
US20100112046 * Jan 13, 2010 May 6, 2010 Jeannie Chow Wong Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing same
US20100113829 * Jan 13, 2010 May 6, 2010 Cote Aaron S Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing same
US20100119596 * Jan 13, 2010 May 13, 2010 Jeannie Chow Wong Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing same
US20110263712 * Oct 14, 2009 Oct 27, 2011 Generics (Uk) Limited Process for the preparation of vorinostat
US20110313044 * Jun 16, 2011 Dec 22, 2011 Urquima S.A. Polymorphs of Suberoylanilide Hydroxamic Acid
EP2079304A1 * Sep 24, 2007 Jul 22, 2009 Merck &amp; Co., Inc. Amine base salts of saha and polymorphs thereof
EP2229941A1 * May 16, 2006 Sep 22, 2010 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing same
EP2292221A2 * May 16, 2006 Mar 9, 2011 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing same
WO2006127319A2 * May 16, 2006 Nov 30, 2006 Merck & Co Inc Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing same
WO2006127321A2 * May 16, 2006 Nov 30, 2006 Merck & Co Inc Formulations of suberoylanilide hydroxamic acid and methods for producing same
WO2008039421A2 * Sep 24, 2007 Apr 3, 2008 Arlene E Mckeown Pharmaceutical compositions of hdac inhibitors and chelatable metal compounds, and metal-hdac inhibitor chelate complexes
WO2008042146A1 * Sep 24, 2007 Apr 10, 2008 Arlene E Mckeown Amine base salts of saha and polymorphs thereof
WO2008097654A1 * Feb 8, 2008 Aug 14, 2008 Nancie M Archin Methods of using saha for treating hiv infection
WO2009020565A1 * Aug 1, 2008 Feb 12, 2009 Lixte Biotechnology Inc Use of phosphatases to treat neuroblastomas and medulloblastomas
WO2010061220A2 * Nov 25, 2009 Jun 3, 2010 Generics [Uk] Limited Novel processes and pure polymorphs

 

EXTRAS

MS-275 (Entinostat)CI-994 (Tacedinaline)BML-210M344MGCD0103 (Mocetinostat)PXD101 (Belinostat)LBH-589 (Panobinostat)Tubastatin AScriptaidNSC 3852NCH 51HNHABML-281CBHASalermidePimelic DiphenylamideITF2357 (Givinostat)PCI-24781APHA Compound 8DroxinostatSB939.

Share

Tezosentan disodium for pulmonary hypertension

$
0
0

TEZOSENTAN

180384-57-0  CAS OF FREE ACID

N-[6-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)-5-(2-methoxyphenoxy)-2-[2-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl)pyridin-4-yl]pyrimidin-4-yl]-5-propan-2-ylpyridine-2-sulfonamide

5-isopropyl-pyridine-2-sulphonic acid 6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5- (2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-(2-1 H-tetrazol-5-yl-pyridin-4-yl)- pyrimidin-4-ylamide

Formula C27H27N9O6S 
Mol. mass 605.624

…………………………………………………………………………….

 

Tezosentan disodium, Ro-61-0612, Veletri

5-isopropyl-pyridine-2-sulfonic acid [6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-[2-(1H-tetrazole-5-yl)-pyridine-4-yl]-pyrimidine-4-yl]-amide sodium salt (1:2)

180384-58-1 of disodium salt, 180384-57-0 (free acid)

MF C27-H25-N9-O6-S.2-Na
MW 649.5975
Roche (Originator), Actelion (Licensee), Genentech (Codevelopment)
CARDIOVASCULAR DRUGS, Heart Failure Therapy, Renal Failure, Agents for, RENAL-UROLOGIC DRUGS, Treatment of Renal Diseases, Endothelin ETA Receptor Antagonists, Endothelin ETB Receptor Antagonists
Phase III

TEZOSENTAN

Tezosentan is a non-selective ETA and ETB receptor antagonist.[1] It acts as a vasodilator and was designed as a therapy for patients with acuteheart failure. Recent studies have shown however, that tezosentan does not improve dyspnea or reduce the risk of fatal or nonfatal cardiovascular events.[2]

Pulmonary disease (COPD), which may possibly be associated with pulmonary hypertension, as well as allergic and non-allergic rhinitis, provided that treatment with endothelin from a therapeutic standpoint is not contraindicated.

Tezosentan disodium is an endothelin ETB receptor antagonist in phase II clinical development for the treatment of stable, chronic pulmonary arterial hypertension. The drug was previously being evaluated for heart failure, but trials in that indication have been discontinued. The compound is being developed by Actelion.

………………………………..

SYNTHESIS

 

………………………………..

SYNTHESIS

 

Reaction of 4-cyano-pyridine (I) with Na in methanol followed by treatment with ammonium chloride provides 4-amidino-pyridine hydrochloride (II), which is then converted into 5-(2-methoxyphenoxy)-2-(pyridin-4-yl)-pyrimidine-4,6-diol (IV) by condensation with diethyl malonate derivative (III) by means of Na in MeOH. By heating compound (IV) with phosphorus oxychloride (POCl3), 4,6-dichloro-5-(2-methoxyphenoxy)-2-pyridin-4-yl)pyrimidine (V) is obtained, which in turn is oxidized with peracetic acid in refluxing acetonitrile to afford N-oxide derivative (VI). Condensation of (VI) with 5-isopropylpyridine-2-sulfonamide potassium (VII) furnishes 5-isopropylpyridine-2-sulfonic acid 6-chloro-5-(2-methoxyphenoxy)-2-(1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl)-pyrimidin-4-yl amide (VIII), which is then dissolved in dimethoxyethane and subjected to reaction with Na in hot ethylene glycol (IX) to provide N-[6-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-5-(2-methoxyphenoxy)-2-(1-oxy-pyridin-4-yl)-pyrimidin-4-yl]-5-isopropylpyridine-2-sulfonamide (X). Refluxing of (X) with trimethylsilylcyanide and Et3N in acetonitrile yields cyano derivative (XI), which is then converted into the tetrazole derivative (XII) by reaction with sodium azide and NH4Cl in DMF at 70 C. Finally, the disodium salt of tezosentan is obtained by treatment of (XII) with Na/MeOH in THF. refEP 0799209; JP 1998509182; WO 9619459

…………………………………..

SYNTHESIS PROCEDURE as in    EP0979822A1

Examples

        Example 1
      • 1360 ml of formamide were added to 136 g (437 mmol) of 5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-pyridine-4-yl-pyrimidine-4,6-diole. Then, at a temperature of 0°C, 11.7 ml (219 mmol) of concentrated sulfuric acid and thereafter 36.5 g (130 mmol) of iron(II)sulfate heptahydrate were added to the suspension. After that, 89 ml (874 mmol) of 30% hydrogen peroxide were added dropwise within 1 hr at a temperature of 0°C to 5°C. The viscous yellow-brownish suspension was stirred at 0°C for 1.5 hr. Subsequently, a solution of 83 g (437 mmol) of sodium pyrosulfite in 680 ml of de-ionized water was added dropwise to the reaction mixture within 30 min. at 0°C to 5°C and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0°C to 5°C for 30 min. The suspension was then filtered under reduced pressure. The filtrate was first washed with 1750 ml of de-ionized water and thereafter with 700 ml of ethanol. Then the solid was dried at 80°C, 2000 Pa for 16 hr. There were obtained 132.4 g (91% of theory) of 4-[4,6-dihydroxy-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidine-2-yl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide with a HPLC purity of 91.4% (w/w).
      • Preparation of starting material:
        • a) 53.1 g of 4-cyano-pyridine (98%) are added all at once to a solution of 1.15 g of sodium in 200 ml of abs. MeOH. After 6 hr 29.5 g of NH4Cl are added while stirring vigorously. The mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight. 600 ml of ether are added thereto, whereupon the precipitate is filtered off under suction and thereafter dried at 50°C under reduced pressure. There is thus obtained 4-amidino-pyridine hydrochloride (decomposition point 245-247°C).
        • b) 112.9 g of diethyl (2-methoxyphenoxy)malonate are added dropwise within 30 min. to a solution of 27.60 g of sodium in 400 ml of MeOH. Thereafter, 74.86 g of the amidine hydrochloride obtained in a) are added all at once. The mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight and evaporated at 50°C under reduced pressure. The residue is treated with 500 ml of ether and filtered off under suction. The filter cake is dissolved in 1000 ml of H2O and treated little by little with 50 ml of CH3COOH. The precipitate is filtered off under suction, washed with 400 ml of H2O and dried at 80°C under reduced pressure. There is thus obtained 5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-(pyridine-4-yl)-pyrimidine-4,6-diole (or tautomer), melting point above 250°C.

Example 2

    • Within 20 min. 61 ml (633 mmol) of POCl3 were added dropwise to 34 ml (200 mmol) of diisopropyl ethylamine at 5°C to 10°C followed by stirring at 5°C to 10°C for 15 min. Then 23.5 g (66 mmol) of 4-[4,6-dihydroxy-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidine-2-yl]-pyridine-2-carboxylic acid amide were added in four portions under cooling followed by stirring at 90°C for 25 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled down to 20°C and transferred to a new flask together with 50 ml of dichloromethane. Volatile components (i.e. excess of POCl3) was removed by evaporation from 20°C to 70°C followed by re-distillation with 100 ml of toluene. After adding 250 ml of dichloromethane to the residue (88 g of a black oil) the solution was heated to 35°C to 40°C and 80 ml of de-ionized water were added dropwise within 30 min. whereby the pH was kept constant by the subsequent addition of 28% NaOH solution (60 ml) within 5 to 6 hr. The mixture was stirred at 35°C to 40°C for 30 min. followed by removal of dichloromethane by distillation. The resulting suspension was allowed to cool down to 20°C and was stirred for additional 2 hr. The solid was filtered off under suction, washed with 500 ml of water and dried at 70°C, 2000 Pa for 16 hr. There were obtained 21.3 g (86% of theory) of 4-[4,6-dichloro-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidine-2-yl]-pyridine-2-carbonitrile with a HPLC purity of 94.3% (w/w).

 

      Example 4
    • 8.95 g (24 mmol) of 4-[4,6-dichloro-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidine-2-yl]-pyridine-2-carbonitrile were suspended in 100 ml of acetone. At a temperature of 20°C, 5.04 g (25 mmol) of 5-isopropyl-pyridine-2-sulfonamide, 1 ml of de-ionized water, 10.6 g (77 mmol) of potassium carbonate and 135 mg (1.2 mmol) 1,4-diazobicyclo[2.2.2]octane were added. The mixture was stirred at 40°C for 20 hr. Thereafter, another 240 mg (1.2 mmol) of 5-isopropyl-pyridine-2-sulfonamide and 80 mg (0.7 mmol) of 1,4-diazobicyclo[2.2.2]octane were added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 24 hr at 40°C followed by cooling to 20°C. Then 50 ml of de-ionized water and 45 ml of 3 N aqueous hydrochloric acid were added slowly until pH = 1. The acetone was removed by distillation and the resulting suspension was stirred at 20°C for 1.5 hr. The solid was filtered off under suction, washed first with 100 ml of de-ionized water and thereafter with 50 ml of t-butylmethylether. Then the solid was dried at 70°C, 2000 Pa for 20 hr. There were obtained 13.2 g (102% of theory) of 5-isopropyl-pyridine-2-sulfonic acid [6-chloro-2-(2-cyano-pyridine-4-yl)-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidine-4-yl]-amide with a HPLC purity of 87.8% (w/w).

 

      Example 6
    • 122 g (233 mmol) of 5-isopropyl-pyridine-2-sulfonic acid [6-chloro-2-(2-cyano-pyridine-4-yl)-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidine-4-yl]-amide was suspended in 450 ml of N,N-dimethyl formamide and the mixture was cooled down to 15°C. At this temperature, 35 ml of hydrazine hydrate were added dropwise within 1 hr. The resulting solution was stirred at 15°C to 20°C for 16 hr and thereafter diluted with 600 ml of de-ionized water. Then 50 ml of glacial acetic acid were added dropwise at 0°C to 5°C until pH = 5.5. 600 g of ice were added and the suspension was stirred for 1 hr. The solid was filtered off under suction, washed with 3000 ml of water and dried at 40°C, 2000 Pa for 24 hr. There were obtained 126 g (97% of theory) of 5-isopropyl-pyridine-2-sulfonic acid [6-chloro-2-[2-(hydrazino-imino-methyl)-pyridine-4-yl]-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidine-4-yl]-amide with a HPLC purity of 91.8% (w/w).

 

      Example 8
    • 20 g (35 mmol) of 5-isopropyl-pyridine-2-sulfonic acid [6-chloro-2-[2-(hydrazino-imino-methyl)-pyridine-4-yl]-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidine-4-yl]-amide were added to 160 ml of N,N-dimethyl formamide. The solution was kept at 15°C to 20°C and 23 ml of 6 N aqueous hydrochloric acid were added, followed by addition of a solution containing 4.8 g (7 mmol) of sodium nitrite in 20 ml de-ionized water within 10 min. The mixture was stirred at 20°C for 1 hr, then 140 ml of de-ionized water were added and the suspension was stirred at 0°C for 1 hr. The solid was filtered, firstly washed with 80 ml of de-ionized water and thereafter with 80 ml of t-butylmethylether. Then the solid was dried at 70°C and 2000 Pa for 16 hr. The crude product (23.4 g) was taken up with 117 ml of tetrahydrofuran for 1 hr. After filtration at 0°C the crystallized product was washed with 25 ml of t-butylmethylether and was then dried at 70°C, 2000 Pa for 16 hr. There were obtained 17.3 g (84% of theory) of 5-isopropyl-pyridine-2-sulfonic acid [6-chloro-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-[2-(1H-tetrazole-5-yl)-pyridine-4-yl]-pyrimidine-4-yl]-amide with a HPLC purity of 91.1% (w/w).

 

    Example 10
  • 6.2 g of sodium hydroxide were added to 15 g (26 mmol) of 5-isopropyl-pyridine-2-sulfonic acid [6-chloro-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-[2-(1H-tetrazole-5-yl)-pyridine-4-yl]-pyrimidine-4-yl]-amid and 75 ml of ethylene glycol. The mixture was heated to 85°C for 5 hr. Then 55 ml of de-ionized water were added and thereafter 55 ml of 3 N hydrochloric acid were added dropwise. The mixture was allowed to cool down to 20°C and was stirred for 1 hr. The solid was filtered off and dried at 70°C, 2000 Pa for 18 hr. There were obtained 16.2 g (103%) of 5-isopropyl-pyridine-2-sulfonic acid 16-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-[2-(1H-tetrazole-5-yl)-pyridine-4-yl]-pyrimidine-4-yl]-amide with a HPLC purity of 92% (w/w). 80 ml of dioxane and 80 ml of ethanol were added to this solid. At a temperature of 60°C, gaseous ammonia was introduced into the liquid until pH = 9 to 10. The resulting suspension was allowed to cool down to 20°C and was stirred at 20°C for 20 hr and thereafter at 0°C for 2.5 hr. Then the solid was filtered off and dried at 70°C, 2000 Pa for 18 hr. There were obtained 14.2 g of mono ammonium salt with a HPLC purity of 96.2% (w/w). The solid was heated (reflux) in 70 ml of methanol, cooled down slowly to 20°C and stirred at 20°C for 19 hr and thereafter at 0°C for 2 hr. Then the solid was filtered off and dried at 70°C, 2000 Pa for 19 hr. There were obtained 11.5 g (66% of theory) of 5-isopropyl-pyridine-2-sulfonic acid [6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-[2-(1H-tetrazole-5-yl)-pyridine-4-yl]-pyrimidine-4-yl]-amide sodium salt (1:2) with a HPLC purity of 98.6% (w/w).

 

 

 

Reaction of 2-chloro-5-ispropylpyridine (VII) with thiourea (A) in aqueous HCl gives 5-isopropyl- pyridine-2-thiol (VIII), which is chlorinated with chlorine in acetic acid to yield 5-isopropylpyridine-2-sulfochloride (IX). This compound is converted into 5-isopropylpyridine-2-sulfonamide potassium salt (X).

…………………………

synthesis

WO1996019459A1

. Example 1

a) 200 ml of dimethoxyethane and 1 10.9 g of 4-[4-(4-tert- butyl-phenyl-sulphonylamino)-6-chloro-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)- pyrimidin-2-yl]-pyridine 1 -oxide are added all at once to a solution of 23.80 g of sodium in 660 ml of ethylene glycol. The solution is heated at 90°C for 20 hours while stirring, thereafter cooled, poured into 2500 ml of H2O and thereafter treated with CH3COOH to pH 5. The mixture is extracted three times with EtOAc, the organic phase is washed with H2O, dried with Na2Sθ4 and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue is recrystall- ized from CH3CN and thereafter twice from a mixture of acetone and CH3CN. There is thus obtained 4-[4-(4-tert-butyl-phenyl- sulphonylamino)-6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)- pyrimidin-2-yl]-pyridine 1 -oxide.

Preparation of the starting material:

b) 53.1 g of 4-cyano-pyridine (98%) are added all at once to a solution of 1.15 g of sodium in 200 ml of abs. MeOH. After

6 hours 29.5 g of NH4CI are added while stirring vigorously. The mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight. 600 ml of ether are added thereto, whereupon the precipitate is filtered off under suction and thereafter dried at 50°C under reduced pressure. There is thus obtained 4-amidino-pyridine hydro- chloride (decomposition point 245-247°C).

c) 1 12.9 g of diethyl (2-methoxyphenoxy)malonate are added dropwise within 30 minutes to a solution of 27.60 g of sodium in 400 ml of MeOH. Thereafter, 74.86 g of the amidine hydro- chloride obtained in b) are added all at once. The mixture is stirred at room temperature overnight and evaporated at 50°C under reduced pressure. The residue is treated with 500 ml of ether and filtered off under suction. The filter cake is dissolved in 1000 ml of H2O and treated little by little with 50 ml of CH3COOH. The precipitate is filtered off under suction, washed with 400 ml of H2O and dried at 80°C under reduced pressure. There is thus obtained 5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-(pyridin-4-yl)- pyrimidine-4,6-diol (or tautomer), melting point above 250°C.

d) A suspension of 1 54.6 g of 5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2- (pyridin-4-yl)-pyrimidine-4,6-diol (or tautomer) in 280 ml of POCI3 is heated at 120°C in an oil bath for 24 hours while stirring vigorously. The reaction mixture changes gradually into a dark brown liquid which is evaporated under reduced pressure and thereafter taken up three times with 500 ml of toluene and evaporated. The residue is dissolved in 1000 ml of CH2CI2, treated with ice and H2O and thereafter adjusted with 3N NaOH until the aqueous phase has pH 8. The organic phase is separated and the aqueous phase is extracted twice with CH2CI2. The combined CH2CI2 extracts are dried with MgSθ4, evaporated to half of the volume, treated with 1000 ml of acetone and the CH2CI2 remaining is distilled off at normal pressure. After standing in a refrigerator for 2 hours the crystals are filtered off under suction and dried at 50°C overnight. There is thus obtained 4,6-dichloro-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-pyridin-4-yl)- pyrimidine, melting point 1 78-1 80°C.

e) A solution of 1 7.4 g of 4,6-dichloro-5-(2-methoxy- phenoxy)-2-pyridin-4-yl)-pyrimidine in 100 ml of CH3CN is boiled at reflux for 3 hours with 1 5 ml of a 32% peracetic acid solution, thereafter cooled and stored in a refrigerator overnight. The crystals are filtered off under suction and dried at 50°C under reduced pressure. There is thus obtained 4-[4,6-dichloro- 5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-pyridine 1 -oxide, melting point 189-1 90°C.

f) A solution of 36.4 g of 4-[4,6-dichloro-5-(2-methoxy- phenoxy)-pyrimidin-2-yl]-pyridine 1 -oxide and 52.8 g of p-tert- butylphenyl-sulphonamide potassium in 1 50 ml of abs. DMF is stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. Thereafter, it is poured into a mixture of 1 500 ml of H2O and 1000 ml of ether while stirring mechanically, whereby a precipitate forms. The suspension is adjusted to pH 5 with CH3COOH, suction filtered, the crystals are washed with cold water and thereafter with ether and dried at 50°C. There is thus obtained 4-[4-(4-tert- butyl-phenylsulphonylamino)-6-chloro-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)- pyrimidin-2-yl]-pyridine 1 -oxide as a colourless material of melting point 247-249°C.

Example 2

A solution of 78.45 g of 4-[4-(4-tert-butyl-phenyl- sulphonylamino)-6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)- pyrimidin-2-yl]-pyridine 1 -oxide, 122.5 g of trimethylsilyl cyanide, 127.8 g of triethylamine and 1200 ml of CH3CN is boiled at reflux for 20 hours and thereafter evaporated under reduced pressure. The oily residue is taken up in 1000 ml of EtOAc and the solution is washed with CH3COOH:H2θ 9:1 and then with H2O. The EtOAc extracts are dried with Na2SO4. After evaporation of the solvent the residue is taken up in a mixture of CH3CN and CF3COOH (20:1 ), whereby a crystalline precipitate separates. There is thus obtained 4-tert-butyl-N-[2-(2-cyano-pyridin-4- yl)-6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidin-4- yl]-benzenesulphonamide of melting point 176-1 79°C.

Example 3 for analogy only compd is different

A suspension of 50.0 g of 4-tert-butyl-N-[2-(2-cyano- pyridin-4-yl)-6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)- pyrimidin-4-yl]-benzenesulphonamide, 46.33 g of NH4CI and 56.47 g of NaN3 in 1600 ml of DMF is heated to 70°C for 24 hours while stirring vigorously. The majority of the solvent is distilled off under reduced pressure, the residue is dissolved in H2O, the solution is extracted four times at pH 6.5 with ether, thereafter treated with CH3COOH to pH = 4.5 and extracted with EtOAc. After working up there is obtained a residue which is treated with ether and filtered off under suction therefrom. There is thus obtained 4-tert-butyl-N-[6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5-(2- methoxy-phenoxy)-2-(2-1 H-tetrazol-5-yl-pyridin-4-yl)- pyrimidin-4-yl]-benzenesulphonamide, melting point 225-227°C.

Example 30 final product

In analogy to Example 3, from 5-isopropyl-pyridine-2- sulphonic acid 2-(2-cyano-pyridin-4-yl)-6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)- 5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-pyrimidin-4-ylamide there is obtained 5-isopropyl-pyridine-2-sulphonic acid 6-(2-hydroxy-ethoxy)-5- (2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-(2-1 H-tetrazol-5-yl-pyridin-4-yl)- pyrimidin-4-ylamide (tezosantan free base) as a white substance of melting point 1 98- 200°C from acetonitrile.

The corresponding disodium salt (tezosantan di sodium salt) is obtained as a white powder from this product using sodium methylate in analogy to Example 5

Example 5 for analogy only, compd is different

A solution of 47.8 g of 2-[6-(4-tert-butyl-phenylsulphonyl- amino)-5-(2-methoxy-phenoxy)-2-(2-1 H-tetrazol-5-yl-pyridin- 4-yl)-pyrimidin-4-yloxy]-ethyl pyridin-2-ylcarbamate in 500 ml of abs. THF is treated dropwise with a cold solution of 2.8 g of sodium in 50 ml of methanol, whereby there forms gradually a solid precipitate which, after stirring at room temperature for 1 hour, is filtered off under suction, dried under greatly reduced pressure at 35°C for 3 days and thereafter at 50°C for 2 days. There is thus obtained the bis-sodium salt, decomposition point above 250°C.

References

  1.  Urbanowicz, W; Sogni, P, Moreau, R, Tazi, K A, Barriere, E, Poirel, O, Martin, A, Guimont, M C, Cazals-Hatem, D, Lebrec, D (2004). “Tezosentan, an endothelin receptor antagonist, limits liver injury in endotoxin challenged cirrhotic rats”Gut (BMJ Publishing Group Ltd & British Society of Gastroenterology) 53 (12): 1844–1849. doi:10.1136/gut.2003.036517PMC 1774327PMID 15542526.
  2.  “Tezosentan does not appear to improve symptoms for patients with acute heart failure”Medical Studies/Trials. news-medical.net. 7 Nov 2007. Retrieved 2007-11-24.

EP0979822A1

4 US2003/100507 A1

5 Drugs Fut 2003,28(8),754

6 WO 1996019459……

7 EP 0897914

8 WO 2011163085

9 WO 2004082637

10 WO 2002074034

11…

4-8-2004
Discovery, modeling, and human pharmacokinetics of N-(2-acetyl-4,6-dimethylphenyl)-3-(3,4-dimethylisoxazol-5-ylsulfamoyl)thiophene-2-carboxamide (TBC3711), a second generation, ETA selective, and orally bioavailable endothelin antagonist.
Journal of medicinal chemistry

12  ..

7-1-1999
RO 610612                            .
Drugs in R&D

13….


3-27-2003
Aqueous pharmaceutical composition comprising Tezosentan
8-16-2000
Carbamoylation process
6-30-2000
METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR TREATMENT OF CELL PROLIFERATIVE DISORDERS METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR TREATMENT OF CELL PROLIFERATIVE DISORDERS
5-17-2000
Methods and compositions for treatment of cell proliferative disorders

Share

AVANAFIL

$
0
0

File:Avanafil.svg

AVANAFIL

A phosphodiesterase (PDE5) inhibitor, used to treat erectile dysfunction.

fish spelling out Welcome

Avanafil is a new phosphodiesterase-5 inhibitor that is faster acting and more selective than other drugs belonging to the same class. Chemically, it is a derivative of pyrimidine and is only available as the S-enantiomer. FDA approved on April 27, 2012.

CAS RN: 330784-47-9
4-{[(3-chloro-4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino}-2-[(2S)-2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]-N-(pyrimidin-2-ylmethyl)pyrimidine-5-carboxamide

(S)-2-(2-Hydroxymethyl-1-pyrrolidinyl)-4-(3-chloro-4-methoxybenzylamino)-5-[(2-pyrimidinylmethyl)carbamoyl]pyrimidine
4-[[(3-Chloro-4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]amino]-2-[(2S)-2-(hydroxymethyl)-1-pyrrolidinyl]-N-(2-pyrimidinylmethyl)-5-pyrimidinecarboxamide
TA 1790

Molecular Formular: C23H26ClN7O3

Molecular Mass: 483.95064

  • Stendra
  • TA 1790
  • TA-1790
  • UNII-DR5S136IVO
  • NDA 202276

INNOVATOR  –  VIVUS

APPROVED FDA  27/4/2-12

Patent No Patent Expiry patent use code
6656935 Sep 13, 2020 U-155
7501409 May 5, 2023

U 155… TREATMENT OF ERECTILE DYSFUNCTION

Exclusivity Code Exclusivity_Date
NCE Apr 27, 2017

Stendra (avanafil) was given the green light by the US Food and Drug Administration 27/4/2012, but there has been no launch yet as Vivus has been seeking a partner. The latest data should be attractive to potential suitors and could help Stendra take on other phosphodiesterase type 5 (PDE5) inhibitors, notably Pfizer’s Viagra (sildenafil) but also Eli Lilly’s Cialis (tadalafil) and Bayer’s Levitra (vardenafil).

read all at

http://www.pharmatimes.com/Article/13-06-20/Vivus_ED_drug_gets_to_work_in_less_than_15_mins.aspx

STENDRA (avanafil) is a selective inhibitor of cGMP-specific PDE5.

Avanafil is designated chemically as (S)-4-[(3-Chloro-4-methoxybenzyl)amino]-2-[2-(hydroxymethyl)-1-pyrrolidinyl]-N-(2pyrimidinylmethyl)-5-pyrimidinecarboxamide and has the following structural formula:

STENDRA™ (avanafil)Structural Formula Illustration

Avanafil occurs as white crystalline powder, molecular formula C23H26ClN7O3 and molecular weight of 483.95 and is slightly soluble in ethanol, practically insoluble in water, soluble in 0.1 mol/L hydrochloric acid. STENDRA, for oral administration, is supplied as oval, pale yellow tablets containing 50 mg, 100 mg, or 200 mg avanafil debossed with dosage strengths. In addition to the active ingredient, avanafil, each tablet contains the following inactive ingredients: mannitol, fumaric acid, hydroxypropylcellulose, low substituted hydroxypropylcellulose, calcium carbonate, magnesium stearate, and ferric oxide yellow.

2D image of a chemical structureAVANAFIL

Avanafil is a PDE5 inhibitor approved for erectile dysfunction by FDA on April 27, 2012 [1] and by EMA on June 21, 2013.[2] Avanafil is known by the trademark names Stendra and Spedra and was developed by Vivus Inc. In July 2013 Vivus announced partnership with Menarini Group, which will commercialise and promote Spedra in over 40 European countries plus Australia and New Zealand.[3] Avanafil acts by inhibiting a specificphosphodiesterase type 5 enzyme which is found in various body tissues, but primarily in the corpus cavernosum penis, as well as the retina. Other similar drugs are sildenafiltadalafil and vardenafil. The advantage of avanafil is that it has very fast onset of action compared with other PDE5 inhibitors. It is absorbed quickly, reaching a maximum concentration in about 30–45 minutes.[4] About two-thirds of the participants were able to engage in sexual activity within 15 minutes.[4]

Avanafil is a highly selective PDE5 inhibitor that is a competitive antagonist of cyclic guanosine monophosphate. Specifically, avanafil has a high ratio of inhibiting PDE5 as compared with other PDE subtypes allowing for the drug to be used for ED while minimizing adverse effects. Absorption occurs quickly following oral administration with a median Tmax of 30 to 45 minutes and a terminal elimination half-life of 5 hours. Additionally, it is predominantly metabolized by cytochrome P450 3A4. As such, avanafil should not be co-administered with strong cytochrome P450 3A4 inhibitors. Dosage adjustments are not warranted based on renal function, hepatic function, age or gender. Five clinical trials suggest that avanafil 100 and 200 mg doses are effective in improving the Sexual Encounter Profile and the Erectile Function Domain scores among men as part of the International Index of Erectile Function. A network meta-analysis comparing the PDE5 inhibitors revealed avanafil was less effective on Global Assessment Questionnaire question 1 while safety data indicated no major differences among the different PDE5 inhibitors. The most common adverse effects reported from the clinical trials associated with avanafil were headache, flushing, nasal congestion, nasopharyngitis, sinusitis, and dyspepsia.

A “phosphodiesterase type 5 inhibitor” or “PDE5 inhibitor” refers to an agent that blocks the degradative action of phosphodiesterase type 5 on cyclic GMP in the arterial wall smooth muscle within the lungs and in the smooth muscle cells lining the blood vessels supplying the corpus cavernosum of the penis. PDE5 inhibitors are used for the treatment of pulmonary hypertension and in the treatment of erectile dysfunction. Examples of PDE5 inhibitors include, without limitation, tadalafil, avanafil, lodenafil, mirodenafil, sildenafil citrate, vardenafil and udenafil and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

“Avanafil” refers to the chemical compound 4-[(3-Chloro-4-methoxybenzyl)amino]-2-[2-(hydroxymethyl)-1-pyrrolidinyl]-N-(2-pyrimidinylmethyl)-5-pyrimidinecarboxamide, and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Avanafil is described in Limin M. et al., (2010) Expert Opin Investig Drugs, 19(11):1427-37. Avanafil has the following chemical formula:

Figure US20120269898A1-20121025-C00005

Avanafil is being developed for erectile dysfunction. Avanafil currently has no trademarked term associated with it but it is being developed by Vivus Inc.

…………………………………

DESCRIPTION IN A PATENT

US6797709

EXAMPLE 92-145

The corresponding starting compounds are treated in a similar manner to give the compounds as listed in the following Table 7.

TABLE 7
Figure US06797709-20040928-C00234
Figure US06797709-20040928-C00248 Figure US06797709-20040928-C00249 Amorphous MS(m/z): 484(MH+)

ENTRY 98 IS AVANAFIL

…………………………………………………….

/CN103254180A

The invention discloses a preparation method of Avanafil (Avanafil, I), which comprises the following steps: carrying out a substitution reaction on 6-amino-1, 2-dihydro pyrimidine-2-keto-5-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (XII) and 3-chloro-4-methoxy benzyl chloride (XIII) so as to obtain 6-(3-chloro-4-methoxy benzyl amino)-1, 2-dihydro pyrimidine-2-keto-5-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (IXV); carrying out condensation on the compound (IXV) and S-hydroxymethyl pyrrolidine (II) so as to generate 4-[(3-chloro-4-methoxy benzyl) amino]-2-[2-(hydroxymethyl)-1-pyrrole alkyl] pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (XI); and carrying out hydrolysis on the compound (XI) and then carrying out an acylation reaction on the compound (XI) and the compound (XI) so as to obtain Avanafil (I). The preparation method is simple in process, economic and environmental-friendly, suitable for the requirements of industrialization amplification.

……………………………………………………

/CN103265534A

The invention discloses a method for preparing avanafil (Avanafil, I). The method comprises the steps of taking cytosine as an initial material; and orderly carrying out replacement, halogen addition and condensation reaction on a side chain 3-chlorine-4-methoxy benzyl halide (III), N-(2-methylpyrimidine) formamide (IV) and S-hydroxymethyl pyrrolidine (II), so as to obtain a target product avanafil (I). The preparation method is available in material, concise in technology, economic and environment-friendly, and suitable for the demands of industrial amplification.

…………………………………………………….

SYNTHESIS

Avanafil can be synthesized from a benzylamine derivative and a pyrimidine derivative REF 5:Yamada, K.; Matsuki, K.; Omori, K.; Kikkawa, K.; 2004, U.S. Patent 6,797,709

Avanafil synthesis.png
………………………………………………………
SYNTHESIS
A cutting that phenanthrene by a methylthio urea ( a ) and ethoxy methylene malonate ( 2 ) cyclization of 3 , chloride, phosphorus oxychloride get 4 , 4 with benzyl amine 5 occurred SNAr the reaction product after oxidation with mCPBA 6 . In pyrimidine, if the 2 – and 4 – positions are active simultaneously the same leaving group in the case, SNAr reaction occurs preferentially at 4 – position, but does not guarantee the 2 – side reaction does not occur. Here is an activity of the poor leaving group sulfide spans 2 – bit, and a good leaving group active chlorine occupy four – position, thus ensuring a high regioselectivity of the reaction. 4 – position after completion of the reaction, then the 2 – position of the group activation, where sulfide sulfoxide better than the leaving group. Amino alcohols 7 and 6 recurrence SNAr reaction 8 , 8 after alkaline hydrolysis and acid alpha amidation get that phenanthrene.
A cutting that phenanthrene (Avanafil) -2012 April FDA-approved treatment for ED medication
AVANAFIL
…………………………….
Links
  1. FDA approves Stendra for erectile dysfunction” (Press release). Food and Drug Administration (FDA). April 27, 2012.
  2.  http://www.ema.europa.eu/ema/index.jsp?curl=pages/medicines/human/medicines/002581/human_med_001661.jsp&mid=WC0b01ac058001d124
  3.  http://ir.vivus.com/releasedetail.cfm?releaseid=775706
  4. Kyle, Jeffery; Brown, Dana (2013). “Avanafil for Erectile Dysfunction”Annals of Pharmacotherapy (Sage Publishing). doi:10.1177/1060028013501989. Retrieved 28 September 2013.
  5.  Yamada, K.; Matsuki, K.; Omori, K.; Kikkawa, K.; 2004, U.S. Patent 6,797,709
United States APPROVED 6656935 2012-04-27 EXPIRY 2020-09-13
United States                  7501409 2012-04-27             2023-05-05
  • • Hatzimouratidis, K., et al.: Drugs, 68, 231 (2008)
  • US7927623 4-20-2011 Tablets quickly disintegrated in oral cavity
    US2010179131 7-16-2010 Combination treatment for diabetes mellitus
    US2009215836 8-28-2009 Roflumilast for the Treatment of Pulmonary Hypertension
    US2008027037 1-32-2008 Cyclic compounds
US5242391 Oct 30, 1991 Sep 7, 1993 ALZA Corporation Urethral insert for treatment of erectile dysfunction
US5474535 Jul 19, 1993 Dec 12, 1995 Vivus, Inc. Dosage and inserter for treatment of erectile dysfunction
US5773020 Oct 28, 1997 Jun 30, 1998 Vivus, Inc. Treatment of erectile dysfunction
US6656935 Aug 10, 2001 Dec 2, 2003 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Aromatic nitrogen-containing 6-membered cyclic compounds

EXTRAS

A “phosphodiesterase type 5 inhibitor” or “PDE5 inhibitor” refers to an agent that blocks the degradative action of phosphodiesterase type 5 on cyclic GMP in the arterial wall smooth muscle within the lungs and in the smooth muscle cells lining the blood vessels supplying the corpus cavernosum of the penis. PDE5 inhibitors are used for the treatment of pulmonary hypertension and in the treatment of erectile dysfunction. Examples of PDE5 inhibitors include, without limitation, tadalafil, avanafil, lodenafil, mirodenafil, sildenafil citrate, vardenafil and udenafil and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. In one aspect, the PDE5 inhibitor is tadalafil.

“Tadalafil” or “TAD” is described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,859,006 and 6,821,975. It refers to the chemical compound, (6R-trans)-6-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)-2,3,6,7,12,12a-hexahydro-2-methyl-pyrazino[1′,2′:1,6]pyrido[3,4-b]indole-1,4-dione and has the following chemical formula:

Figure US20120269898A1-20121025-C00004

Tadalafil is currently marketed in pill form for treating erectile dysfunction (ED) under the trade name Cialis® and under the trade name Adcirca® for the treatment of PAH.

“Avanafil” refers to the chemical compound 4-[(3-Chloro-4-methoxybenzyl)amino]-2-[2-(hydroxymethyl)-1-pyrrolidinyl]-N-(2-pyrimidinylmethyl)-5-pyrimidinecarboxamide, and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Avanafil is described in Limin M. et al., (2010) Expert Opin Investig Drugs, 19(11):1427-37. Avanafil has the following chemical formula:

Figure US20120269898A1-20121025-C00005

Avanafil is being developed for erectile dysfunction. Avanafil currently has no trademarked term associated with it but it is being developed by Vivus Inc.

“Lodenafil” refers to the chemical compound, bis-(2-{4-[4-ethoxy-3-(1-methyl-7-oxo-3-propyl-6,7-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)-benzenesulfonyl]piperazin-1-yl}-ethyl)carbonate and has the following chemical formula:

Figure US20120269898A1-20121025-C00006

More information about lodenafil is available at Toque H A et al., (2008) European Journal of Pharmacology, 591(1-3):189-95. Lodenafil is manufactured by Cristália Produtos Químicose Farmacêuticos in Brazil and sold there under the brand-name Helleva®. It has undergone Phase III clinical trials, but is not yet approved for use in the United States by the U.S. FDA.

“Mirodenafil” refers to the chemical compound, 5-Ethyl-3,5-dihydro-2-[5-([4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1-piperazinyl]sulfonyl)-2-propoxyphenyl]-7-propyl-4H-pyrrolo[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4-one and has the following chemical formula:

Figure US20120269898A1-20121025-C00007

More information about mirodenafil can be found at Paick J S et al., (2008) The Journal of Sexual Medicine, 5 (11): 2672-80. Mirodenafil is not currently approved for use in the United States but clinical trials are being conducted.

“Sildenafil citrate,” marketed under the name Viagra®, is described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,250,534. It refers to 1-[4-ethoxy-3-(6,7-dihydro-1-methyl-7-oxo-3-propyl-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)phenylsulfonyl]-4-methylpiperazine and has the following chemical formula:

Figure US20120269898A1-20121025-C00008

Sildenafil citrate, sold as Viagra®, Revatio® and under various other trade names, is indicated to treat erectile dysfunction and PAH.

“Vardenafil” refers to the chemical compound, 4-[2-Ethoxy-5-(4-ethylpiperazin-1-yl)sulfonyl-phenyl]-9-methyl-7-propyl-3,5,6,8-tetrazabicyclo[4.3.0]nona-3,7,9-trien-2-one and has the following chemical formula:

Figure US20120269898A1-20121025-C00009

Vardenafil is described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,362,178 and 7,696,206. Vardenafil is marketed under the trade name Levitra® for treating erectile dysfunction.

“Udenafil” refers to the chemical compound, 3-(1-methyl-7-oxo-3-propyl-4,7-dihydro-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl)-N-[2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethyl]-4-propoxybenzenesulfonamide and has the following chemical formula:

Figure US20120269898A1-20121025-C00010

More information about udenafil can be found at Kouvelas D. et al., (2009) Curr Pharm Des, 15(30):3464-75. Udenafil is marketed under the trade name Zydena® but not approved for use in the United States.

 

Links

ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO

THANKS AND REGARD’S

DR ANTHONY MELVIN CRASTO Ph.D GLENMARK SCIENTIST , NAVIMUMBAI, INDIA

did you feel happy, a head to toe paralysed man’s soul in action for you round the clock need help, email or call me

MOBILE-+91 9323115463

web link

I was  paralysed in dec2007, Posts dedicated to my family, my organisation Glenmark, Your readership keeps me going and brings smiles to my family

Share


DOXOFYLLINE

$
0
0

DOXOFYLLINE

LAUNCHED 1987, Istituto Biologico Chemioterapico ABC

69975-86-6  CAS NO

7-(1,3-dioxolan-2-ylmethyl)-1,3-dimethylpurine-2,6-dione

1H-Purine-2,6-dione, 3,7-dihydro-7-(1,3-dioxolan-2-ylmethyl)-1,3-dimethyl- (9CI)

7-(1,3-Dioxolan-2-ylmethyl)-3,7-dihydro-1,3-dimethyl-1H-purine-2,6-dione; 7-[1,3-(Dioxolan-d4)-2-ylmethyl)]theophylline; 2-(7�-Theophyllinemethyl)-1,3- dioxolane; ABC 12/3; ABC 1213; Ansimar; Dioxyfilline; Doxophylline; Maxivent; Ventax;

Synonyms

  • 2-(7′-Teofillinmetil)-1,3-diossolano
  • 2-(7′-Teofillinmetil)-1,3-diossolano [Italian]
  • 2-(7′-Theophyllinemethyl)-1,3-dioxolane
  • 5-26-14-00120 (Beilstein Handbook Reference)
  • 7-(1,3-Dioxolan-2-ylmethyl)theophylline
Formula C11H14N4O4 
Mol. mass 266.25 g/mol
  • ABC 12/3
  • Ansimar
  • BRN 0561195
  • Dioxyfilline
  • Doxofilina
  • Doxofilina [INN-Spanish]
  • Doxofylline
  • Doxofyllinum
  • Doxofyllinum [INN-Latin]
  • Doxophylline
  • EINECS 274-239-6
  • Maxivent
  • UNII-MPM23GMO7Z
  • Ventax

Doxofylline (INN), (also known as doxophylline) is a xanthine derivative drug used in the treatment of asthma.[1]

Doxofylline is a xanthine molecule that appears to be both bronchodilator and anti-inflammatory with an improved therapeutic window over conventional xanthines such as Theophylline and the evidence supporting the effects of Doxofylline in the treatment of lung diseases

It has antitussive and bronchodilator[2] effects, and acts as aphosphodiesterase inhibitor.[3]

In animal and human studies, it has shown similar efficacy to theophylline but with significantly fewer side effects.[4]

Unlike other xanthines, doxofylline lacks any significant affinity for adenosine receptorsand does not produce stimulant effects. This suggests that its antiasthmatic effects are mediated by another mechanism, perhaps its actions on phosphodiesterase.[1]

Doxofylline, [7-(1, 3-dioxolan-2-ylmethyl)-3, 7-dihydro-1, 3-dimethyl-1H-purine-2, 6-dione] is a new bronchodilator xanthine based drug which differs from theophylline by the presence of dioxalane group at position 7. It is used in the treatment of bronchial asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), and chronic bronchitis . The mechanism of action is similar to that of theophylline in that it inhibits phosphodiesterase (PDE-IV), thereby preventing breakdown of cyclic adenosine monophosphate (cAMP). Increase in cAMP inhibits activation of inflammatory cells resulting in bronchodilating effect [52]. In contrast to theophylline, doxofylline has very low affinity towards adenosine A1 and A2 receptors which explain its better safety profile

Doxofylline (7-(l,3-dioxalan-2-ylmethyl)-theophylline) is a drug derived from theophylline which is used in therapy as a bronchodilator, with anti-inflammatory action, in reversible airway obstruction. It is commonly administered in doses ranging from 800 to 1200 mg per day, orally, according to a dosage which provides for the intake of two to three dosage units per day in order to maintain therapeutically effective haematic levels. The doxofylline tablets commercially available generally contain 400 mg of active ingredient and release almost all the drug within one hour from intake. The half- life of the drug is around 6-7 hours and for this reason several administrations are required during the 24-hour period.

Obviously a drop in haematic concentration of the drug in an asthmatic patient or patient suffering from COPD (chronic obstructive pulmonary disease) can result in serious consequences, in which case the patient must have recourse to rescue medication, such as salbutamol inhalers.

Pharmaceutical techniques for obtaining the modified release of drugs have been known for some time, but no modified release formulation of doxofylline is known. In fact the present inventors have observed that there are significant difficulties in the production of a doxofylline formula that can be administered only once a day and in particular have encountered problems correlated with bioequivalence.

Various attempts to formulate doxofylline in modified release systems, with different known polymers, have not provided the desired results, i.e. a composition that can be administered once a day, bio equivalent to the plasmatic concentration obtained with the traditional compositions currently on sale. In fact currently, dosage units containing 400 mg of active ingredient are currently administered two/three times a day for a daily average of approximately 1000 mg of active ingredient, a dosage considered necessary to maintain the therapeutic haematic levels of doxofylline.

Such a dosage unit is currently marketed by Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Ltd as DOXOBID and has the following quali-quantitative composition: doxofylline (400 mg), colloidal silicon dioxide (13 mg), corn starch (63 mg), mannitol (40 mg), povidone (7 mg), microcrystalline cellulose (64 mg), talc (30 mg), magnesium stearate (3 mg) and water (0.08 ml).

Xanthine is a dioxypurine that is structurally related to uric acid. Xanthine can be represented by the following structure:

Figure US06423719-20020723-C00002

Caffeine, theophylline and theobromine are methylated xanthines. Methylated xanthines such as caffeine and theophylline are typically used for their bronchodilating action in the management of obstructive airways diseases such as asthma. The bronchodilator effects of methylxanthines are thought to be mediated by relaxation of airway smooth muscle. Generally, methylxanthines function by inhibiting cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterases and antagonizing receptor-mediated actions of adenosine.

Theophylline can be represented by the following structure:

Figure US06423719-20020723-C00003

However, when administered intravenously or orally, theophylline has numerous undesired or adverse effects that are generally systemic in nature. It has a number of adverse side effects, particularly gastrointestinal disturbances and CNS stimulation. Nausea and vomiting are the most common symptoms of theophylline toxicity. Moderate toxicity is due to relative epinephrine excess, and includes tachycardia, arrhythmias, tremors, and agitation. Severe toxicity results in hallucinations, seizures, dysrhythmias and hypotension. The spectrum of theophylline toxicity can also include death.

Furthermore, theophylline has a narrow therapeutic range of serum concentrations above which serious side effects can occur. The pharmacokinetic profile of theophylline is dependent on liver metabolism, which can be affected by various factors including smoking, age, disease, diet, and drug interactions.

Generally, the solubility of methylxanthines is low and is enhanced by the formation of complexes, such as that between theophylline and ethylenediamine (to form aminophylline). The formation of complex double salts (such as caffeine and sodium benzoate) or true salts (such as choline theophyllinate) also enhances aqueous solubility. These salts or complexes dissociate to yield the parent methylxanthine when dissolved in aqueous solution. Although salts such as aminophylline have improved solubility over theophylline, they dissociate in solution to form theophylline and hence have similar toxicities.

Dyphylline is a covalently modified derivative of xanthine (1,3, -dimethyl-7-(2,3-dihydroxypropl)xanthine. Because it is covalently modified, dyphylline is not converted to free theophylline in vivo. Instead, it is absorbed rapidly in therapeutically active form. Dyphylline has a lower toxicity than theophylline. Dyphylline can be represented by the following structure:

Figure US06423719-20020723-C00004

Dyphylline is an effective bronchodilator that is available in oral and intramuscular preparations. Generally, dyphylline possesses less of the toxic side effects associated with theophylline.

U.S. Pat. No. 4,031,218 (E1-Antably) discloses the use of 7-(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)-1,3-di-n-propylxanthine, a derivative of theophylline, as a bronchodilator. U.S. Pat. No. 4,341,783 (Scheindlin) discloses the use of dyphylline in the treatment of psoriasis and other diseases of the skin by topical administration of dyphylline. U.S. Pat. No. 4,581,359 (Ayres) discloses methods for the management of bronchopulmonary insufficiency by administering an N-7-substituted derivative of theophylline, including dyphylline, etophylline, and proxyphylline.

At present, domestic synthetic Doxofylline composed of two main methods: one is by the condensation of theophylline prepared from acetaldehyde and ethylene glycol, but this method is more complex synthesis of acetaldehyde theophylline, require high periodate oxidation operation. Another is a halogenated acetaldehyde theophylline and ethylene glycol is prepared by reaction of an organic solvent, the method were carried out in an organic solvent, whereby the product Theophylline caused some pollution, conducive to patients taking.

current domestic Doxofylline synthetic methods reported in the literature are: 1, CN Application No. 94113971.9, the name “synthetic drugs Doxofyllinemethod” patents, the patent is determined by theophylline with a 2 – (halomethyl) -1,3 – dimethoxy-dioxolane in a polar solvent, with a base made acid absorbent,Doxofylline reaction step. 2,  CN Application No. 97100911.2, entitled “Synthesis of Theophylline,” the patent, the patent is obtained from 7 – (2,2 – dialkoxy-ethyl) theophylline with ethylene glycol in N, N-dimethylformamide solvent with an alkali metal carbonate to make the condensing agent, p-toluenesulfonic acid catalyst in the condensation Doxofylline.

Doxofylline of xanthine asthma drugs, and its scientific name is 7 – (1,3 – dioxolan – ethyl methyl) -3,7 – dihydro-1,3 – dimethyl-1H – purine-2 ,6 – dione. The drug developed by the Italian Roberts & Co. in 1988, listed its tablet tradename Ansimar. This product is compared with similar asthma drugs, high efficacy, low toxicity, oral LD50 in mice is 1.5 times aminophylline, non-addictive. Adenosine and its non-blocking agents, it does not produce bronchial pulmonary side effects, no aminophylline like central and cardiovascular system. U.S. patent (US4187308) reported the synthesis of doxofylline, theophylline and acetaldehyde from ethylene glycol p-toluenesulfonic acid catalyst in the reaction of benzene as a solvent Doxofylline. Theophylline acetaldehyde by the method dyphylline derived reaction with a peroxy periodate or 7 – (2,2 – dialkoxy-ethyl) ammonium chloride aqueous solution in the decomposition of theophylline converted to acetaldehyde theophylline . Former method is relatively complex, and the high cost of using periodic acid peroxide, low yield after France. And theophylline acetaldehyde and ethylene glycol solvent used in the reaction of benzene toxicity, harm to health, and the yield is low, with an average around 70%, not suitable for industrial production.

SYN 1

Theophylline-7-acetaldehyde (I) could react with ethylene glycol (II) in the presence of p-toluenesulfonic acid in refluxing benzene to produce Doxofylline.

SYN 2

Figure CN102936248AD00041

Doxofylline can be prepared by N-alkylation of theophylline (I) with bromoacetaldehyde ethylene glycol acetal (II) using Na2CO3 in refluxing H2O (1).

.…………………………………….

Synthesis

US4187308

EXAMPLE

A mixture of 15 g of theophyllineacetic aldehyde, 30 ml of ethylene glycol and 1.5 g of p-toluenesulphonic acid in 600 ml of benzene is heated under reflux in a flask provided with a Marcusson apparatus.

After two hours the separation of the water is complete.

The reaction mixture is washed with 200 ml of a 3.5% aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate.

The organic phase is dried and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, to leave a product residue which is taken up in ethyl ether, separated by filtration and purified by ethanol.

2-(7′-theophyllinemethyl)-1,3-dioxolane is obtained.

M.P. 144

Average yield 70%

Analysis: C.sub.11 H.sub.14 N.sub.4 O.sub.4 : M.W. 266.26: Calculated: C%, 49.62; H%, 5.30; N%, 21.04. Found: C%, 49.68; H%, 5.29; N%, 21.16.

………………………………..

CN102936248A

the reaction is:

Figure CN102936248AD00041

a, anhydrous theophylline and bromoacetaldehyde ethylene glycol as the basic raw material, purified water as a solvent with anhydrous sodium carbonate as acid-binding agent;

NMR

Doxofylline

UV (95% C2H5OH, nm) λmax273 (ε9230); λmin244 (ε2190)

IR (KBr, cm-1) 1134 (CO); 1233 (CN) ; 1547 (C = N); 1656 (C = C); 1700 (C = O); 2993 (CH)

1H-NMR [CDCl3, δ (ppm)] 3.399 (s, 3H, N-CH3); 3.586 (S, 3H, N-CH3); 3.815-3.885 (m, 4H, OCH2 × 2); 4.581 (d, 2H, CH2); 5.211 (t, 1H, CH ); 7.652 (S, 1H, CH = N)

13C-NMR [CDCL3, δ (ppm)] 27.88 (CH3); 29.69 (CH3); 47.87 (CH2); 65.37 ( OCH2); 100.76 (CH); 107.26 (C = C); 142.16 (CH = N); 148.22 (C = C); 151.59 (C = O); 155.25 ( C

……………………………

HPLC

http://www.scipharm.at/download.asp?id=1401

…………………..

  1. Cirillo R, Barone D, Franzone JS (1988). “Doxofylline, an antiasthmatic drug lacking affinity for adenosine receptors”. Arch Int Pharmacodyn Ther 295: 221–37.PMID 3245738.
  2. Poggi R, Brandolese R, Bernasconi M, Manzin E, Rossi A (October 1989). “Doxofylline and respiratory mechanics. Short-term effects in mechanically ventilated patients with airflow obstruction and respiratory failure”Chest 96 (4): 772–8.doi:10.1378/chest.96.4.772PMID 2791671.
  3.  Dini FL, Cogo R (2001). “Doxofylline: a new generation xanthine bronchodilator devoid of major cardiovascular adverse effects”. Curr Med Res Opin 16 (4): 258–68.doi:10.1185/030079901750120196PMID 11268710.
  4. Sankar J, Lodha R, Kabra SK (March 2008). “Doxofylline: The next generation methylxanthine”. Indian J Pediatr 75 (3): 251–4. doi:10.1007/s12098-008-0054-1.PMID 18376093.
  5. Dali Shukla, Subhashis Chakraborty, Sanjay Singh & Brahmeshwar Mishra. Doxofylline: a promising methylxanthine derivative for the treatment of asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease. Expert Opinion on Pharmacotherapy. 2009; 10(14): 2343-2356, DOI 10.1517/14656560903200667, PMID 19678793
  6. Farmaco, Edizione Scientifica, 1981 ,  vol. 36,   3  pg. 201 – 219, mp  144 – 144.5 °C
  7. Drugs Fut 1982, 7(5): 301
US6313131 16 feb 2000 6 nov 2001 Upsher-Smith Laboratories, Inc. Method of kidney treatment
US6348470 * 20 maart 1998 19 feb 2002 Korbonits Dezsoe Antitussive compositions
US6423719 16 feb 2000 23 juli 2002 Upsher-Smith Laboratories, Inc. Method for treating benign prostate hyperplasia
CN101647776B 2 sept 2009 20 april 2011 吴光彦 Doxofylline venous injection with small volume as well as preparation method and quality control method thereof
DE3114130A1 * 8 april 1981 28 jan 1982 Abc Ist Biolog Chem Spa Neue theophyllinylmethyldioxolan-derivate, verfahren zu ihrer herstellung und sie enthaltende pharmazeutische ansaetze
EP0272596A2 * 16 dec 1987 29 juni 1988 ISTITUTO BIOLOGICO CHEMIOTERAPICO “ABC” S.p.A. Theophyllinemethyldithiolan and theophyllinemethyldithianyl derivates, a method for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions in which they are included
WO2011146031A1 16 mei 2011 24 nov 2011 Bilgic Mahmut Pharmaceutical composition comprising n- acetylcysteine and a xanthine
WO2013055302A1 14 mei 2012 18 april 2013 Mahmut Bilgic Effervescent composition comprising n- acetylcysteine and doxophylline or theophylline

………………………………………………………………………………………..

I n case Images are blocked on your computer, VIEW AT

14-chapter 4.pdf – Shodhganga

shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/9713/…/14-chapter%204.pdf
  

Although various bioanalytical methods for estimation of doxofylline in …. 1H and 13C-NMR spectra of doxofylline and its degradation products were recorded by….. CLICK ABOVE

SPECTRAL DATA

DOXOFYLLINE
The ESI mass spectrum exhibited a protonated molecular ion peak at m/z 267 in positive ion mode indicating the molecular weight of 266. The tandem mass spectrum showed the fragment ions m/z 223, 181.2, 166.2, 138.1, 124.1 and 87.1.

Inline image 2

Inline image 5

Inline image 6

The FT-IR spectrum, two strong peaks at 1697cm-1 and 1658cm-1 indicated presence of two carbonyl groups. A strong peak at frequency 1546cm-1 indicated presence of C=N stretch. A medium peak at 1232cm-1 was due to C-O stretch

Inline image 3

FT IR

1H and 13C-NMR spectra of doxofylline and its degradation products were recorded by using Bruker NMR 300MHz instrument with a dual broad band probe and z-axis gradients. Spectra were recorded using DMSO-d6 as a solvent and tetramethylsilane as an internal standard.
4.2.6 Validation

Inline image 1

1H NMR

Inline image 4

13 C NMR

COMPARISONS

Inline image 9

Inline image 8

Inline image 7

Share

DOLUTEGRAVIR

$
0
0

Dolutegravir

2H-Pyrido[1',2':4,5]pyrazino[2,1-b][1,3]oxazine-9-carboxamide, N-[(2,4-difluorophenyl)methyl]-3,4,6,8,12,12a-hexahydro-7-hydroxy-4-methyl-6,8-dioxo-, (4R,12aS)

(3R,11aS)—N-[(2,4-Difluorophenyl)methyl]-6-hydroxy-3-methyl-5,7-dioxo-2,3,5,7,11,11a-hexahydro[1,3]oxazolo[3,2-a]pyrido[1,2-d]pyrazine-8-carboxamide

(4R,12aS)-N-(2,4-difluorobenzyl)-7-hydroxy-4-methyl-6,8-dioxo-3,4,6,8,12,12a-hexahydro-2H-pyrido[1',2':4,5]pyrazino[2,1-b][1,3]oxazine-9-carboxamide
Trade Name:Tivicay
Synonym:GSK1349572, S-349572, GSK572
Date of Approval: August 12, 2013 (US)
Indication:HIV infection
Drug class: Integrase strand transfer inhibitor
Company: ViiV Healthcare,GlaxoSmithKline

INNOVATOR …ViiV Healthcare 
CAS number: 1051375-16-6

MF:C20H19F2N3O5
MW:419.4

Chemical Name: (4R,12aS)-N-[(2,4-difluorophenyl)methyl]-7-hydroxy-4-methyl-6,8-dioxo-3,4,6,8,12,12a- hexahydro-2H-pyrido[1',2':4,5]pyrazino[2,1-b][1,3]oxazine-9-carboxamide
Patent: US8129385
Patent expiration date: Oct 5, 2027
PCT patent application: W02006116764

Dolutegravir (DTG, GSK1349572) is an integrase inhibitor being developed for the treatment of human immunodeficiency virus (HIV)-1 infection by GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) on behalf of Shionogi-ViiV Healthcare LLC. DTG is metabolized primarily by uridine diphosphate glucuronyltransferase (UGT)1A1, with a minor role of cytochrome P450 (CYP)3A, and with renal elimination of unchanged drug being extremely low (< 1% of the dose).

The European Commission has on 21 January 2014 Dolutegravir (Tivicay, ViiV) permit as part of combination therapy for the treatment of HIV-infected persons over the age of 12 years.Dolutegravir (Tivicay, ViiV) is an integrase inhibitor, in combination with other antiretroviral drugs in adults and adolescents can be used from 12 years for the treatment of HIV infection.

Source: Communication from the European Commission

Dolutegravir[1] is a FDA-approved drug[2] for the treatment of HIV infection. Dolutegravir is an integrase inhibitor. Known as S/GSK1349572 or just “572″ the drug is marketed as Tivicay[3] by GlaxoSmithKline (GSK). In February, 2013 the Food and Drug Administration announced that it would fast track dolutegravir’s approval process.[4] On August 13, 2013, dolutegravir was approved by the FDA. On November 4, 2013, dolutegravir was approved by Health Canada.[5]

The oral HIV integrase inhibitor S-349572 was originated by Shionogi-GlaxoSmithKline and Shionogi-ViiV Healthcare. In 2013, the product was approved and launched in the U.S. for the treatment of HIV-1 in adults and children aged 12 years and older, in combination with other antiretroviral agents. A positive opinion was received in the E.U for this indication and, in 2014, approval was attained in Europe for this indication. Registration is pending in Japan.

In 2013, orphan drug designation in Japan was assigned to the compound.

Dolutegravir is approved for use in a broad population of HIV-infected patients. It can be used to treat HIV-infected adults who have never taken HIV therapy (treatment-naïve) and HIV-infected adults who have previously taken HIV therapy (treatment-experienced), including those who have been treated with other integrase strand transfer inhibitors. Tivicay is also approved for children ages 12 years and older weighing at least 40 kilograms (kg) who are treatment-naïve or treatment-experienced but have not previously taken other integrase strand transfer inhibitors.[6]

Dolutegravir has also been compared head-to-head with a preferred regimen from the DHHS guidelines in each of the three classes (i.e. 1.) nuc + non-nuc, 2.) nuc + boosted PI, and 3.) nuc + integrase inhibitor).

SPRING-2 compared dolutegravir to another integrase inhibitor, raltegravir, with both coformulated with a choice of TDF/FTC orABC/3TC. After 48 weeks of treatment 88% of those on dolutegravir had less than 50 copies of HIV per mL compared to 85% in the raltegravir group, thus demonstrating non-inferiority.[9]

The FLAMINGO study has been presented at scientific meetings but as of early 2014 has not yet been published. It is an open-label trial of dolutegravir versus darunavir boosted with ritonavir. In this trial 90% of those on dolutegravir based regimens had viral loads < 50 at 48 weeks compared to 83% in the darunavir/r.[10] This 7% difference was statistically significant for superiority of the dolutegravir based regimens.

Another trial comparing dolutegravir to efavirenz, SINGLE, was the first trial to show statistical superiority to an efavirenz/FTC/TDF coformulated regimen for treatment naive patients.[11] After 48 weeks of treatment, 88% of the dolutegravir group had HIV RNA levels < 50 copies / mL versus 81% of the efavirenz group. This has led one commentator to predict that it may replace efavirenz as the first line choice for initial therapy as it can also be formulated in one pill, once-a-day regimens.[12]

Doultegravir has also been studied in patients who have been on previous antiretroviral medications. The VIKING trial looked at patients who had known resistance to the first generation integrase inhibitor raltegravir. After 24 weeks 41% of patients on 50mg dolutegravir once daily and 75% of patients on 50mg twice daily (both along with an optimized background regimen) achieved an HIV RNA viral load of < 50 copies per mL. This demonstrated that there was little clinical cross-resistance between the two integrase inhibitors. [13]

Dolutegravir (also known as S/GSK1349572), a second-generation integrase inhibitor under development by GlaxoSmithKline and its Japanese partner Shionogi for the treatment of HIV infection, was given priority review status from the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) in February, 2013.

GlaxoSmithKline  marketed the first HIV drug Retrovir in 1987 before losing out to Gilead Sciences Inc. (GILD) as the world’s biggest maker of AIDS medicines. The virus became resistant to Retrovir when given on its own, leading to the development of therapeutic cocktails.

The new once-daily drug Dolutegravir, which belongs to a novel class known as integrase inhibitors that block the virus causing AIDS from entering cells, is owned by ViiV Healthcare, a joint venture focused on HIV in which GSK is the largest shareholder.

Raltegravir (brand name Isentress) received approval by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) on 12 October 2007, the first of a new class of HIV drugs, the integrase inhibitors, to receive such approval. it is a potent and well tolerated antiviral agent.  However, it has the limitations of twice-daily dosing and a relatively modest genetic barrier to the development of resistance, prompting the search for agents with once-daily dosing.

Elvitegravir, approved by the FDA on August 27, 2012 as part of theelvitegravir/cobicistat/tenofovir disoproxil fumarate/emtricitabine fixed-dose combination pill (Quad pill, brand name Stribild) has the benefit of being part of a one-pill, once-daily regimen, but suffers from extensive cross-resistance with raltegravir.

Gilead’s Atripla (Emtricitabine/Tenofovir/efavirenz), approved in 2006 with loss of patent protection in 20121, is the top-selling HIV treatment. The $3.2 billion medicine combines three drugs in one pill, two compounds that make up Gilead’s Truvada (Emtricitabine/Tenofovir) and Bristol- Myers Squibb Co.’s Sustiva (Efavirenz).

A three-drug combination containing dolutegravir and ViiV’s older two-in-one treatment Epzicom(Abacavir/Lamivudine, marketed outside US as Kivexa) proved better than Gilead’s market-leading Atripla  in a clinical trial released in July, 2012 (See the Full Conference Report Here), suggesting it may supplant the world’s best-selling AIDS medicine as the preferred front-line therapy. In the latest Phase III study, after 48 weeks of treatment, 88% of patients taking the dolutegravir-based regimen had reduced viral levels to the goal compared with 81% of patients taking Atripla. More patients taking Atripla dropped out of the study because of adverse events compared with those taking dolutegravir — 10% versus just 2% — which was the main driver of the difference in efficacy. The result was the second positive final-stage clinical read-out for dolutegravir, following encouraging results against U.S. company Merck & Co’s rival Isentress in April, 2012 (See the Conference Abstract Here)..

Dolutegravir is viewed by analysts as a potential multibillion-dollar-a-year seller, as its once-daily dosing is likely to be attractive to patients. The FDA is scheduled to issue a decision on the drug’s approval by August 17。

TIVICAY contains dolutegravir, as dolutegravir sodium, an HIV INSTI. The chemical name of dolutegravir sodium is sodium (4R,12aS)-9-{[(2,4-difluorophenyl)methyl]carbamoyl}-4-methyl-6,8-dioxo-3,4,6,8,12,12a-hexahydro-2H-pyrido[1',2':4,5]pyrazino[2,1-b][1,3]oxazin-7-olate. The empirical formula is C20H18F2N3NaO5 and the molecular weight is 441.36 g/mol. It has the following structural formula:

TIVICAY (dolutegravir) Structural Formula Illustration

Dolutegravir sodium is a white to light yellow powder and is slightly soluble in water.

Each film-coated tablet of TIVICAY for oral administration contains 52.6 mg of dolutegravir sodium, which is equivalent to 50 mg dolutegravir free acid, and the following inactive ingredients: D-mannitol, microcrystalline cellulose, povidone K29/32, sodium starch glycolate, and sodium stearyl fumarate. The tablet film-coating contains the inactive ingredients iron oxide yellow, macrogol/PEG, polyvinyl alcohol-part hydrolyzed, talc, and titanium dioxide.

……………………………………

INTRODUCTION

Among viruses, human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), a kind of retrovirus, is known to cause acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS). The therapeutic agent for AIDS is mainly selected from a group of reverse transcriptase inhibitors (e.g., AZT, 3TC) and protease inhibitors (e.g., Indinavir), but they are proved to be accompanied by side effects such as nephropathy and the emergence of resistant viruses. Thus, the development of anti-HIV agents having the other mechanism of action has been desired.

On the other hand, a combination therapy is reported to be efficient in treatment for AIDS because of the frequent emergence of the resistant mutant. Reverse transcriptase inhibitors and protease inhibitors are clinically used as an anti-HIV agent, however agents having the same mechanism of action often exhibit cross-resistance or only an additional activity. Therefore, anti-HIV agents having the other mechanism of action are desired.

Under the circumstances above, an HIV integrase inhibitor has been focused on as an anti-HIV agent having a novel mechanism of action (Ref: Patent Documents 1 and 2). As an anti-HIV agent having such a mechanism of action, known are carbamoyl-substituted hydroxypyrimidinone derivative (Ref: Patent Documents 3 and 4) and carbamoyl-substituted hydroxypyrrolidione derivative (Ref: Patent Document 5). Further, a patent application concerning carbamoyl-substituted hydroxypyridone derivative has been filed (Ref: Patent Document 6, Example 8).

Other known carbamoylpyridone derivatives include 5-alkoxypyridine-3-carboxamide derivatives and γ-pyrone-3-carboxamide derivatives, which are a plant growth inhibitor or herbicide (Ref: Patent Documents 7-9).

Other HIV integrase inhibitors include N-containing condensed cyclic compounds (Ref: Patent Document 10).

  • [Patent Document 1] WO03/0166275
  • [Patent Document 2] WO2004/024693
  • [Patent Document 3] WO03/035076
  • [Patent Document 4] WO03/035076
  • [Patent Document 5] WO2004/004657
  • [Patent Document 6] JP Patent Application 2003-32772
  • [Patent Document 7] JP Patent Publication 1990-108668
  • [Patent Document 8] JP Patent Publication 1990-108683
  • [Patent Document 9] JP Patent Publication 1990-96506
  • [Patent Document 10] WO2005/016927
  • Patent Document 1 describes compounds (I) and (II), which are useful as anti-HIV drugs and shown by formulae:

    Figure imgb0001
  • This document describes the following reaction formula as a method of producing compound (I).

    Figure imgb0002
    Figure imgb0003
  • Furthermore, Patent Documents 2 to 6 describe the following reaction formula as an improved method of producing compound (I).

    Figure imgb0004
    Figure imgb0005
        [PATENT DOCUMENTS]
        • [Patent Document 1] International publication No.2006/116764 pamphlet
        • [Patent Document 2] International publication No.2010/011812 pamphlet
        • [Patent Document 3] International publication No.2010/011819 pamphlet
        • [Patent Document 4] International publication No.2010/068262 pamphlet
        • [Patent Document 5] International publication No.2010/067176 pamphlet
        • [Patent Document 6] International publication No.2010/068253 pamphlet
        • [Patent Document 7] US Patent 4769380A
        • [Patent Document 8] International applicationPCT/JP2010/055316

    [NON-PATENT DOCUMENTS]

      • [Non-Patent Document 1] Journal of Organic Chemistry, 1991, 56(16), 4963-4967
      • [Non-Patent Document 2] Science of Synthesis, 2005, 15, 285-387
      • [Non-Patent Document 3] Journal of Chemical Society Parkin Transaction. 1, 1997, Issue. 2, 163-169

…………………………………………

Dolutegravir synthesis (EP2602260, 2013). LiHMDS as the non-nucleophilic strong base pulling compound 1 carbonyl group proton alpha position with an acid chloride after 2 and ring closure reaction to obtain 3 , 3 via primary amine 4 ring opening ring closure to obtain 5 , NBS the bromine under acidic conditions to obtain aldehyde acetal becomes 6 , 6 of the aldehyde and amino alcohols 7 and turn off the condensation reaction obtained by the ring 8 , alkaline hydrolysis 8 of bromine into a hydroxyl group and hydrolyzable ester obtained 9 after the 10 occurred acid condensation Dolutegravir.

………………………………………………………

Synthesis of Dolutegravir (S/GSK1349572, GSK1349572)

………………………

SYNTHESIS

2H-Pyrido[1',2':4,5]pyrazino[2,1-b][1,3]oxazine-9-carboxamide, N-[(2,4-difluorophenyl)methyl]-3,4,6,8,12,12a-hexahydro-7-hydroxy-4-methyl-6,8-dioxo-, (4R,12aS) ………..dolutegravir

PATENT   US8129385

Figure US08129385-20120306-C00099

Desired isomer

Example Z-1

(3R,11aS)—N-[(2,4-Difluorophenyl)methyl]-6-hydroxy-3-methyl-5,7-dioxo-2,3,5,7,11,11a-hexahydro[1,3]oxazolo[3,2-a]pyrido[1,2-d]pyrazine-8-carboxamide sodium salt

Figure US08129385-20120306-C00116

a)

(3R,11aS)—N-[(2,4-Difluorophenyl)methyl]-3-methyl-5,7-dioxo-6-[(phenylmethyl)oxy]-2,3,5,7,11,11a-hexahydro[1,3]oxazolo[3,2-a]pyrido[1,2-d]pyrazine-8-carboxamide. To a solution of 16a (409 mg, 0.87 mmol) in dichloroethane (20 mL) was added (2R)-2-amino-1-propanol (0.14 mL, 1.74 mmol) and 10 drops of glacial acetic acid. The resultant solution was heated at reflux for 2 h. Upon cooling, Celite was added to the mixture and the solvents removed in vacuo and the material was purified via silica gel chromatography (2% CH3OH/CH2Clgradient elution) to give (3R,11aS)—N-[(2,4-difluorophenyl)methyl]-3-methyl-5,7-dioxo-6-[(phenylmethyl)oxy]-2,3,5,7,11,11a-hexahydro[1,3]oxazolo[3,2-a]pyrido[1,2-d]pyrazine-8-carboxamide (396 mg, 92%) as a glass. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 10.38 (m, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 7.54-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.37-7.24 (m, 4H), 6.83-6.76 (m, 2H), 5.40 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 5.22 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (dd, J=9.6, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (m, 2H), 4.41 (m, 1H), 4.33-4.30 (m, 2H), 3.84 (dd, J=12.0, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 3.63 (dd, J=8.4, 7.2 Hz, 1H), 1.37 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 3H); ES+MS: 496 (M+1).

b)

(3R,11aS)—N-[(2,4-Difluorophenyl)methyl]-6-hydroxy-3-methyl-5,7-dioxo-2,3,5,7,11,11a-hexahydro[1,3]oxazolo[3,2-a]pyrido[1,2-d]pyrazine-8-carboxamide sodium salt. To a solution of (3R,11aS)—N-[(2,4-difluorophenyl)methyl]-3-methyl-5,7-dioxo-6-[(phenylmethyl)oxy]-2,3,5,7,11,11a-hexahydro[1,3]oxazolo[3,2-a]pyrido[1,2-d]pyrazine-8-carboxamide (396 mg, 0.80 mmol) in methanol (30 mL) was added 10% Pd/C (25 mg). Hydrogen was bubbled through the reaction mixture via a balloon for 2 h. The resultant mixture was filtered through Celite with methanol and dichloromethane.

The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give (3R,11aS)—N-[(2,4-difluorophenyl)methyl]-6-hydroxy-3-methyl-5,7-dioxo-2,3,5,7,11,11a-hexahydro[1,3]oxazolo[3,2-a]pyrido[1,2-d]pyrazine-8-carboxamide , DOLUTEGRAVIR   as a pink tinted white solid (278 mg, 86%).

1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 11.47 (m, 1H), 10.29 (m, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 7.36 (m, 1H), 6.82 (m, 2H), 5.31 (dd, J=9.6, 3.6 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (m, 2H), 4.47-4.38 (m, 3H), 3.93 (dd, J=12.0, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 3.75 (m, 1H), 1.49 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 3H); ES+ MS: 406 (M+1).

DOLUTEGRAVIR NA SALT

The above material (278 mg, 0.66 mmol) was taken up in ethanol (10 mL) and treated with 1 N sodium hydroxide (aq) (0.66 ml, 0.66 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Ether was added and the liquids were collected to provide the sodium salt of the title compound as a white powder (291 mg, 99%). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 10.68 (m, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.20 (m, 1H), 7.01 (m, 1H), 5.20 (m, 1H), 4.58 (m, 1H), 4.49 (m, 2H), 4.22 (m, 2H), 3.74 (dd, J=11.2, 10.4 Hz, 1H), 3.58 (m, 1H), 1.25 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 3H).

UNDESIRED ISOMER

Example Z-9

(3S,11aR)—N-[(2,4-Difluorophenyl)methyl]-6-hydroxy-3-methyl-5,7-dioxo-2,3,5,7,11,11a-hexahydro[1,3]oxazolo[3,2-a]pyrido[1,2-d]pyrazine-8-carboxamide sodium salt

Figure US08129385-20120306-C00124

The title compound was made in two steps using a similar process to that described in example Z-1. 16a (510 mg, 1.08 mmol) and (25)-2-amino-1-propanol (0.17 mL, 2.17 mmol) were reacted in 1,2-dichloroethane (20 mL) with acetic acid to give (3S,11aR)—N-[(2,4-difluorophenyl)methyl]-3-methyl-5,7-dioxo-6-[(phenylmethyl)oxy]-2,3,5,7,11,11a-hexahydro[1,3]oxazolo[3,2-a]pyrido[1,2-d]pyrazine-8-carboxamide (500 mg, 93%). This material was hydrogenated in a second step as described in example Z-1 to give (3S,11aR)—N-[(2,4-Difluorophenyl)methyl]-6-hydroxy-3-methyl-5,7-dioxo-2,3,5,7,11,11a-hexahydro[1,3]oxazolo[3,2-a]pyrido[1,2-d]pyrazine-8-carboxamide (386 mg, 94%) as a tinted white solid. 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 11.46 (m, 1H), 10.28 (m, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 6.80 (m, 2H), 5.30 (dd, J=10.0, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.63 (m, 2H), 4.48-4.37 (m, 3H), 3.91 (dd, J=12.0, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 3.73 (m, 1H), 1.48 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 3H); ES+ MS: 406 (M+1). This material (385 mg, 0.95 mmol) was treated with sodium hydroxide (0.95 mL, 1.0 M, 0.95 mmol) in ethanol (15 mL) as described in example Z-1 to provide its corresponding sodium salt (381 mg, 94%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 10.66 (m, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.33 (m, 1H), 7.20 (m, 1H), 7.01 (m, 1H), 5.19 (m, 1H), 4.59 (m, 1H), 4.48 (m, 2H), 4.22 (m, 2H), 3.75 (m, 1 H), 3.57 (m, 1H), 1.24 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 3H).

SYNTHESIS OF INTERMEDIATES

Figure US08129385-20120306-C00090

IN ABOVE SCHEME SYNTHESIS UPTO COMPD 9 MAY BE USEFUL IN SYNTHESIS BUT READERS DISCRETION IS SOUGHT IN THIS ?????????????????

1) Maltol 1 (189 g, 1.5 mol) was dissolved in dimethylformamide (1890 ml), and benzyl bromide (184 ml, 1.5 mol) was added. After the solution was stirred at 80° C. for 15 minutes, potassium carbonate (228 g, 1.65 mol) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, an inorganic salt was filtered, and the filtrate was distilled off under reduced pressure. To the again precipitated inorganic salt was added tetrahydrofuran (1000 ml), this was filtered, and the filtrate was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain the crude product (329 g, >100%) of 3-benzyloxy-2-methyl-pyran-4-one 2 as a brown oil.

NMR (CDCl3) δ: 2.09 (3H, s), 5.15 (2H, s), 6.36 (1H, d, J=5.6 Hz), 7.29-7.41 (5H, m), 7.60 (1H, d, J=5.6 Hz).

2) The compound 2 (162.2 g, 750 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (487 ml), and aqueous ammonia (28%, 974 ml) and a 6N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (150 ml, 900 mmol) were added. After the reaction solution was stirred at 90° C. for 1 hour, this was cooled to under ice-cooling, and ammonium chloride (58 g, 1080 mmol) was added. To the reaction solution was added chloroform, this was extracted, and the organic layer was washed with an aqueous saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, and dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, isopropyl alcohol and diethyl ether were added to the residue, and precipitated crystals were filtered to obtain 3-benzyloxy-2-methyl-1H-pyridine-4-one 3 (69.1 g, 43%) as a pale yellow crystal.

NMR (DMSO-d6) δ: 2.05 (3H, s), 5.04 (2H, s), 6.14 (1H, d, J=7.0 Hz), 7.31-7.42 (5H, m), 7.46 (1H, d, J=7.2 Hz), 11.29 (1H, brs).

3) The above compound 3 (129 g, 699 mmol) was suspended in acetonitrile (1300 ml), and N-bromosuccinic acid imide (117 g, 659 mmol) was added, followed by stirring at room temperature for 90 minutes. Precipitated crystals were filtered, and washed with acetonitrile and diethyl ether to obtain 3-benzyloxy-5-bromo-2-methyl-pyridine-4-ol 4 (154 g, 88%) as a colorless crystal.

NMR (DMSO-d6) δ: 2.06 (3H, s), 5.04 (2H, s), 7.32-7.42 (5H, m), 8.03 (1H, d, J=5.5 Hz), 11.82 (1H, brs).

4) To a solution of the compound 4 (88 g, 300 mmol), palladium acetate (13.4 g, 60 mmol) and 1,3-bis(diphenylphosphino)propane (30.8 g, 516 mmol) in dimethylformamide (660 ml) were added methanol (264 ml) and triethylamine (210 ml, 1.5 mol) at room temperature. The interior of a reaction vessel was replaced with carbon monoxide, and the material was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, and stirred at 80 degree for 18 hours. A vessel to which ethyl acetate (1500 ml), an aqueous saturated ammonium chloride solution (1500 ml) and water (1500 ml) had been added was stirred under ice-cooling, and the reaction solution was added thereto. Precipitates were filtered, and washed with water (300 ml), ethyl acetate (300 ml) and diethyl ether (300 ml) to obtain 5-benzyloxy-4-hydroxy-6-methyl-nicotinic acid methyl ester 5 (44.9 g, 55%) as a colorless crystal.

NMR (DMSO-d6) δ: 2.06 (3H, s), 3.72 (3H, s), 5.02 (2H, s), 7.33-7.42 (5H, m), 8.07 (1H, s).

5) After a solution of the compound 5 (19.1 g, 70 mmol) in acetic anhydride (134 ml) was stirred at 130° C. for 40 minutes, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 4-acetoxy-5-benzyloxy-6-methyl-nicotinic acid methyl ester 6 (19.9 g, 90%) as a flesh colored crystal.

NMR (CDCl3) δ: 2.29 (3H, s), 2.52 (3H, s), 3.89 (3H, s), 4.98 (2H, s), 7.36-7.41 (5H, m), 8.85 (1H, s).

6) To a solution of the compound 6 (46.2 g, 147 mmol) in chloroform (370 ml) was added metachloroperbenzoic acid (65%) (42.8 g, 161 mmol) in portions under ice-cooling, and this was stirred at room temperature for 90 minutes. To the reaction solution was added a 10% aqueous potassium carbonate solution, and this was stirred for 10 minutes, followed by extraction with chloroform. The organic layer was washed with successively with a 10% aqueous potassium carbonate solution, an aqueous saturated ammonium chloride solution, and an aqueous saturated sodium chloride solution, and dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under induced pressure, and the residue was washed with diisopropyl ether to obtain 4-acetoxy-5-benzyloxy-6-methyl-1-oxy-nicotinic acid methyl ester 7 (42.6 g, 87%) as a colorless crystal.

NMR (CDCl3) δ: 2.30 (3H, s), 2.41 (3H, s), 3.90 (3H, s), 5.02 (2H, s), 7.37-7.39 (5H, m), 8.70 (1H, s).

7) To acetic anhydride (500 ml) which had been heated to stir at 130° C. was added the compound 7 (42.6 g, 129 mmol) over 2 minutes, and this was stirred for 20 minutes. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 4-acetoxy-6-acetoxymethyl-5-benzyloxy-nicotinic acid methyl ester 8 (49.6 g, >100%) as a black oil.

NMR (CDCl3) δ: 2.10 (3H, s), 2.28 (3H, s), 3.91 (3H, s), 5.07 (2H, s), 5.20 (2H, s), 7.35-7.41 (5H, m), 8.94 (1H, s).

8) To a solution of the compound 8 (46.8 g, 125 mmol) in methanol (140 ml) was added a 2N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (376 ml) under ice-cooling, and this was stirred at 50° C. for 40 minutes. To the reaction solution were added diethyl ether and 2N hydrochloric acid under ice-cooling, and precipitated crystals were filtered. Resulting crystals were washed with water and diethyl ether to obtain 5-benzyloxy-4-hydroxy-6-hydroxymethyl-nicotinic acid 9 (23.3 g, 68%) as a colorless crystal.

NMR (DMSO-d6) δ: 4.49 (2H, s), 5.19 (2H, s), 5.85 (1H, brs), 7.14-7.20 (2H, m), 7.33-7.43 (7H, m), 8.30 (1H, s), 10.73 (1H, t, J=5.8 Hz), 11.96 (1H, brs).

9) To a solution of the compound 9 (131 g, 475 mmol), 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (219 g, 1140 mmol) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (128 g, 950 mmol) in dimethylformamide (1300 ml) was added 4-fluorobenzylamine (109 ml, 950 mmol), and this was stirred at 80° C. for 1.5 hours. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, hydrochloric acid was added, followed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with a 5% aqueous potassium carbonate solution, an aqueous saturated ammonium chloride solution, and an aqueous saturated sodium chloride solution, and dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a mixture (175 g) of 10 and 11. the resulting mixture was dissolved in acetic acid (1050 ml) and water (1050 ml), and zinc (31.1 g, 475 mmol) was added, followed by heating to reflux for 1 hour. After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, a 10% aqueous potassium carbonate solution was added, followed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with an aqueous saturated ammonium chloride solution, and an aqueous saturated sodium chloride solution, and dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate. After the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, this was washed with diethyl ether to obtain 5-benzyloxy-N-(4-fluoro-benzyl)-4-hydroxy-6-hydroxymethyl-nicotinic acid amide 10 (107 g, 59%) as a colorless crystal.

NMR (DMSO-d6) δ: 4.45 (2H, d, J=4.3 Hz), 4.52 (2H, d, J=5.8 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 6.01 (1H, brs), 7.36-7.43 (5H, m), 8.31 (1H, s), 12.63 (1H, brs).

………………..

SYNTHESIS

EP2602260A1

      Example 3
    • Figure imgb0128

3H IS DOLUTEGRAVIR

Step 1

    • N,N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (4.9 ml, 36.5 mmol) was added dropwise to compound 3A (5.0 g, 30.4 mmol) under cooling at 0°C. After stirring at 0°C for 1 hour, 100 ml of ethyl acetate was added to the reaction solution, and the organic layer was washed with a 0.5 N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (50 ml). The aqueous layer was separated, followed by extraction with ethyl acetate (50 ml). The organic layers were combined, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and saturated saline in this order, and then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane-ethyl acetate: 1:1 (v/v) → ethyl acetate) to obtain 4.49 g (yield: 67%) of compound 3B as an oil.
      1H-NMR (CDCl3)δ:1.32 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.90 (3H, br s), 3.29 (3H, br s), 4.23 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 4.54 (2H, s), 7.81 (1H, s).

Step 2

    • Lithium hexamethyldisilazide (1.0 M solution in toluene, 49 ml, 49.0 mmol) was diluted with tetrahydrofuran (44 ml). A tetrahydrofuran (10 ml) solution of compound 3B (4.49 g, 20.4 mmol) was added dropwise thereto under cooling at -78°C, and a tetrahydrofuran (10 ml) solution of ethyl oxalyl chloride (3.35 g, 24.5 mmol) was then added dropwise to the mixture. The mixture was stirred at -78°C for 2 hours and then heated to 0°C. 2 N hydrochloric acid was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was stirred for 20 minutes, followed by extraction with ethyl acetate (200 ml x 2). The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate and saturated saline and then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane-ethyl acetate: 7:3 → 5:5 → 0:10 (v/v)) to obtain 1.77 g (yield: 31%) of compound 3C as a white solid.
      1H-NMR (CDCl3)δ:1.36-1.46 (6H, m), 4.35-4.52 (8H, m), 8.53 (1H, s).

Step 3

    • Aminoacetaldehyde dimethyl acetal (0.13 ml, 1.20 mmol) was added to an ethanol (6 ml) solution of compound 3C (300 mg, 1.09 mmol) at 0°C, and the mixture was stirred at 0°C for 1.5 hours, then at room temperature for 18 hours, and at 60°C for 4 hours. The solvent in the reaction solution was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the obtained residue was then purified by silica gel column chromatography (n-hexane-ethyl acetate: 5:5 → 0:10 (v/v)) to obtain 252 mg (yield: 64%) of compound 3D as an oil.
      1H-NMR (CDCl3)δ:1.36-1.47 (6H, m), 3.42 (6H, s), 3.90 (2H, d, J = 5.2 Hz), 4.37 (3H, q, J = 7.2 Hz), 4.50 (2H, q, J = 7.2 Hz), 8.16 (1H, s).

Step 4

    • 62% H2SO4 (892 mg, 5.64 mmol) was added to a formic acid (10 ml) solution of compound 3D (1.02 g, 2.82 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The formic acid was distilled off under reduced pressure. To the residue, methylene chloride was added, and the mixture was pH-adjusted to 6.6 by the addition of a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate. The methylene chloride layer was separated, while the aqueous layer was subjected to extraction with methylene chloride. The methylene chloride layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off to obtain 531.8 mg of compound 3E as a yellow oil.
      1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.28-1.49 (6H, m), 4.27-4.56 (4H, m), 4.84 (2H, s), 8.10 (1H, s), 9.72 (1H, s).

Step 5

    • Methanol (0.20 ml, 5.0 mmol), (R)-3-amino-butan-1-ol (179 mg, 2.0 mmol), and acetic acid (0.096 ml, 1.70 mmol) were added to a toluene (5 ml) solution of compound 3E (531 mg, 1.68 mmol), and the mixture was heated to reflux for 4 hours. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, then diluted with chloroform, and then washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate. The aqueous layer was subjected to extraction with chloroform. The chloroform layers were combined, washed with saturated saline, and then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (chloroform-methanol: 100:0 → 90:10) to obtain 309.4 mg of compound 3F as a brown oil.
      1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.40 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 1.40 (3H, d, J = 7.1 Hz), 1.55-1.61 (1H, m), 2.19-2.27 (1H, m), 4.00 (1H, d, J = 1.5 Hz), 4.03 (1H, d, J = 2.5 Hz), 4.10 (1H, dd, J = 13.2, 6.3 Hz), 4.26 (1H, dd, J = 13.2, 3.8 Hz), 4.38 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 5.00-5.05 (1H, m), 5.31 (1H, dd, J = 6.4, 3.9 Hz), 8.10 (1H, s).

Step 6

    • Potassium trimethylsilanolate (333 mg, 2.34 mmol) was added to a 1,2-dimethoxyethane (2 ml) solution of compound 3F (159 mg, 0.47 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 7 hours. 1 N hydrochloric acid and saturated saline were added to the reaction solution, followed by extraction with chloroform. The chloroform layers were combined and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off to obtain 34.4 mg (yield: 25%) of compound 3G as an orange powder.
      1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.46 (3H, d, J = 3.5 Hz), 1.58-1.65 (1H, m), 2.26-2.30 (1H,m), 4.06-4.10 (2H, m), 4.31 (1H, dd, J = 13.8, 5.6 Hz), 4.48 (1H, dd, J = 13.6, 3.9 Hz), 5.03 (1H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 5.36 (1H, dd, J = 5.5, 4.0 Hz), 8.44 (1H, s), 12.80 (1H, s), 14.90 (1H, s).

Step 7

  • Compound 3G (16 mg, 0.054 mmol) and 2,4-difluorobenzylamine (17 mg, 0.12 mmol) were dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (1 ml). To the solution, N,N,N’,N’-tetramethyl-O-(7-aza-benzotriazol-1-yl)uronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) (53 mg, 0.14 mmol) and N-methylmorpholine (0.031 ml, 0.28 mmol) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. 2,4-difluorobenzylamine (17 mg, 0.12 mmol), HATU (64 mg, 0.17 mmol), and N-methylmorpholine (0.037 ml, 0.34 mmol) were further added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for additional 16 hours. 0.5 N hydrochloric acid was added to the reaction solution, followed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layers were combined, washed with 0.5 N hydrochloric acid and then with saturated saline, and then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the obtained residue was purified by preparative high-performance liquid chromatography to obtain 12.5 mg (yield: 55%) of compound 3H as an orange solid.
  • DOLUTEGRAVIR
  • 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ: 1.36 (3H, d, J = 6.9 Hz), 1.55-1.60 (1H, m), 2.01-2.05 (1H, m), 3.92-3.94 (1H, m), 4.04 (1H, t, J = 12.6 Hz), 4.38-4.41 (1H, m), 4.57-4.60 (1H, m), 4.81-4.83 (1H, m), 5.46-5.49 (1H, m), 7.08-7.11 (1H, m), 7.25-7.30 (1H, m), 7.41 (1H, dd, J = 15.3, 8.7 Hz), 8.53 (1H, s), 10.38 (1H, s), 12.53 (1H, s).

ISOMERS OF DOLUTEGRAVIR

      Reference Example 1
    • Figure imgb0145
      Figure imgb0146

Step 1

    • Acetic acid (180 mg, 3.00 mmol) was added to a toluene (90 ml) solution of compound A-1 (4.39 g, 9.33 mmol) and (R)-3-aminobutan-1-ol (998 mg, 11.2 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at 50°C for 90 minutes. The reaction solution was allowed to cool to room temperature and then poured to a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate. The organic layer was separated, while the aqueous layer was subjected to extraction three times with ethyl acetate. The combined extracts were washed with saturated saline and then dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off to obtain 4.29 g of crude product A-2.

Step 2

    • The crude product A-2 obtained in the preceding step was dissolved in ethanol (40 ml). To the solution, a 2 N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (20 ml) was added at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 2 hours. The reaction solution was neutralized to pH 7 using a 2 N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution. The solvent was directly distilled off. The obtained crude product A-3 was subjected to azeotropy with toluene (100 ml) and used in the next step without being purified.

Step 3

    • HOBt (1.65 g, 12.2 mmol) and WSC HCl (2.34 g, 12.2 mmol) were added at room temperature to a DMF (100 ml) solution of the crude product A-3 obtained in the preceding step, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 15 hours. Water was added to the reaction solution, followed by extraction three times with ethyl acetate. The combined extracts were washed with water three times and then dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was distilled off, and the obtained oil was subjected to silica gel column chromatography for purification. Elution was performed first with n-hexane-ethyl acetate (3:7, v/v) and then with only ethyl acetate. The fraction of interest was concentrated, and the obtained oil was then dissolved in ethyl acetate. The solution was crystallized with diisopropyl ether as a poor solvent. The obtained crystals were collected by filtration and dissolved again in ethyl acetate. The solution was recrystallized to obtain 1.84 g of compound A-4.
      1HNMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.49 (3H, d, J = 6.6 Hz), 1.88-1.96 (1H, m), 2.13-2.26 (1H, m), 3.90-4.17 (4H, m), 4.42-4.47 (1H, m), 4.63 (2H, d, J = 6.0 Hz), 5.12-5.17 (1H, m), 5.17 (1H, d, J = 9.9 Hz), 5.33 (1H, d, J = 9.9 Hz), 6.77-6.87 (2H, m), 7.27-7.42 (4H, m), 7.59-7.62 (2H, m), 8.35 (1H, s), 10.41 (1H, t, J = 5.7 Hz).

Step 4

  • The compound A-4 was subjected to the hydroxy deprotection reaction described in Step F of the paragraph [0088] to obtain compound A-5.
    1HNMR (DMSO-d6) δ:1.41 (3H, d, J = 6.3 Hz), 1.85-1.92 (1H, m), 1.50-1.75 (1H, m), 4.02-4.09 (3H, m), 4.28-4.34 (1H, m), 4.53 (2H, d, J = 5.7 Hz), 4.64 (1H, dd, J = 3.9 Hz, 12.6 Hz), 5.45 (1H, dd, J = 3.6 Hz, 9.3 Hz), 7.06 (1H, ddd, J = 2.7 Hz, 8.4 Hz, 8.4 Hz), 7.20-7.28 (1H, m), 7.35-7.42 (1H, m), 8.43 (1H, s),10.37 (1H, t, J = 6.0 Hz),12.37 (1H, brs).
    Reference Example 2
  • Figure imgb0147
  • Compound A-1 was reacted with (S)-3-aminobutan-1-ol in Step 1. Compound B-5 was obtained in the same way as in Reference Example 1.
    1HNMR (DMSO-d6) δ:1.41 (3H, d, J = 6.3 Hz), 1.85-1.92 (1H, m), 1.50-1.75 (1H, m), 4.02-4.09 (3H, m), 4.28-4.34 (1H, m), 4.53 (2H, d, J = 5.7 Hz), 4.64 (1H, dd, J = 3.9 Hz, 12.6 Hz), 5.45 (1H, dd, J = 3.6 Hz, 9.3 Hz), 7.06 (1H, ddd, J = 2.7 Hz, 8.4 Hz, 8.4 Hz), 7.20-7.28 (1H, m), 7.35-7.42 (1H, m), 8.43 (1H, s),10.37 (1H, t, J = 6.0 Hz),12.37 (1H, brs).

……………..

W02006116764

Figure imgf000122_0001

ENTRY 68

………………………….

WO 2010068262

…………………………

WO 2010068253

…………………………………

WO 2011119566

…………………………..

WO 2012018065

Example 3

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000176

I was under cooling added dropwise at 0 ℃ (4.9 ml, 36.5 mmol) and N, N-dimethylformamide dimethyl acetal (5.0 g, 30.4 mmol) in the first step compound 3A. After stirring for 1 hour at 0 ℃, ethyl acetate was added to 100ml, the reaction mixture was washed with 0.5N aqueous hydrochloric acid (50 ml). Was extracted with ethyl acetate (50ml) and solution was separated and the aqueous layer. The organic layers were combined, washed successively with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and saturated brine, and then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After the solvent was distilled off, silica gel column chromatography and the residue obtained was – and purified by (n-hexane (v / v) → ethyl acetate 1:1) to an oil (67% yield) of Compound 3B 4.49 g I got a thing.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3) δ: 1.32 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 2.90 (3H, br s), 3.29 (3H, br s), 4.23 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 4.54 (2H, s), 7.81 (1H, s).
Diluted with tetrahydrofuran (44 ml) (1.0M toluene solution, 49 ml, 49.0 mmol) the second step lithium hexamethyldisilazide, under cooling at -78 ℃, compound 3B (4.49 g, 20.4 mmol) in this After dropwise tetrahydrofuran (10 ml) was added dropwise tetrahydrofuran (3.35 g, 24.5 mmol) of ethyl oxalyl chloride and (10 ml) solution. After stirring for 2 hours at -78 ℃, I was warmed to 0 ℃. After washing (200 ml x 2), saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and the organic layer with saturated brine After stirring for 20 minutes, extracted with ethyl acetate by adding 2N hydrochloric acid, the reaction solution was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After removal of the solvent, silica gel column chromatography and the residue obtained – was purified (n-hexane (v / v) ethyl acetate 7:3 → 5:5 → 0:10), compound 3C 1.77 g (yield I as a white solid 31%).
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3) δ :1.36-1 .46 (6H, m), 4.35-4.52 (8H, m), 8.53 (1H, s).
Was added at 0 ℃ (0.13 ml, 1.20 mmol) the aminoacetaldehyde dimethyl acetal ethanol (300 mg, 1.09 mmol) of the third step compound 3C to (6 ml) solution, 1 hour and 30 minutes at 0 ℃, 18 hours at room temperature , then I was stirred for 4 hours at 60 ℃. After the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the reaction mixture by silica gel column chromatography and the residue obtained was – and purified by (n-hexane (v / v) ethyl acetate 5:5 → 0:10), compound 3D 252 mg (yield: I got as an oil 64%) rate.
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3) δ :1.36-1 .47 (6H, m), 3.42 (6H, s), 3.90 (2H, d, J = 5.2 Hz), 4.37 (3H, q, J = 7.2 Hz), 4.50 (2H, q, J = 7.2 Hz), 8.16 (1H, s).
Was added (892 mg, 5.64 mmol) and 2 SO 4 62-H% formic acid (1.02 g, 2.82 mmol) in a fourth step the compound for 3D (10 ml) solution was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. Methylene chloride was added to the residue Shi distilled off under reduced pressure and formic acid was adjusted to pH = 6.6 by addition of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate. The solution was separated methylene chloride layer was extracted with methylene chloride and the aqueous layer. I was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate combined methylene chloride layers. The solvent was then distilled off and was obtained as a yellow oil 531.8 mg compound 3E.
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.28-1.49 (6H, m), 4.27-4.56 (4H, m), 4.84 (2H, s), 8.10 (1H, s), 9.72 (1H, s).
Amino – - butane – 1 – ol (179 mg, 2.0 mmol), methanol (0.20 ml, 5.0 mmol), (R) -3 toluene (531 mg, 1.68 mmol) in the fifth step to compound 3E (5 ml) solution was added (0.096 ml, 1.70 mmol) acetic acid was heated under reflux for 4 hours. After dilution with chloroform, cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, and the aqueous layer was extracted with chloroform. After washing with saturated brine combined chloroform layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was then distilled off, silica gel column chromatography and the residue obtained – and (chloroform methanol 100:0 → 90:10), was obtained as a brown oil 309.4 mg compound 3F.
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.40 (3H, t, J = 7.1 Hz), 1.40 (3H, d, J = 7.1 Hz), 1.55-1.61 (1H, m), 2.19-2.27 (1H, m), 4.00 (1H, d, J = 1.5 Hz), 4.03 (1H, d, J = 2.5 Hz), 4.10 (1H, dd, J = 13.2, 6.3 Hz), 4.26 (1H, dd, J = 13.2, 3.8 Hz ), 4.38 (2H, q, J = 7.1 Hz), 5.00-5.05 (1H, m), 5.31 (1H, dd, J = 6.4, 3.9 Hz), 8.10 (1H, s).
1,2 (159 mg, 0.47 mmol) in the sixth step compound 3F – was added (333 mg, 2.34 mmol) and potassium trimethylsilanolate dimethoxyethane (2 ml) solution was stirred for 7 hours at room temperature. Brine was added to the 1N-hydrochloric acid to the reaction mixture, followed by extraction with chloroform. The combined chloroform layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation, and I as an orange powder (25% yield) of compound 3G 34.4 mg.
1H-NMR (CDCl3) δ: 1.46 (3H, d, J = 3.5 Hz), 1.58-1.65 (1H, m), 2.26-2.30 (1H, m), 4.06-4.10 (2H, m), 4.31 (1H , dd, J = 13.8, 5.6 Hz), 4.48 (1H, dd, J = 13.6, 3.9 Hz), 5.03 (1H, t, J = 6.4 Hz), 5.36 (1H, dd, J = 5.5, 4.0 Hz) , 8.44 (1H, s), 12.80 (1H, s), 14.90 (1H, s).
2,4 (16 mg, 0.054 mmol) and the seventh step compound 3G – was dissolved in N, N-dimethylformamide (1 ml) (17 mg, 0.12 mmol) difluorobenzyl amine, N, N, N ‘, N was added (0.031 ml, 0.28 mmol) and N-methylmorpholine uronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU) (53 mg, 0.14 mmol), and ‘- tetramethyl-O-(yl 7 – aza – - benzo triazolopyrimidine -1) I was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. 2,4 – was added (0.037 ml, 0.34 mmol) and N-methylmorpholine (64 mg, 0.17 mmol) and (17 mg, 0.12 mmol), HATU difluorobenzylamine, and the mixture was stirred for 16 hours at room temperature. I was extracted with ethyl acetate addition of 0.5N-hydrochloric acid to the reaction mixture. 0.5N-hydrochloric acid and then was washed with saturated brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and combined ethyl acetate layer. The solvent was then distilled off, and purified by preparative high performance liquid chromatography residue was obtained as an orange solid (55% yield) of compound 3H 12.5 mg.
1H-NMR (DMSO-d6) δ: 1.36 (3H, d, J = 6.9 Hz), 1.55-1.60 (1H, m), 2.01-2.05 (1H, m), 3.92-3.94 (1H, m), 4.04 (1H, t, J = 12.6 Hz), 4.38-4.41 (1H, m), 4.57-4.60 (1H, m), 4.81-4.83 (1H, m), 5.46-5.49 (1H, m), 7.08-7.11 (1H, m), 7.25-7.30 (1H, m), 7.41 (1H, dd, J = 15.3, 8.7 Hz), 8.53 (1H, s), 10.38 (1H, s), 12.53 (1H, s)

References

  1.  [1] American Medical Association (AMA), STATEMENT ON A NONPROPRIETARY NAME ADOPTED BY THE USAN COUNCIL (Dolutegravir) Accessed 3 December 2011.
  2.  FDA approves new drug to treat HIV infection http://www.fda.gov/NewsEvents/Newsroom/PressAnnouncements/ucm364744.htm Aug. 12, 2013
  3.  “U.S. FDA approves GlaxoSmithKline’s HIV drug Tivicay”Reuters. 12 August 2013. Retrieved 13 February 2013.
  4.  “GSK wins priority status for new HIV drug in U.S”Reuters. 16 February 2013. Retrieved 18 February 2013.
  5.  “ViiV Healthcare receives approval for Tivicay™ (dolutegravir) in Canada for the treatment of HIV”. Retrieved 11 November 2013.
  6. FDA approves new drug to treat HIV infection http://www.fda.gov/NewsEvents/Newsroom/PressAnnouncements/ucm364744.htm Aug. 12, 2013
  7.  U.S. FDA approves GlaxoSmithKline’s HIV drug Tivicay http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/08/12/us-glaxosmithkline-hivdrug-idUSBRE97B0WU20130812 Mon Aug 12, 2013 6:40pm EDT
  8.  “Dolutegravir Prescribing Information”. Retrieved 3 January 2014.
  9.  Raffi, F; Jaeger, H; Quiros-Roldan, E; Albrecht, H; Belonosova, E; Gatell, JM; Baril, JG; Domingo, P; Brennan, C; Almond, S; Min, S; extended SPRING-2 Study, Group (Nov 2013). “Once-daily dolutegravir versus twice-daily raltegravir in antiretroviral-naive adults with HIV-1 infection (SPRING-2 study): 96 week results from a randomised, double-blind, non-inferiority trial.”. The Lancet infectious diseases 13 (11): 927–35. PMID 24074642.
  10. Jump up^ http://www.natap.org/2013/ICAAC/ICAAC_24.htm
  11.  Walmsley, Sharon L.; Antela, Antonio; Clumeck, Nathan; Duiculescu, Dan; Eberhard, Andrea; Gutiérrez, Felix; Hocqueloux, Laurent; Maggiolo, Franco; Sandkovsky, Uriel; Granier, Catherine; Pappa, Keith; Wynne, Brian; Min, Sherene; Nichols, Garrett (7 November 2013). “Dolutegravir plus Abacavir–Lamivudine for the Treatment of HIV-1 Infection”. New England Journal of Medicine 369 (19): 1807–1818. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1215541.
  12.  Sax, Paul. “SINGLE Study Underscores Waning of the Efavirenz Era — But Probably Just in the USA – See more at:http://blogs.jwatch.org/hiv-id-observations/index.php/single-study-underscores-waning-of-the-efavirenz-era-but-probably-just-in-the-usa/2013/11/06/#sthash.A39SderN.dpuf”. Retrieved 19 December 2013.
  13.  Eron, JJ; Clotet, B; Durant, J; Katlama, C; Kumar, P; Lazzarin, A; Poizot-Martin, I; Richmond, G; Soriano, V; Ait-Khaled, M; Fujiwara, T; Huang, J; Min, S; Vavro, C; Yeo, J; VIKING Study, Group (2013 Mar 1). “Safety and efficacy of dolutegravir in treatment-experienced subjects with raltegravir-resistant HIV type 1 infection: 24-week results of the VIKING Study.”. The Journal of infectious diseases 207 (5): 740–8. PMID 23225901.
  14. WO2010011812A1 * Jul 23, 2009 Jan 28, 2010 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Chemical compounds
    WO2010011819A1 * Jul 23, 2009 Jan 28, 2010 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Chemical compounds
        • [Patent Document 1] International publication No.2006/116764 pamphlet
        • [Patent Document 2] International publication No.2010/011812 pamphlet
        • [Patent Document 3] International publication No.2010/011819 pamphlet
        • [Patent Document 4] International publication No.2010/068262 pamphlet
        • [Patent Document 5] International publication No.2010/067176 pamphlet
        • [Patent Document 6] International publication No.2010/068253 pamphlet
        • [Patent Document 7] US Patent 4769380A
        • [Patent Document 8] International applicationPCT/JP2010/055316

    [NON-PATENT DOCUMENTS]

      • [Non-Patent Document 1] Journal of Organic Chemistry, 1991, 56(16), 4963-4967
      • [Non-Patent Document 2] Science of Synthesis, 2005, 15, 285-387
      • [Non-Patent Document 3] Journal of Chemical Society Parkin Transaction. 1, 1997, Issue. 2, 163-169

…………………

Sources:

Johns, Brian Alvin; Kawasuji, Takashi; Taishi, Teruhiko; Taoda, Yoshiyuki ; Polycyclic carbamoylpyridone derivative having HIV integrase inhibitory activity and their preparation; PCT Int. Appl., WO2006116764, 02 Nov 2006

Johns, Brian Alvin; Weatherhead, Jason Gordon;Tricyclic heterocyclic compounds as antiviral agents and their preparation and use in the treatment of HIV infection; PCT Int. Appl., WO2010011812, 28 Jan 2010

Johns, Brian Alvin; Weatherhead, Jason Gordon; Tricyclic heterocyclic compounds as antiviral agents and their preparation and use in the treatment of HIV infection;PCT Int. Appl., WO2010011819, 28 Jan 2010

Yoshida, Hiroshi; Taoda, Yoshiyuki; Johns, Brian Alvin; Synthesis of fused tricyclic carbamoylpyridone HIV integrase inhibitors and intermediates;PCT Int. Appl.,WO2010068253, 17 Jun 2010

Johns, Brian Alvin; Duan, Maosheng; Hakogi, Toshikazu;Processes and intermediates for fused tricyclic carbamoylpyridone HIV integrase inhibitors;PCT Int. Appl., WO2010068262, 17 Jun 2010

Sumino, Yukihito; Okamoto, Kazuya; Masui, Moriyasu; Yamada, Daisuke; Ikarashi, Fumiya;Preparation of compounds having HIV integrase inhibitory activity; PCT Int. Appl.,WO2012018065, 09 Feb 2012

Kawasuji, Takashi; Johns, Brian A.;Discovery of dolutegravir and S/GSK1265744: Carbamoyl pyridone HIV-1 integrase inhibitors;Abstracts, 64th Southeast Regional Meeting of the American Chemical Society, Raleigh, NC, United States, November 14-17 (2012), SERM-176.

Kawasuji, Takashi; Johns, Brian A.; Yoshida, Hiroshi; Weatherhead, Jason G.; Akiyama, Toshiyuki; Taishi, Teruhiko; Taoda, Yoshiyuki; Mikamiyama-Iwata, Minako; Murai, Hitoshi; Kiyama, Ryuichi; Fuji, Masahiro; Tanimoto, Norihiko; Yoshinaga, Tomokazu; Seki, Takahiro; Kobayashi, Masanori; Sato, Akihiko; Garvey, Edward P.; Fujiwara, Tamio; Carbamoyl Pyridone HIV-1 Integrase Inhibitors. 2. Bi- and Tricyclic Derivatives Result in Superior Antiviral and Pharmacokinetic Profiles;Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (2013), 56(3), 1124-1135

Walmsley S et al. Dolutegravir (DTG; S/GSK1349572) + abacavir/lamivudine once daily statistically superior to tenofovir/emtricitabine/efavirenz: 48-week results – SINGLE (ING114467). 52nd ICAAC, 9-12 September 2012, San Francisco. Abstract H-556b.
http://www.abstractsonline.com/Plan/ViewAbstract.aspx?sKey=e1c18d5b-830f-4b4e-8671-35bcfb20eed5&cKey=af219b7d-2171-46b2-91ef-b8049552c9e5&mKey=%7b6B114A1D-85A4-4054-A83B-04D8B9B8749F%7d
http://www.natap.org/2012/ICAAC/ICAAC_06.htm
http://i-base.info/htb/20381

Raffi F et al. Once-daily dolutegravir (DTG; S/GSK1349572) is non-inferior to raltegravir (RAL) in antiretroviral-naive adults: 48 week results from SPRING-2 (ING113086). 19th International AIDS Conference. 22-27 July 2012, Washington. Late breaker oral presentation THLBB04.
http://pag.aids2012.org/abstracts.aspx?aid=20990

National Institutes of Health (U.S.). A trial comparing GSK1349572 50 mg plus abacavir/lamivudine once daily to Atripla (also called the SINGLE trial). Available from:http://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT01263015.

Stellbrink HJ, Reynes J, Lazzarin A, et al. Dolutegravir in combination therapy exhibits rapid and sustained antiviral response in ARV-naïve adults: 96-week results from SPRING-1 (ING112276) (Abstract 102LB). Paper presented at: 19th Conference on Retroviruses and Opportunistic Infections; 2012 March 5–8; Seattle, WA. Available from:http://www.retroconference.org/2012b/Abstracts/45432.html

Share

Risk Assessment of Genotoxic Impurities in Marketed Compounds Administered over a Short-Term Duration: Applications to Oncology Products and Implications for Impurity Control Limits

$
0
0

Figure

Controlling impurities during drug development improves product quality and minimizes safety risks to the patient. Recent regulatory guidance on genotoxic impurities (GTIs) state that identified GTIs are unusually toxic and require lower reporting, identification, and qualification limits than outlined in the International Conference on Harmonization (ICH) guideline “Impurities in New Drug Substances Q3A(R2).” [ ICH Harmonized Tripartite Guideline: Impurities in New Drug Substances (Q3A), (R2); International Conference on Harmonization of Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (ICH), 2006.] Patient safety is always the underlying focus, but the overall impurity control strategy is also driven by appropriate “as low as reasonably practicable” (ALARP)(2)procedures that include assessment of process capability and associated analytical techniques. In combination with ALARP, safe and appropriate GTI levels are currently identified using chronic toxicology-based limits calculated under the standard assumption of 70-years for exposure duration. This paper proposes a risk assessment approach for developing GTI limits based on shorter-term exposure durations by highlighting marketed anticancer compounds with limited dosing schedules (e.g., 2 years). These limits are generally higher than the defaulted threshold of toxicological concern (TTC of 1.5 μg/day) and can result in more easily developed and less complex analytical methods. The described approach does not compromise safety and can potentially speed life-saving medicines to patients.

Org. Process Res. Dev., 2010, 14 (4), pp 986–992
Publication Date (Web): June 7, 2010 (Concept Article)
DOI: 10.1021/op1000226
READ AT

Share

Dasantafil for Treatment of Erectile Dysfunction

$
0
0

Figure imgf000081_0001Dasantafil

569351-91-3 CAS NO

405214-79-1 (racemate)

UNII-48P711MI2G, SCH 446132, D03657,
Molecular Formula: C22H28BrN5O5
Molecular Weight: 522.39222
Merck & Co. (Originator) IN PHASE 2

THERAPEUTIC CLAIM       treatment of erectile dysfunction (phosphodiesterase (PDE) 5 isoenzyme inhibitor)

CHEMICAL NAMES

  1. 1H-purine-2,6-dione, 7-[(3-bromo-4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-1-ethyl-3,7-dihydro-8-[[(1R,2R)-2-hydroxycyclopentyl]amino]-3-(2-hydroxyethyl) 
  2. 7-(3-bromo-4-methoxybenzyl)-1-ethyl-8-[[(1R,2R)-2-hydroxycyclopentyl]amino]-3-(2-hydroxyethyl)-3,7-dihydro-1H-purine-2,6-dione

7-[(3-bromo-4-methoxyphenyl)methyl]-l-ethyl-8-[[(lR,2R)-2- hydroxycyclopentyl]amino]-3-(2-hydroxyethyl)purine-2,6-dione

Treatment of Erectile Dysfunction , Phosphodiesterase PDE5A Inhibitors

Dasantafil (SCH-446132) is a phosphodiesterase type 5 (PDE5) inhibitor which had been in early clinical development at Merck & Co. for the treatment of erectile dysfunction (ED); however, no recent development has been reported for this research. Phosphodiesterases regulate the tissue concentration of cyclic guanosine monophosphate (cGMP), which in turn triggers smooth muscle relaxation, allowing blood to flow into the penis and resulting in erection. PDE5 is the most abundant phosphodiesterase in the human corpus cavernosum, and as such its inhibition by dasantafil enhances erectile function by increasing the concentration of cGMP.

DASANTAFIL

 

PDE V inhibitor compounds and their use in treating a variety of physiological conditions are described in a number of patents {e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,409,934, 5,470,579, 5,939,419 and 5,393,755) and foreign publications (e.g., WO 93/23401 , WO 92/05176, WO 92/05175, and WO 99/24433).

Specific PDE V inhibitors have been found useful for specific indications. For example, the use of PDE V inhibitors for treating impotence has met with commercial success with the introduction of sildenafil citrate, vardenafil, and tadalafil (i.e., Viagra®, Levitra®, and Cialis®, respectively). The chemistry and use of Viagra®, including its mechanism of action in treating erectile dysfunction, are taught in EP 0 702 555 B1. Accordingly, it is an object of this invention to provide a method of using a PDE V inhibitor to treat a patient who has, or is at risk of, congestive heart failure, and/or other cardiovascular conditions.

Processes for preparing PDE V inhibitor compounds can be found in US

6,207,829, US 6,066,735, US 5,955,611 , US 5,939,419, US 5,393,755, US 5,409,934, US 5,470,579, US 5,250,534, WO 02/24698, WO 99/24433, WO 93/23401 , WO 92/05176, WO 92/05175, EP 740,668 and EP 702,555. One type of PDE V inhibitor compound contains a xanthine functionality in its structure. Xanthines can be prepared as described by Peter K. Bridson and Xiaodong Wang in 1 -Substituted Xanthines, Synthesis, 855 (July, 1995), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. WO 02/24698, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety, teaches a class of xanthine PDE V inhibitor compounds useful for the treatment of impotence. A general process disclosed therein for preparing xanthine PDE V inhibitor compounds having the formula (I) follows:

 

(III) (I) (i) reacting a compound having the formula (III) with an alkyl halide in the presence of a base (introduction of R11 or a protected form of R11); (ii) (a) debenzylating and then (b) alkylating the compound resulting from step (i) with an alkyl halide, XCH2R1“; (iii) (a) deprotonating and then (b) halogenating the compound resulting from step (ii);

(iv) reacting the compound resulting from step (iii) with an amine having the formula RlvNH2; and (v) removing a protecting portion of Rn, if present, on the compound resulting from step (iv) to form the compound having the formula (I). R1, R”, Rm and Rlv correspond to R1, R2, R3 and R4, respectively, in WO02/24698, and are defined therein. WO 02/24698 (pages 44 and 68-73) also teaches a synthesis for the following xanthine compound (identified therein as Compound 13 or Compound 114 of Table II): 1-ethyl-3,7-dihydro-8-[(1 R,2R)- (hydroxycyclopentyl) amino]-3-(2-hydroxyethyl)-7-[(3-bromo-4- methoxyphenyl)methyl]-1 H-purine-2,6-dione:

 

Compound 13. It would be beneficial to provide an improved process for preparing polycyclic xanthine PDE V inhibitor compounds

………………….

Patent description

Links

WO2006055573A2

entry 129 is dasantafil

Figure imgf000050_0001

…………………

SYNTHESIS

Links

WO2002024698A1

Figure imgf000069_0001

14X CHs ‘ B” tX is Experimental Procedure: Compound 114 in Table II (13)

1 (20.0 g, 74.0 mmol) was dissolved in dimethylformamide (370 mL) under nitrogen and (2-bromoethoxy)-terf-butyldimethylsilane (31.8 mL, 148 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 115 hrs., then diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water several times.

The organic mixture was dried over potassium carbonate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. Purification via flash chromatography (30/70 ethyl acetate/hexanes) yielded 2 (28.1 g, 88%).

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.52 (s, 1 H), 7.29-7.39 (m, 5H), 5.49 (s,

2H), 4.25 (t, 2H, J = 6.0 Hz), 4.07 (q, 2H, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.93 (t, 2H, J =

6.0 Hz), 1.24 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz), 0.75 (s, 9H), 0.08 (s, 6H). HRMS: Calcd for C22H32N403Si (M+H): 429.2322. Found: 429.2329.

To a solution of 2 (2.10 g, 4.89 mmol) in methanol (375 mL) was added ammonium formate (4.64g, 73.6 mmol) and 20% palladium hydroxide on carbon (980 mg). The reaction was heated to reflux for 1.5 hrs., then cooled to room temperature, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. Purification via flash chromatography (50/50 ethyl acetate/hexanes) yielded 3 (1.26 g, 94%).

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.82 (s, 1 H), 4.33 (t, 2H, J = 6.0 Hz), 4.16

(q, 2H, J = 7.2 Hz), 3.99 (t, 2H, J = 6.0 Hz), 1.29 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz),

0.78 (s, 9H), 0.06 (s, 6H). HRMS: Calcd for Cι5H26N4O3Si (M+H): 339.1852. Found: 339.1864. To 3 (970 mg, 2.86 mmol) was added dimethylformamide (25 mL), 3- bromo-4-methoxybenzyl bromide 15 (1.62 g, 5.79 mmol), and potassium carbonate (800 mg, 5.79 mmol) under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 21 hrs., then diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water several times. The organic mixture was dried over potassium carbonate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. Purification by flash chromatography (30/70 ethyl acetate/hexanes) yielded 10 (1.55 g, 100%).

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.52 (s, 1 H), 7.51 (d, 1 H, J = 2.4 Hz),

7.30 (dd 1 H, J = 2.0 Hz, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.87 (d, 1 H, J = 8.8 Hz), 5.40 (s,

2H), 4.25 (t, 2H, J = 6.0 Hz), 4.07 (q, 2H, J = 7.0 Hz), 3.93 (t, 2H, J =

6.0 Hz), 3.88 (s, 3H), 1.25 (t, 3H, J = 7.0 Hz), 0.75 (s, 9H), 0.08 (s, 6H).

HRMS: Calcd for C23H33BrN4O4Si (M+H): 537.1533. Found: 537.1540.

To solution of 10 (1.50 g, 2.80 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (24 mL) under nitrogen at -78 °C (dry ice/acetone bath) was added lithium diisopropylamide (2M in THF/heptane, 2.2 mL, 4.33 mmol). After stirring for thirty minutes, 1 ,2- dibromotetrafluoroethane (0.69 mL, 5.77 mmol) was added dropwise over five minutes. The reaction was stirred for 1.25 hrs. at -78 °C then quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate and warmed to room temperature.

The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane, dried over potassium carbonate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. Purification via flash chromatography (30/70 ethyl acetate/hexanes) yielded 11 (600 mg, 34%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.60 (d, 1 H, J = 2.4 Hz), 7.35 (dd, 1 H, J =

2.0 Hz, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.84 (d, 1 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 5.45 (s, 2H), 4.21 (t, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 4.07 (q, 2H, J = 6.8 Hz), 3.90 (t, 2H, J = 5.6 Hz), 3.87 (s, 3H), 1.24 (t, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz), 0.73 (s, 9H), 0.08 (s, 6H). HRMS: Calcd for C23H32Br2N4O4Si (M+H): 615.0638. Found: 615.0633.

To 11 (1.89 g, 3.07 mmol) was added the amino alcohol hydrochloride salt (1.31 g, 12.27 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (15.4 mL), and 1-methyl-2- pyrrolidinone (15.4 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 160 °C in a sealed tube for 13 hrs., then cooled to room temperature. Water was added, then the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and washed with water several times. The organic mixture was dried over potassium carbonate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. Purification via flash chromatography (3/97 methanol/dichloromethane) yielded 12 (1.77 g, 90%).

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.45 (d, 1 H, J = 2.0 Hz), 7.17 (dd, 1 H, J =

2.4 Hz, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.86 (d, 1 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 5.18-4.34 (m, 3H), 4.00- 4.23 (m, 5H), 3.86-3.98 (m, 6H), 3.69-3.79 (m, 1 H), 2.10-2.21 (m, 1 H), 1.99-2.10 (m, 1 H), 1.60-1.84 (m, 3H), 1.32-1.43 (m, 1 H), 1.24 (t, 3H, J = 7.2 Hz), 0.75 (s, 9H), 0.07 (d, 6H, J = 4.0 Hz). HRMS: Calcd for C28H43BrN5θ5Si (M+H): 636.2217. Found: 636.2207.

12 (1.77 g, 2.78 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (28 mL) under nitrogen and tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1M in THF, 28 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 15 hrs., then diluted with dichloromethane and washed with water several times. The organic mixture was dried over potassium carbonate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. Purification via flash chromatography (3/97 methanol/dichloromethane) yielded 13 (compound no. 114 in Table II) (760 mg, 52%).

DASANTAFIL

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3):

δ 7.47 (d, 1 H, J = 2.0 Hz), 7.19 (dd, 1 H, J =2.0 Hz, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.88 (d, 1 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 5.25 (s, 2H), 5.09 (s, 1H), 4.21-4.27 (m, 3H), 4.06 (q, 2H, J = 7.0 Hz), 3.90-3.97 (m, 3H), 3.89 (s, 1 H), 3.74-3.82 (m, 1 H), 3.08 (s, 1 H), 2.12-2.22 (m, 1 H), 1.98-2.08 (m, 1 H), 1.60-1.86 (m, 3H), 1.33-1.43 (m, 1 H), 1.25 (t, 3H, J = 7.0 Hz),1.06-1.22 (m, 3H). HRMS: Calcd for C22H28BrN5O5 (M+H): 522.1352. Found: 522.1346.

2-Bromo-4-methyl anisole 14 (2.2 mL, 14.9 mmol) was dissolved in dichlomethane (30 mL) and N-bromosuccinimide (3.75 g, 16.4 mmol) was added followed by AIBN (26.0 mg). The reaction was heated to reflux for 19 hrs., then cooled to room temperature and the precipitate was filtered off. The filtrate was diluted with dichloromethane and washed with 0.5 M aqueous sodium bicarbonate, followed by water. The organic mixture was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to yield 15 (4.16 g,

100%). The benzyl bromide was used as the crude material without further purification.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.59 (d, 1 H, J = 2.0 Hz), 7.30 (dd, 1 H, J =

2.4 Hz, J = 8.4 Hz), 6.85 (d, 1 H, J = 8.4 Hz), 4.37 (s, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H).

General Synthesis of Compound No. 114 in Table II (13) a) Reacting 1 with an alkyl halide and base to form 2; b) Debenzylation of 2 to form 3; c) Alkylation of 3 with a benzyl halide to form 10; d) Deprotonation of 10 followed. by addition of a brominating agent to form 11 ; e) Displacement of bromo 11 with an amine to form 12; and f) Silyl ether cleavage of 12 to form compound no. 114 in Table II (13).

114 IN TABLE II./(13)

Figure imgf000045_0001

……………

Links

WO2003101992A1

GENERAL SCHEME

Figure imgf000018_0001

 

SYNTHESIOS

1A

Figure imgf000027_0001

9A                                                                                                                   13A DASANTAFIL

 

SYNTHESIS

Compound 1A:

glycine-A/-r(4-methoxyphenyl)methyl1 ethyl ester

To a mixture of glycine ethyl ester hydrochloride (about 1.4 equiv) and potassium carbonate (about 1.0 equiv) was added anhydrous ethanol. The mixture

was stirred at about 40-45 °C for about 3 hours. Then, p-anisaldehyde (about 1.0

equiv.) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for a minimum of about 3 hours to provide an imine (not shown). Upon reaction completion (about <5.0 % p- anisaldehyde remaining by GC analysis), the reaction mixture was cooled to about 0-

10 °C. Then, an aqueous solution of sodium borohydride (about 0.50 equiv) was

added to the reaction mixture at a temperature of between about 0 °C and about 20

°C, and stirred for about 1 hour to provide Compound 1 A. Upon completion of the

reduction reaction, the reaction mixture was quenched with the slow addition of an aqueous solution of aqueous glacial acetic acid. After quenching, the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and filtered to remove solids. The filtrate was then concentrated under vacuum, followed by the addition of toluene and water to facilitate layer separation. Aqueous potassium carbonate solution was added to adjust the pH of the mixture to about 8-9. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with toluene. The combined toluene extracts were concentrated to provide the product in about a 80-85% yield (based on GC and HPLC in solution assay). 1H NMR 400 MHz (CDCI3): δ 7.23 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.85 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 2H),

4.17 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 2H), 3.38 (s, 2H), 1.88 (s, br, 1 H), 1.26

(t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR 100 MHz (CDCI3): δ 172.8, 159.2, 132.0, 129.9, 114.2,

61.1, 55.6, 53.1 , 50.4, 14.6.

Compound 2:

/V-cvanomethanimidic acid ethyl ester

To cyanamide (about 1.2 mole) was added triethylorthoformate (about 1.33 mole), and the reaction mixture was heated to about 85-95 °C for approximately 2 hours to form Compound 2. Estimated in-solution yield was about 95-100%. The product was optionally purified by vacuum distillation.

1H NMR 400 MHz (CDCI3): δ 8.38 (s, 1H), 4.28 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 1.29 (t, J =

6.8 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR 100 MHz (CDCI3): δ 171.5, 113.4, 65.5, 13.1.

Compound 3A:

Figure imgf000051_0001

cis- and frans-glvcine Λ/-r(cvanoimino,methyl1-Λ/-r(4- methoxyphenvDmethvπ ethyl ester

A solution of Compound 1A (about 1.0 mole) in toluene was concentrated under vacuum to distill off toluene. Anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (“THF”) was added to the concentrate, then Compound 2 (about 1.2 moles, obtained above) was added to that, and the solution was heated at reflux for about 1 hour. At this stage, the formation of Compound 3A was complete. Estimated in-solution yield was about

95% (about 2:1 mixture of cis and trans isomers). Compound 4A: 1H-imidazole-5-carboxylic acid, 4-amino-1-[(4- methoxyphenvDmethvn ethyl ester

Compound 3A (obtained above) was concentrated by distilling off THF. Then, anhydrous ethanol was added to afford a reaction mixture solution. Separately, potassium t-butoxide (about 0.15 mole) was dissolved in anhydrous ethanol to afford a solution. The potassium t-butoxide solution was added to the reaction mixture solution and heated to about 75-85 °C for about 1 hour. The overall in-solution yield of Compound 4A was about 85-90%.

Figure imgf000051_0002

1H NMR 400 MHz (CDCI3): δ 7.16 (s, 1H), 7.08 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.82 (d, J

=8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.23 (s, 2H), 4.93 (s, br, 2H), 4.23 (q, J = 7.1 , 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 1.26 (t,

J = 7.1 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR 400 MHz (CDCI3): δ 160.9, 159.2, 139.0, 128.6, 128.5,

114.0, 101.8, 59.5, 55.2, 50.1 , 14.4.

Compound 5AK:

Figure imgf000052_0001

4A                                                                                                                             5AK

1 -ethyl-3,7-dihydro-7-F(4-methoxyphenyl)methvπ-1 H-Purine-2.6- dione potassium salt

The reaction mixture containing Compound 4A in ethanol (obtained above) was added to diglyme and distilled under vacuum to remove the ethanol. After being cooled to room temperature, Λ/-ethylurethane (about 1.2 equiv.) was added and the

reaction mixture was heated to about 110-120 °C. A solution of potassium t-butoxide

(2.2 equiv.) in diglyme was added to the hot solution. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. THF was added to precipitate additional product, which was filtered and washed to provide Compound Salt 5AK in 55-65% overall yield. The wet cake can be used as such for conversion to Compound 6A.

1H NMR (DMSO-de, 400 MHz): δ 7.73 (s, 1H) 7.31 (d, J = 8.6 Hz , 2H) 6.86 (d,

J = 8.6 Hz, 2H) 5.24 (s, 1 H) 3.88 (q, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H) 3.71 (s, 3H) 1.07 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (DMSO-d6, 100 MHz): δ 161.1 , 159.0, 158.4, 157.2, 141.4, 131.0,

129.5, 114.1 , 105.6, 55.4, 48.2, 34.4, 14.3.

Optional Neutralization of Compound Salt 5AK to Compound 5A: Compound 5A: 1-ethyl-3,7-dihvdro-7-r(4-methoχyphenyl,methvπ-1 H-Purine-2,6- dione

The wet cake filtered solid of Compound Salt 5AK (obtained above) was suspended in water and then acidified to a pH of about 5 using glacial acetic acid. The resulting slurry was filtered to obtain the neutralized product, which was then washed with water and dried. The overall isolated yield of neutralized Compound 5A from Compound 1 A was about 45-55%. Spectroscopic data for neutralized Compound 5A was identical to that of Compound Salt 5AK.

Compound 6A:

3-r2-(acetyloxy,ethvn-1-ethyl-3,7-dihvdro-7-r(4- methoxyphenyl,methvπ-1H-purine-2,6-dione

To the wet cake filtered solid of Compound Salt 5AK (obtained above) were added tetrabutylammonium bromide (about 0.05 mole) and 2-bromoethyl acetate

(about 1.2 moles) in THF. After being heated to reflux for about 2 hours, part of the THF was distilled off, and isopropyl alcohol was added to the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure and cooled to around room temperature. Water was added to precipitate the product. After being cooled to about 0-5 °C for about a few hours, the product was isolated by filtration. The wet cake was washed with aqueous isopropyl alcohol (about 30% in water), and dried under vacuum to afford Compound 6A as a pale yellow solid in about a 45- 55% overall yield (based on Compound 1A). The crude product may be purified further by decolorizing with Darco in methanol, followed by filtration and concentration to afford crystalline Compound 6A.

1H NMR (CDCI3 , 400 MHz): δ 7.54 (s, 1 H) 7.32 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H) 6.90 (d, J =

8.6 Hz, 2H) 5.43 (s, 2H) 4.41 (m, 2H) 4.38 (m, 2H) 4.10 (q, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H) 3.79 (s,

3H) 1.96 (s, 3H) 1.25 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (CDCI3 , 100 MHz): δ 171.1 ,

160.2, 155.3, 151.4, 148.9, 140.9, 130.1 , 127.7, 114.8, 107.5, 61.7, 55.6, 50.2, 42.4, 36.9, 21.2, 13.6.

After Optional Neutralization of Compound Salt 5AK to Compound 5A:

Compound 6A:

3-r2-(acetyloxy.ethvπ-1-ethyl-3,7-dihvdro-7-r.4- methoxyphenyl)methyn-1H-purine-2,6-dione

Acetonitrile was added to a mixture of Compound 5A (about 1.0 mole), anhydrous potassium carbonate (about 1.5 moles) and tetrabutylammonium hydrogen sulfate (about 0.05 mole). 2-bromoethyl acetate (about 1.5 moles) was added in three separate portions (0.72 mole in the beginning, another 0.45 mole after about 2 hours of reaction, and then the remaining 0.33 mole after about another

1 hour of reaction) during the course of the reaction at about 80-85 °C. The total reaction time was about 7 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to about room temperature and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated. Aqueous isopropanol was added to crystallize the product. The product was filtered, washed with aqueous isopropanol, and dried to provide Compound 6A in about a 75-80% yield. Compound 7A: 8-bromo-1 -ethyl-3-r2-(acetyloxy)ethvπ-3,7-dihvdro-7-r(3-bromo-4- methoxyphenyl)methvπ-1 - -Purine-2,6-dione

Compound 6A (about 1 mole) and NBS (about 2.8 moles) were dissolved in

dry acetonitrile and agitated at about 15-20 °C. To this reaction mixture, a solution of

sulfuric acid (about 0.03 mol) in acetonitrile was added, while maintaining the

reaction temperature below about 25 °C. The reaction mixture was agitated at about

20-25 °C for about 12-15 hours until complete consumption of the starting material

was indicated. The reaction mixture was cooled to about 0-5 °C and a cold (about 5-

10 °C) aqueous solution of sodium sulfite was added, keeping the temperature below

about 10 °C. The reaction was agitated for about 2 hours at about 0-10 °C, and then

filtered. The isolated cake was washed with water, followed by methanol, then dried under a vacuum to obtain Compound 7A in about an 85% yield.

Figure imgf000053_0001

1H NMR (CDCIs, 400 MHz): D 7.60 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (dd, J=8.4 Hz, 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.83 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1 H), 5.43 (s, 2H), 4.35 (m, 4H), 4.05 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 1.23 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (CDCI3, 100 MHz): D 171.0, 156.2, 154.2, 150.8, 148.2, 138.3, 128.9, 128.7, 127.5, 112.1 , 112.0, 109.1 , 61.5, 56.5, 49.3, 42.5, 37.0, 21.0, 13.3. MS (ES) m/e 545.2 (M+H)+.

Compound 13A:

1-ethyl-3.7-dihvdro-8-r(1f?,2 )-(hvdroxycvclopentyl)amino1-3-(2- hvdroxyethvπ-7-r(3-bromo-4-methoxyphenvhmethvπ-1/--purine-2.6-dione

Compound 7A (about 1 mole) was combined with (R,R)-2-amino-1- cyclopentanol hydrochloride (Compound 8A, about 1.2 moles) and sodium bicarbonate (about 3 moles). To this reaction mixture was added N,N- dimethylacetamide ("DMA"), and the reaction mixture was agitated at about 135-140 °C for about 15-17 hours until complete consumption of the starting material was

indicated.

Figure imgf000053_0002

 

Compound 9A is an intermediate that is formed, but not isolated, from the

reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was then cooled to about 45-50 °C, and

tetrabutylammonium hydroxide (about 0.05 moles of about a 40% solution in water) was charged therein, followed by methanol. The reaction mixture was refluxed at

about 80-85 °C for about 8-9 hours until complete deprotection of the acetate group

was indicated. The reaction mixture was cooled to about 40-45 °C and concentrated

under vacuum. The pH of the reaction mixture was adjusted to about 5-6 with dilute

acetic acid, and the reaction mixture was heated to about 55-65 °C, and seeded with

a small amount of Compound 13A. The reaction mixture was then cooled to about

30-35 °C over a period of about 2 hours, and water was added over a period of

about 1 hour. The reaction mixture was further cooled to about 0-5 °C over a period

of about 1 hour, and agitated at that temperature for about 4 hours. The Compound 13A product was isolated by filtration, washed with water and dried to provide about an 85-90% yield.

Figure imgf000054_0002

9A                                                                                                                                 13A DASANTAFIL

1H NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): D 7.47 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1 H), 7.18 (dd, J=8.4 Hz, 2.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.87 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 5.23 (s, 2H), 5.01 (s, 1 H), 4.22 (m, 2H), 4.15 (m, 1H), 4.05 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H), 3.93 (m, 3H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.77 (m, 1H), 2.95 (m, 1H), 2.15 (m, 1H), 2.05 (m, 1 H), 1.60-1.80 (m, 4H), 1.35 (m, 1 H), 1.23 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H); 13C NMR (CDCI3, 100 MHz): D 156.2, 154.0, 153.5, 151.8, 148.3, 132.6, 129.1 , 127.9, 112.5, 103.2, 79.5, 77.8, 63.2, 61.3, 56.7, 46.5, 45.9, 36.8, 32.9, 31.5, 21.4, 13.8. MS (ES) m/e 523.4 (M+H)+. Micronization

INTERPRETATION

1H NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): DELTA

7.47 (d, J=2.1 Hz, 1 H),  SANDWICHED AROM H BETWEEN BROMO AND -CH2-PY RING

7.18 (dd, J=8.4 Hz, 2.0 Hz, 1 H), AROM H ORTHO TO  -CH2-PH RING AND PARA TO BROMO

6.87 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), AROM H  ORTHO TO O ATOM OF PH RING

5.23 (s, 2H),  CH2 OF N-CH2-PH RING

5.01 (s, 1 H),  OH OR NH 1H OUT OF 3 NOS

4.22 (m, 2H), OH OR NH         2H OUT OF 3 NOS

4.15 (m, 1H),     --NCH2CH2OH     1H OUT OF 4 NOS

4.05 (q, J=7.0 Hz, 2H),   CH2 OF NCH2 CH3

3.93 (m, 3H),          ---NCH2CH2OH     3H OUT OF 4 NOS

3.88 (s, 3H),     -OCH3

3.77 (m, 1H), OH-CH OF CYCLOPENTANE RING

2.95 (m, 1H),NH-CH OF CYCLOPENTANE RING

2.15 (m, 1H),

2.05 (m, 1 H),   1H ON CYCLOPENTANE RING

1.60-1.80 (m, 4H),    4H ON CYCLOPENTANE RING

1.35 (m, 1 H),                1 H PARA TO SUBS IN CYCLOPENTANE RING

1.23 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H)  --NCH2 CH3

 

.............................

shark

DASANTAFIL

Links

REFERENCES

1 WANG Y ET AL: "DESIGN AND SYNTHESIS OF XANTHINE ANALOGUES AS POTENT AND SELECTIVE PDE5 INHIBITORS" BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY LETTERS, OXFORD, GB, vol. 12, no. 21, 2002, pages 3149-3152, XP009014973 ISSN: 0960-894X

2. Peter K. Bridson and Xiaodong Wang in 1 -Substituted Xanthines, Synthesis, 855 (July, 1995)

PATENTS

1. WO 2002024698..

2. WO 2003101992..

3.WO 2010062366

4. WO 2007002125

5. WO 2006104870

6. WO 2005051368

7. US 2004167137

8. WO 2003101991

9.WO2006104870A2 , Schering Corp Methods of treating benign prostatic hyperplasia or lower urinary track symptoms by using pde 5 inhibitors

shark

WO2005012303A1 * Jul 29, 2004 Feb 10, 2005 Kevin B Alton Metabolite of xanthine phosphodiesterase 5 inhibitor and derivatives thereof useful for treatment of erectile dysfunction
US7312223 Jul 29, 2004 Dec 25, 2007 Schering Corporation Metabolite of xanthine Phosphodiesterase 5 inhibitor and derivatives thereof useful for treatment of erectile dysfunction

 

WO2002024698A1 * Sep 17, 2001 Mar 28, 2002 Schering Corp Xanthine phosphodiesterase v inhibitors
WO2003020724A1 * Aug 26, 2002 Mar 13, 2003 Schering Corp Polycyclic guanine phosphodiesterase v inhibitors
WO2003042216A1 * Nov 7, 2002 May 22, 2003 Schering Corp Polycyclic guanine derivative phosphodiesterase v inhibitors
DE4411660A1 * Apr 5, 1994 Oct 12, 1995 Hoechst Ag Verwendung von Xanthinderivaten zur Reduktion der pathologischen Hyperreagibilität eosinophiler Granulozyten, neue Xanthinverbindungen und Verfahren zu deren Herstellung
EP0430025A2 * Nov 20, 1990 Jun 5, 1991 Hokuriku Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Xanthine compound, method for preparing thereof, and a pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
JP3072480A * Title not available
JP4279586A * Title not available
JP5001065A * Title not available
US5728686 * Oct 31, 1996 Mar 17, 1998 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Alkylxanthine phosphonates and alkylxanthine phosphine oxides and their use as pharmaceuticals
US6214992 * Jun 4, 1997 Apr 10, 2001 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Use of theophylline derivatives for the treatment and prophylaxis of states of shock, novel xanthine compounds and processes for their preparation

shark

WO2003057200A2 * 13 jan 2003 17 juli 2003 Richard David Carr Compositions comprising inhibitors of dpp-iv and nep enzymes for the treatment of diabetes
WO2003101991A1 * 30 mei 2003 11 dec 2003 Schering Corp Xanthine phosphodiesterase v inhibitor polymorphs
WO2006026395A1 * 26 aug 2005 9 maart 2006 Richard Dixon Endothelin a receptor (eta) antagonists in combination with phosphodiesterase 5 inhibitors (pde5) and uses thereof
US20020169174 * 28 aug 2001 14 nov 2002 Samuel Chackalamannil Xanthine phosphodiesterase V inhibitors
US20030060627 * 25 jan 2002 27 maart 2003 Jordi Gracia Ferrer 8-Phenyl-6, 9-dihydro-[1,2,4] triazolo[3,4-i]purin-5-one derivatives
US20040063731 * 14 jan 2002 1 april 2004 Hans-Michael Eggenweiler Pharmaceutical formulation comprising pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidines and endothelin receptor antagonists or thienopyrimidines and endothelin receptor antagonists

 

6-17-2011
USE OF A PDE 5 INHIBITOR FOR TREATING AND PREVENTING HYPOPIGMENTARY DISORDERS
8-32-2010
Process for preparing xanthine phosphodiesterase V inhibitors and precursors thereof
6-12-2009
METHODS OF USING PDE V INHIBITORS FOR THE TREATMENT OF CONGESTIVE HEART FAILURE
5-13-2009
Xanthine Phosphodiesterase V Inhibitors
4-24-2009
METHODS OF TREATING BENIGN PROSTATIC HYPERPLASIA OR LOWER URINARY TRACT SYMPTOMS BY USING PDE 5 INHIBITORS
3-20-2009
PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATIONS
2-29-2008
Use of a Pde 5 Inhibitor for Treating and Preventing Hypopigmentary Disorders
12-26-2007
Metabolite of xanthine phosphodiesterase 5 inhibitor and derivatives thereof useful for treatment of erectile dysfunction
9-12-2007
Xanthine phosphodiesterase V inhibitors
    5-32-2007
RAPIDLY ABSORBING ORAL FORMULATIONS OF PDE 5 INHIBITORS
3-21-2007
Xanthine phosphodiesterase V inhibitor polymorphs
2-16-2007
Methods of using PDE 5 inhibitors for the treatment of congestive heart failure
2-9-2007
Rapidly absorbing oral formulations of PDE 5 inhibitors
1-5-2007
Methods of treating benign prostatic hyperplasia or lower urinary tract symptoms by using PDE 5 inhibitors
7-12-2006
Process for preparing xanthine phosphodiesterase V inhibitors and precursors thereof
2-24-2006
Pharmaceutical formulations
8-19-2005
Xanthine phosphodiesterase V inhibitors
4-8-2005
Xanthine phosphodiesterase V inhibitors
11-24-2004
Xanthine phosphodiesterase V inhibitors
11-19-2004
Xanthine phosphodiesterase V inhibitors

 

Share

Prediction of Drug Degradation Pathways leading to Structural Alerts for Potential Genotoxic Impurities

$
0
0

Figure

An in-depth analysis of the web-based CambridgeSoft Pharmaceutical Drug Degradation Database, Pharma D3, was conducted in two phases in an attempt to generate some general rules for the prediction of alerting structures for genotoxicity that may arise as a result of degradation. The first phase involved interrogation of the database to determine the nature and frequency of alerting structures present in the degradants. This analysis revealed five functional groups, which account for approximately 70% of the alerting structures found in the degradants within the database: (1) aldehydes; (2) α,β unsaturated carbonyls; (3) aromatic amines, hydroxylamine and its derived esters; (4) epoxides; and (5) polyaromatic hydrocarbons. The second phase of the analysis involved categorizing the major chemical reactions responsible for the generation of the five most prevalent alerting structures. This two-step approach led, in turn, to a proposal for the prediction of functional groups that may have a propensity to degrade to alerting structures not necessarily present in the parent molecule.

Prediction of Drug Degradation Pathways leading to Structural Alerts for Potential Genotoxic Impurities

Stephen P. Raillard, Joel Bercu, Steven W. Baertschi and Christopher M. Riley
Org. Process Res. Dev., 2010, 14 (4), pp 1015–1020
Publication Date (Web): April 21, 2010 (Article)
DOI: 10.1021/op100007q
READ ALL AT

Share

Viewing all 823 articles
Browse latest View live